57TH  CONG i  SKNATE.  /DOCUMENT 

j.<(  S>:**;<,n.       J  '     Nn.  4l'± 


THE  PHILIPPINE  SITIAT10N. 


TI>IIMo\V  AND  STATEMENTS  OF  WITNKSSEs. 
AMERICAN  AND  FORKH.N. 

CONVEKNINI. 

IST.  CONDUCT  OF  OUR  ARMY.  / 

2o.  RECOXCEXTRATIOX. 

3o.   EFFECT  OF   OUR  ADMINISTRATION  ox 


4TH.  FILIPINO  SELF-GOVERNMENT  AND  EFFECT 
OF  AMERICAN  WITHDRAWAL. 

"ITU.  FOREIGN  TESTIMONY  ON  FILIPINO  CHAR- 
ACTER AND  TFIE  SITUATION. 

GTH.  SUMMARY. 


190-2.— Ordered  to.1>e  printed. 


WASHINGTON: 

GOVERNMENT    PRINTING    OFFICE. 

1902. 


Civil  Government  for  the  Philippine  Islands. 

SPEECH 

OK 

HOX.  ALBERT  J.  BEVERIDGE, 

OF  INDIANA, 
IN  THE  SENATE  OF  THE  ("XITKI>  STATES, 

Tm-siltif/.  June  3,  1902. 

The  Senate  having  under  consideration  the  bill  iS.  ±?.t>i  temporarily  to 
provide  for  the  administration  of  the  affairs  of  civil  government  in  the  Phil- 
ippine Islands,  and  for  other  purposes— 

Mr.  BEVERIDGE  said: 

Mr.  PRESIDENT:  The  honorable  Senator  who  has  just  taken  his 
seat  [Mr.  McLayRix  of  Mississippi]  has  stated  that  those  of  us 
who  favor  the  bill  have  charged  the  opposition  with  slandering 
the  Army,  and  that  that  charge  is  false. 

Mr.  President,  why  lias  that  charge  been  made?  It  is  because 
exceptional  instances  of  the  conduct  of  soldiers  and  officers  have 
been  taken  out  of  the  usual  and  general  action  and  attitude  of  our 
forces  and  have  been  presented  to  the  Senate  and  the  country  as 
though  they  were  the  customary  conduct  of  the  American  Army. 

I  had  not  intended.  Mr.  President,  to  occupy  the  attention  of 
the  Senate  any  more  upon  this  question,  but  upon  looking  over 
the  RECORD  this  morning  and  finding  there  repeated  what  I  have 
seen  so  often  before — excerpts  from  the  testimony  of  witnesses  be- 
fore the  committee  as  to  exceptional  instances  of  harsh  measures, 
from  which  was  carefully  excluded  the  testimony  as  to  the  gen- 
eral conduct  of  the  war — it  seems  proper  and  right  and  just  not 
only  to  the  Army,  not  only  to  the  policy  of  the  Government,  but 
to  the  American  people,  that  the  testimony  as  to  the  ordinary  and 
habitual  conduct  of  American  soldiers  from  the  very  inception  of 
hostilities  to  the  present  time  should  be  presented  to  the  country. 

Mr.  President,  I  do  not  think  that  the  mere  assertion  of  Sena- 
tors will  be  controlling  or  convincing.  But  certainly  the  words 
of  those  who  have  been  upon  the  ground  and  who  have  studied 
the  question  and  who  have  observed  conditions  there  ought  to 
carry  greater  weight  than  those  who  bring  their  observations 
merely  from  their  prejudices  and  their  imaginations. 

I.— CONDUCT  OF  OUR  ARMY. 

Therefore.  Mr.  President,  starting  out  with  the  report  of  the 
Commission  which  was  headed  by  President  Schurnian,  I  will 
take  from  that  report  written  by  him  a  statement,  made  at  the 
very  beginning  of  this  affair,  as  to  the  conduct  of  our  Army. 
President  Schnrman.  who  is  now  assailing  this  very  policy,  said, 
with  reference  to  the  conduct  of  our  forces  in  the  Philippines: 
FIRST  REPORT  OF  SCHUHMAN  COMMISSION  AS  TO  CONDUCT  OF  ARMY 

ToWAKK    FlI.li'l.N"-- 

The  Commission  is  not  willing  to  close  this  statement  without  paying  just 
tribute  to  our  sailors  and  soldiers.  The  presence  of  Admiral  Dewey  as  a 
member  of  this  body  makes  it  unfitting  to  dwell  on  hispersonal  achieve- 
ments, but  he  joins  with  us  in  eulogy  of  his  comrades.  We  were  fortunate 
in  witnessing  some  of  the  many  brave  deeds  of  our  soldiers.  All  that  skill, 
courage,  and  patient  endurance  can  do  has  been  done  in  the  Philippines. 

3 


448744 


4  THE   PHILIPPINE   SITUATION. 

Attention  of  Senators  in  opposition  is  called  to  what  Professor 
Schnrman  says  immediately  following.  It  appears  that  this  at- 
tack on  our  Army  is  not  new.  Biit  those  who  assailed  our  uni- 
form when  Schnrman  wrote  are  even  now  forgotten,  and  in  their 
fate  there  is  prophecy  and  warning.  Says  Schnrman: 

We  an-  aware  that  there  are  those  \vh<>  have  seen  tit  t<>  accuse  our  troops 
of  desecrating  churehes.  murdering  prisoners,  and  committing  unmention- 
able crimes.  TII  those  who  derive  satisfaction  from  seizing  011  isolated  oc- 
currences—regrettable, indeed,  but  incident  to  every  war— and  making  them 
the  basis  of  sweeping  accusations,  this  Commission  lias  nothing  to  say.  Still 
less  do  we  feel  called  upon  to  answer  idle  tales  without  foundation  in  fact. 
But  for  the  satisfaction  of  those  who  have  found  it  difficiilt  to  understand 
why  the  transporting  of  American  citizens  across  the  Pacific  Ocean  should 
change  their  nature,  we  are  glad  to  express  the  belief  that  «  inn-  was  never 

/   tin  in-  liniiianeli/  ni/iiliiiteil.     Insurgents  iniunileil  inn    r<  /  '•nt'iili;  succored  On 

\_  tilt-  rielil  lit/  unr  in,  ,i  at  tin-  risk  «f  their  //rex. 

Those  who  had  a  chance  for  life  were  taken  to  Manila  and  tenderly  cared 
for  in  our  hospitals.  If  churches  were  occupied,  it  was  only  as  a  military 
necessity,  and  frequently  after  their  use  as  forts  by  the  insurgents  had  made 
it  necessary  to  train  our  artillery  upon  them.  Prisoners  were  taken  when- 
ever opportunity  offered,  often  only  to  be  set  at  liberty  after  being  disarmed 
and  fed. 

If  it  be  said  that  this  is  a  statement  made  at  the  inception  of 
the  war,  let  ITS  turn  to  the  statement  of  Governor  Taft.  who  has 
spent  two  years  there,  and  delivers  the  following  in  his  recent  tes- 
timony as  his  final  judgment  and  conclusion:  and  no  man  has  had 
better  opportunity  to  witness  the  effect  of  kind  or  brutal  treat- 
ment of  natives  than  Taft.  Governor  Taft  says: 

/     TKsTI\1o\Y    IIF  UoyKllSOR  TAKT  AS    TO    CONDUCT    OP  ARMY  TOWARD 

FILIPINOS. 
COMPASSION  OF  AMERICAN  KORCKS. 

After  a  good  deal  of  sttidy  about  the  matter— and  althoxigh  I  have  never 
been  prejudiced  in  favor  of  the  military  branch,  for  when  the  civil  and  mili- 
tary branches  are  exercising  concurrent  jurisdiction  there  is  some  inevitable 
friction-  I  iiesir,  tn  SHI/  t/Kit  it  is  HI//  deliberate  judgment  that  there  never  "•"•••• 
a  inir  conducted,  n-lietlu  /•  m/ninst  htferinr  races  or  not.  in  irhich  there  were 
more  '••inijiiissiini  mill  //!«/•••  restraint  anil  inure  i/enerox it i/.dssii in in</  that  there 
n-tis  11  n-iiriit  all.  tlnin  there  has  been  in  the  Philippine  Inlands.  Now,  I  say 
that  without  having  been  in  the  war  at  all,  having  only  been  at  Manila, 
where  reports  were  constantly  coming  in  and  where  I  was  talking  with 
officers  of  the  Army,  and  knew  what  the  general  orders  were  and  what  the 
general  policy  was. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  You  also  talked  with  a  great  many  Filipinos  and  insur- 
gent leaders,  I  suppose? 

Governor  TAFT.  I  have. 

And  Governor  Taft  had  traveled  nearly  all  over  the  islands  or- 
ganizing civil  government  when  he  made  that  statement. 

Mr.  President,  I  desire  to  follow  that  by  the  testimony  of  Gen- 
eral MacArthur.  who  commanded  our  troops,  and  by  two  orders 
introduced  by  General  MacArthur  in  his  testimony,  as  showing 
the  spirit  of  our  military  operations. 

TESTIMONY  OF  GENERAL  MACARTHUR  AS  TO  CONDUCT  OF  ARMY  TOWARD 

FILIPINOS. 
General  MAC  ARTHUR.  I  would  like  to  say  this— I  thought  I  had  made  a 


linniiiiiiti/.  irit/i  n.t  iiiin-li  iiirefnl  mi, xiil, •ratiiin.  in'tli   ax  niiieli  self-restraint    in 

view  of  Me  character  oj  our  odoeraory,  us  hare  /,<•<-,<  the  American  operation* 
in  the  Philippine  Archipelago. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  In  that  connection.  General,  there  have  been  a  great 
many  stories  and  statements  in  regard  to  cruelties  practiced  by  our  soldiers 
upon  hostile  inhabitants  of  the  Philippine  Islands.  What  have  you  to  say  in 
regard  to  that,  as  to  the  general  directions  of  yourself  and  the  other  officers 
in  command,  as  to  the  general  conduct  of  the  soldiersv 

General  MAC  ARTHUR.  The  standards  of  course  are  established  by  gen- 


THK  I'HiuiM'iM:  SITUATION.  5 

•eral  orders  and  by  advisory  memoranda  and  by  the  review-  <>f  courts-iuar- 
tial.  They  art-  on  a  hi^h  ideal  plane.  There  have  }>eeii  in  the  neighborhood. 
I  think,  of  li").(K»l  men  and  soldiers  in  the  islands.  .Some  of  those  men  have 
committed  excesses  under  the  provocation  of  hardship.  That  is  not  men- 
tioned as  an  excuse,  but  as  a  cause.  Wherever  any  violations  of  the  laws 
of  war  have  been  detected  the  remedy  lias  been  instantly  applied.  It  was 
my  own  purpose  to  promulgate  views  in  orders,  by  personal  admonition. 
and  by  punitive  action:  but  of  course  in  conducting  war  all  of  the  ferocity 
of  humanity  is  brought  to  the  surface,  and  in  individual  insta: 
have  been  committed. 

AMERICAN   CHAKACTKH    M  IT   "  TI(  ANSFC  >RM  KI>." 

But  to  say  that  the  Army  commit  excesses,  or  that  excesses  were  encour- 
aged, of  course  is  to  say  that  the  character  of  Americans  in  the  Philippines 
is  immediately  transformed  by  the  question  of  latitude  and  longitude,  which 
is  not  the  fact.  Individual  men  have  committed  individual  outrages:  but 
when  we  compare  the  conditions  that  exist  in  the  Philippines  to-day  in  that 
•  with  what  have  existed  in  all  modern  wars  between  civilized  states 
tin:  1-inninirixint  ix  nlixnl  nt-l  ij  in  fnr,i,- nf  tin  xrlf-ri-xtrtiinf  uml  lii'jh  tlixrijilinf 
Of  the  Ann  nrnn  antllii-f. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  Where  excesses  were  brought  to  your  knowledge  were 
they  punished? 

General  MAC-ARTHUR  Absolutely.  It  was  my  effort  to  get  that  idea  per- 
meated through  the  Army — that  wt  were  representing  the  highest  stage  of 
civilization  and  that  our  military  movements  and  moves  should  comport 
therewith:  that  they  must  be  such  as  to  meet  with  the  approl>ation of  public 
opinion  at  home. 

Senator  BE v K R 1 1 >c ; K.  The  general  conduct  of  our  soldiers  and  officers  there, 
irrespective  of  orders  from  headquarters,  was  in  the  direction  of  kindness, 
mercy,  and  humanity,  was  it? 

General  MAI-ARTHUR.  Absolutely,  sir. 

Senator  BKVKHIDGE.  Instead  of  the  reverse* 

"HEARING   OK   OUR    ARMY   SUPERB." 

General  MAC-ARTHUR.  Tin  hriirini/ «/  '</»/•  A  nun  "*"  n'/mh-  iMU*{mpiy«uper&. 

Senator  BKVKRIIX;  K.  There  were  wards  in  our  hospitals  in  Manila  and 
elsewhere  -which  were  devoted  to  Filipino  sick  and  wounded,  were  there  not? 

General  liAGABTHUK.  Yes. 

Senator  BEVKRI IK; K.  And  what  were  the  facts  about  Filipino  sick  and 
wounded  in  our  hospitals  being  attended  by  our  physicians  and  nurses* 

General  MAC  ARTHUR.  They  were  treated  the  same  as  our  own  people. 
A  wounded  enemy  is  a  guest.  A  prisoner  is  a  guest.  That  is  the  doctrine  of 
military  courtesy.  The  moment  an  unarmed  man  comes  into  your  posses- 
sion he  is  entitled  to  the  hospitality  of  friendship,  and  they  always  receive  it. 

Senator  BKVKRIDGK.  That  was  the  spirit  in  which  they  were  treated! 

General  MAI-ARTHUR.  That  was  the  spirit  in  which  they  were  treated. 

Senator  BK.VKKIIIC.K.  And  what  is  the  fact  about  that  being  the  case  not 
only  in  Manila,  in  the  general  hospital  there,  but  also  as  you  progressed  over 
the  island,  in  the  temi>orary  hospitals  you  established? 

General  MAC-ARTHUR.  Tlmt  /mx  *<>  .  i-«  ,•//»•/(,/•<.•  ,,nt  only  by  ardor*,  but  90 

hi/  ri-iixittt  nf  tin'  xjiinit, in, 'mix  iii-iii  r,,xiti/  of  < i in-  xiiltk'i-rs.    irhn   Inn;-   n  11  ifuriilly 
ilixjilni/i-il  t'liut  kiii<ln'-xx  n-hii-li  ix  i-lnii-iii-ti-rixtii- nf  Aim  •/•;'<•<//<  xnl,i 

1'RIVATK   SOLDIERS  AS  TEACHERS.         */ 

Senator  BKVKHIUGK.  One   more   question.    What  is  the  fact.  General, 
about  the  efforts  of  our  officers  and  soldiers  detailed  from  the  rank- 
tablish  schools  in  the  towns  possibly  even  before  civilized  government  be- 
gan and  while  it  was  under  military  control? 

General  MAC-ARTHUR.  Soldier*  were  detailed  in  muni/ inxtiin,.-i'x;  n-here  no 

ti-in-ln-i-x  Iffert  ni-iiiliilili-  ii'i    ii/n-iii/x  jiuf  xnlrlii-i-x  ill. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  What  was  the  efficiency  and  zeal  of  soldiers  detailed 
from  the  ranks  as  tea*-: 

(general  MA<  -ARTHUR.  Good.  I  would  say.    In  that  connection  I  would  like 

to  say  something  in  behalf  of  the  Filipinos.    That  was  one  "of  their  flrst- 

expressed  wislie-.    Whenever  we  entereda  town  one  of  their  first -expressed 

•A-as  that  schools  might  1  >e  esttil  dished.    Of  course  that  was  responded 

to  instantly  by  us. 

Senator 'BKVKHI  DC, K    Bv  the  military  authorities? 

(ieiieral  MAC  -ARTHUR.  By  the  military  authorities. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  That .  yon  say.  was  oiie  of  their  first  requests? 

Ge.ieral  MAC-ARTHUR.  Yes.  And  they  show  a  great  deal  of  ability  in  the 
minor  administration  of  townships,  in  getting  together  school  material,  and 
getting  the  children  into  the  schools. 

KI>UC  AT10N    HKCJAX    BY  ARMY. 

Senator  BKVKRII>C;I:.  So  that  the  work  of  education  by  Americans  began 
before  the  civil  administration,  tinder  the  military  control? 
(ieiieral  MAC  ARTHUR.  It  began  instantly. 


6  THE    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION. 

Senator  BKVEBJ DOE.  And  as  you  passed  forward  with  your  troops  you 
followed  with  your  soldiers  detailed  as  teachers.- 

General  MACAHTIU-R.  Wherever  it  was  necessary,  and  it  occurred  in  very 
mam-  instances.  That  educational  question  wasoneof  the  easy  and  pleasant 
subjects  of  administration.  The  Filipinos  wanted  it,  and  we  were  eager to 
Hire  it  and  we  came  together  on  that  issue  immediately.  It  was  the  focus 
in  which  originated  a  great  deal  of  good  will,  and  which  is  spreading  over 
the  island  still  in  that  same  form. 

Senator  BKVEHIDGE.  When  your  arms  passed  on  and  insurrection  no 
longer  existed  in  any  particular  locality  or  district,  what  is  the  fact  about 
the  people  returning  to  their  fields  and  homes  and  transacting  the  business 
and  labors  of  everyday  life  in  peace  and  freedom? 

General  MA<  Aiinirif.  They  returned  in  large  numbers. 

Senator  BEVEKIDGE.  And  went  to  work* 

General  MA<  AKTIHH.  In  fact,  whenever  I  invited  them  to  come  back  they 
always  did.  Came  back  and  went  to  work. 

Senator  BKV  KI<  i  ix;  i:.  And  went  to  workv 

General  M  \<  AHTHTH.  Yes.  That  was  noticeably  so  in  the  towns  north- 
east of  Manila  immediately  after  the  first  outbreak.  They  of  course  had 
been  misinformed  and  were  apprehensive,  and  when  we  entered  the  town 
they  all  fled:  but  on  our  invitation  they  always  returned. 

Senator  BKVKIUDCK.  What  is  the  fact  about  their  having  fled  and  about 
the  insurrection  itself  having  been  aided  and  maintained  by  false  reports  of 
its  leaders  concerning  us— our  methods  and  purposes'/ 

General  MAC-ARTHUR.  That  obtained  to  a  very  great  extent;  not  only  the 
Filipinos,  but  the  Spaniards  had — 

Senator  CAH.MACK.  What  was  the  character  of  those  false  reports? 

General  MACARTHUK  (continuing).  Talked  of  our  peculiarities  and  stated 
many  things  that  were  not  true,  and  the  people  were  very  apprehensive 
until  they  came  in  contact  with  us. 

Senator  BBVBRIDGB.  And  then  they  found  this  to  be  untrue  and  returned 
to  their  homes  and  industries? 

General  MAC-ARTHUR.  Yes. 

ORDERS  OF  OUVKRAT,  MAPARTHITR  AS  TO  TREATMENT  OF  FILIPINOS  BY 

AMKKH  A.v.sMwTR'onucED  BY  GENERAL  MAcARTHUR  AS  A  SAMPLE  AND 

ILLUSTRATION  OF  SPIRIT  OF  OUHKIJS. 
FIELD  OHDEKS.  ,  HEADQUARTERS  SECOND  DIVISION, 

EIGHTH  ARMY  CORPS, 
No.  2.  )  Ma  lulus.  P.  /.,  April  2,  1899. 

1:  Many  of  the  citizens  of  Malolos  and  other  towns  in  the  vicinity  desire 
to  return  to  their  abandoned  houses  within  the  lines  of  the  army. 

The  interests  of  the  United  States  will  be  subserved  by  encouraging  this 
disposition  on  the  part  of  the  natives  in  every  way  consistent  with  military 
interests. 

All  officers  and  soldiers  are  therefore  urged  to  contribute  to  the  end  in 
view  by  considerate  and  kind  treatment  of  these  people,  who  are  now  part 
of  and  under  the  protection  of  the  United  States. 

The  controlling  insurgent  authorities  have  persistently  represented  the 
American  soldiers  as  turbulent,  undisciplined,  and  given  to  gross  and  licen- 
tious excesses  upon  helpless  people. 

In  order  to  eradicate  the  effects  of  such  mendacious  misrepresentations, 
it  is  especially  necessary  that  all  concerned  should  sedulously  abstain  from 
practices  in  any  way  calculated  to  annoy  or  engender  the  feelings  of  timidity 
or  mistrust. 

Unarmed  natives  will  be  permitted  to  enter  our  lines  at  all  times  during 
the  day.  with  a  view  to  the  resumption  of  their  usual  avocations  and  occu- 
pancy ox  their  houses. 

By  command  of  Maior-General  MacArthur. 

That  was  published  and  circulated  as  generally  as  possible,  and  the  con- 
sequence was  that  thousands,  tens  of  thousands,  perhaps  fifty  thousand  peo- 
ple, returned  to  different  towns  on  the  line  of  the  railroad  between  Malolos 
and  Manila. 

Subsequently,  in  preparing  for  the  advance  from  Malolos,  the  order  of 
battle  was  issued  on  the  22d  of  April.  [Reading^ 

"The  seventh  paragraph  of  that  order  is  to  this  effect: 

"  7.  The  purpose  of  the  United  States  in  these  islands  is  beneficent.  It  is, 
therefore,  one  of  the  most  important  duties  of  American  soldiers  to  assist  in 
establishing  friendly  relations  with  the  natives  by  kind  and  considerate ' 
treatment  in  all  matters  arising  from  personal  contact.  To  exasperate  indi- 
viduals or  to  burn  or  loot  unprotected  or  abandoned  houses  or  property  is 
not  only  criminal  in  itself,  but  tends  to  impede  the  policy  of  the  United 
States  and  to  defeat  the  very  purpose  which  the  Army  is  here  to  accomplish. 
All  concerned  are  accordingly  strictly  charged  to  practice  becoming  self- 
restraint  in  the  premises,  and  it  is  made  the  special  duty  of  all  officers  to 


THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  7 

prevent  thoughtless  and  ignorant  men  from  indulging  in  any  of  the  practices 
enumerated  and  to  take  necessary  action  to  insure  adequate  punishment. 
u-  prociibed  by  the  Articles  of  War.  in  the  event  of  overt  acts  being  com- 
mitted by  any  member  of  the  command,  either  during  the  contemplated 
actions  against  Calumpit  or  thereafter  throughout  the  campaign." 

I  follow  that  by  the  testimony  of  General  Hughes  and  by  the 
testimony  of  General  Otis  upon  this  point,  and  by  the  testimony 
of  Professor  Barrows,  not  belonging  to  the  Army,  but  who  had 
caref  ully  been  well  over  the  island  of  Luzon  in  the  interest  of  our 
educational  establishment: 

TESTIMONY  OF  GENERAL,  HUGHES  AS  TO  CONDUCT  OF  ARMY  TOWARD 

FILIPINOS. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  With  reference  to  the  line  of  inquiry  just  completed 
liy  Senator  PATTERSON.  I  wish  to  ask  you  one  or  two  questions,  throwing 
light,  perhaps,  on  the  other  side  of  the  question.  It  is  true,  is  it  not,  that  the 
Americans  established  in  Manila  quite  early  and  maintained  there  as  long  as 
-•ii-y  a  hospital  where  Filipino  wounded  and  sick.  etc. .could  receive  the 
attention  of  American  surgeons  and  physicians,  medicines,  and  other  care, 
precisely  like  the  American  troops? 

General  HUGHES.  Mv  recollection  is  that  one  section  of  the  general  hos- 
pital was  set  aside  for  Filipinos.  »•/«•/•••  tli'i/  n-i-eifi-il  t!<>-  xanti-  rare  and  treat- 
nifiit  thnt  wen  iii'-en  to  "in  fir, i  people.  The  one  great  trouble  they  had 
with  them,  though,  was  that  their  curiosity  would  compel  them  to  push 
their  fingers  into  the  wounds  and  tear  them  open,  and  the  surgeons  said 
they  had  a  very  difficult  time  keeping  the  wounds  in  healthy  condition. 

Senator  BEVEHI  KGE.  But  it  was  an  instance  which  was  uniformly  re- 
peated in  various  phases  of  practical  kindness  on  the  part  of  the  Americans 
to  the  Filipinos* 

CARE  OF   WOUNDED   FILIPINOS. 

General  HUGHES.  It  was  the  case  at  all  times.  The  icounded  u-er, 
fo,- jiixt  <i.t  I/OH  ti-onl'i  rare  for  i-ii-ili;ril  iron  n  fled .  In  order  to  let  them  know 
that  this  was  the  case,  I  took  great  pains  after  they  were  cured  to  send  out 
men  who  had  lost  an  arm  or  a  leg  over  the  lines,  in  order  that  all  fear  of  be- 
ing made  prisoners  might  be  allayed,  and  instances  of  resistance  to  the  death 
might  cease. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  What  have  you  to  say.  from  your  experience,  about 
the  kindness  and  consideration  shown  by  the  American  authorities  and 
troops  to  the  Filipinos  who  were  soldiers  or  otherwise,  relating  instances,  if 
you  care  to.  or  making  your  statement  general,  as  you  pi- 

General  HUGH  ES.  I  have  no  hesitation  in  saying  that,  so  far  as  I  know,  the 
same  consideration  was  shown  the  Filipino  when  he  was  captured  or 
wounded  that  was  given  to  our  own  people  when  captured  or  wounded  in 
the  civil  war.  We  have  carried  them  by  our  carriers  for  miles:  we  have 
carried  them  two  days  to  get  them  where  they  could  get  hospital  treatment; 

General  HUGHES.  '/  han  no  Imitation  in  xdi/imj  that,  no  far  an  I  knoir.  the 
.-a  in-  •  •onsiili  ration  ira.t  xlunrn  the  Filipino  irhen  In-  iras  captured  or  icounded 
that  inix  <j <<•>••  i  to  i, iir  oir,,  fH'Of,!,-  n-li,  „  rant  ii  ml  or  irtmiuletl  in  the  riril  irar. 
\\~i-  haf  rarrii'if  them  hi/  our  rarri-  rx  for  mil-'.*:  «•>'  hare  rarrieil  thi-in  tn-oilai/x 
to  get  tin  in  ir/nr-  tin i/ ronlil  i/ft  lioxjiifnl  treatnii at:  in-  hart  rarned  them  for  a 
day  to  ij>t  tin-in  to  a  hos/iital.  I  remember  one  case  in  Antique  where  the  man 
was  -hi  >t  through  the  nead.  and  I  asked  the  officer  what  he  intended  to  do 
with  him.  He  said,  "I  am  going  to  put  him  in  the  hospital."  Said  I,  "He 
will  run  away  unless  you  watch  him."  Sure  enough,  inside  of  forty-eight 
hours  that  man  got  tip'and  ran  away. 

TESTIMONY  OF  GENERAL  OTIS  AS  TO  CONDUCT  OF  ARMY  TOWARD  FILJ- 

P1V 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  Now.  will  you  tell  the  committee  what  the  fact  is 
about  the  cruelty  toward  the  natives,  prisoners  or  otherwise,  of  American 
officers  and  soldiers:  as  to  whether  cruelty  by  American  officers  and  soldiers 
was  practiced  upon  the  people,  or  even  upon  prisoners,  or  whether,  on  thecon- 
trary.  kindness  and  consideration  was  practiced  by  our  troops  toward  them? 

General  OTIS.  The  greatest  kim&net*.  I  investigated  myself,  and  through 
inspectors  appointed  bv  me.  every  statement  of  harsh  treatment  that  I 
heard  of  while  in  the  islands.  In  some  cases  the  investigation  was  pursued 
for  weeks. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  What  is  the  fact  about  your  having  established, 
General,  in  Manila  and  elsewhere,  if  such  was  the  case,  hospital  wards  de- 
voted to  wounded  Filipino*,  and  what  care  was  taken  of  the  Filipino  sick 
and  wounded,  in  comparison  to  the  care  taken  of  the  American  sick  and 
wounded': 

General  OTIS.  We  put  the  sick  and  wounded  in  our  own  hospitals.  When 
our  own  hospitals  were  filled,  we  hired  the  hospitals  of  the  friars  within  the 


8  THE   PHILIPPINE   SITUATION. 

walled  town.  They  were  all  taken  care  of.  We  hired  doctors  when  we  did 
not  have  sufficient  medical  assistance  of  <  >ur  i  >\vu.  We  hired  Filipino  doctors 
and  Spanish  doctors  and  looked  after  the  sick  and  wounded  of  the  Filipinos, 
and  they  received  every  care  possible.  In  fact,  one  of  the  commissions,  one 
of  Agui'naldo's  commissions,  came  in  while  we  had  a  trreat  many  of  the 
Filipinos  in  the  hospital,  and  I  invited  the  members  of  the  commission  to  go 
around  and  visit  all  their  sick  and  wounded  throughout  the  city:  and  they 
did  so.  and  came  back  and  expressed  themselves  as  greatly  gratified. 

Senator  PROCTOR.  You  do  not  think.  General,  on  the  whole,  that  the 
character  of  the  American  Army,  so  far  as  common  humanity  is  concerned, 
has  changed  entirely  in  a  year  or  two's  service  over  there.  I  judge? 

General  OTIS.  Xo.  sir.'  \\'<  ;/•••,-,  hnnjl,  -,/ <it /•>/ tl,,  •  s^w  it  fords  und  by  Euro- 
peans for  the  luiiinniitt/  a',-  i  ./>  ri-ixed. 

TESTIMONY  I>F  PHOKKSSOK  BAKBOWS  AS  TO  KFKKCT  OF  CONDUCT  OF  ARMY 
TOWARD  FILIPINOS. 

Senator  DIETRICH.  In  your  travels  through  the  island  of  Luzon,  did  you 
find  any  evidence  that  American  soldiers  had  perpetrated  any  cruelties  or 
used  methods  of  uncivilized  warfare  upon  natives,  especially  the  water  cure? 

Mr.  BARROWS.  I  found  very  little  evidence  of  it.  I  think  I  have  met  two 
persons  whose  word  I  wbuld  trust  who  professed  to  have  seen  the  water  cure 
administered.  It  did  not  injure  the  natives. 

Senator  DIETRICH.  Bv  whom  was  it  perpetrated? 

Mr.  BARROWS.  1  think  by  small  scouting  parties. 

Senator  DIETRICH.  Maca  belies: 

Mr.  BARROWS.  Usually  a  company  of  native  scouts  with  perhaps  a  few 
soldiers  along. 

Not  only  this,  Mr.  President,  but  there  also  appeared  before 
our  committee  many  soldiers  and  two  or  three  officers  in  addition 
to  the  general  officers.  The  testimony  of  these  men,  all  of  whom 
I  believe  testified  to  the  water  cure,  was  that  the  general  conduct 
of  our  officers  and  soldiers  was  humane,  kindly,  considerate,  and 
compassionate,  not  only  to  the  Filipino  prisoners  taken  in  war. 
but  to  the  Filipinos  themselves.  I  ask  leave  to  print  it  withoxit 
reading.  I  have  taken  only  that  portion  of  the  testimony  as  to 
the  usual  and  general  conduct  of  the  Army  officers,  because  that  is 
the  only  standard  for  just  judgment  and  because  the  portions  of 
testimony  relating  to  the  exceptions  have  been  repeatedly  pre- 
sented already. 

The  testimony  referred  to  is  as  follows: 

T)>TIMONY  OF  CAPT.  FRED  MCDONALD  AS  TO  USUAL  CONDUCT  OF  AMERI- 

•  \N  OFFICERS  AND  BoUHBRfl  TOWARD  FILIPINOS. 
Questions  by  Senator  DUBOIS: 

Q.  So  far  as  you  heard  or  knew  there  never  was  but  one  case  of  water  cure 
over  there,  and  that  was  the  one  at  Igbaras* 

A.  So  far  as  I  knew:  yes.  sir.  My  men  had  explicit  orders  to  treat  natives 
with  the  greatest  care— to  be  more  than  particular.  I  will  show  the  commit- 
tee to-morrow  an  order  issued  in  relation  to  it— an  official  document.  I  was 
very  careful  to  treat  all  prisoners  with  kindness.  I  might  illustrate,  if  I  am 
not  taking  up  the  committee's  time. 

The  CH  A  i  u  \i  AN.  We  will  be  glad  to  hear  vou. 

A.  ( Continued. )  A  case  of  an  insurgent  officer  whose  picture  I  have  here.  ' 
He  was  the  commanding  officer  of  the  insurgent  forces  where  I  was  in  com- 
mand of  the  American  forces.    His  name  was  Clavira.    His  wife  was  sick  in 
2?6*0  •    y  tow,ns-  some  10  miles  away  from  my  station.    I  was  informed  of 
that    fact,  and  I  .•»  nt  mi/  <l<,<-t<n-  infh  orders  for  him  to  go   to  tin-    tun-,,    or 
GuiiHbal  and  treat  ti,,    »••//>•  ,,f  flux  inntroent  officer.    He.  vou  undei 
was  in  active  operation  against  the  American  troops.    He  did  so.  and  while 
he  was  unable  to  do  much  for  the  woman  he  called  on  her  twice     Mv  ser- 
geant and  hospital  steward  at  that  station  kept  track  of  the  case  and  the 
woman  eventually  recovered. 

We  have  any  number  of  times  taken  sick  insurgent  prisoners  to  our  hos- 
pital: we  have  treated  the  native  police  when  they  have  been  wounded 
The  cases  of  kindness  by  men  under  my  command  and  bv  other  officers  were 
too  numerous  to  mention. 


THE   PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  9 

The  WITNESS.  Yes:  and  I  received  photographs  from  other  insurgent 
officers.  Here  is  a  photograph  of  another  insurgent  officer  who  commanded 
a  column.  He  went  away  out  of  his  way  to  surrender  to  our  station,  when 
he  had  been  ordered  to  proceed  to  Jaro.  for  the  reason  that  he  lielieved  the 
officers  and  troops  in  my  district  were  very,  very  fair  and  alwavs  treated 
his  tr< Kips  with  kindness.  All  these  officers  called  on  us  later  and  thanked 
us  for  different  kindnesses  we  had  shown  their  men. 

"LIKE  FATHERS  TO  rmi,i>i;K\." 
By  Senator  BEVEHIDGE: 

Q.  On  that  point.  Captain,  what  was  the  general  and  ordinary  course  of 
conduct  of  the  American  officers  and  soldiers  toward  the  people  themselves 
who  were  not  prisoners,  and  the  people  peaceably  at  work  in  their  fieldsand 
homes,  as  to  kindness  and  consideration? 

A.  Man-  like  futlit-r  <ni<l  fliililn-n:  in-  itlinnjx  tri'iiti-d  //,/•,//  irith  i-stri-mr 
fcfadMtt. 

Q.  And  the  soldier-? 

A.  And  the  soldiers  the  same  way. 

Q.  What  orders  did  the  soldiers  "have  as  to  their  treatment  of  the  people? 

A.  To  treat  them  exactly  as  they  would  citizens  or  natives  at  home.  If  a 
peaceable  native  was  interfered  w'ith  in  his  occupation  in  any  wav  the  case 
was  investigated  and  the  soldier  who  offended  was  put  in  the  guardnouse:  he 
was  punished. 

y.  Speaking  of  native  prisoners,  what  was  the  treatment  the  prisoners 
you  observed  received  at  the  hands  of  the  American  officers  and  men? 

A.  Exactly  the  same  treatment  that  any  prisoners  would  receive.  They 
received,  for  instance,  the  same  food  that  our  soldiers  received. 

Q.  If  they  were  sick  or  wounded? 

A.  If  they  were  sick  or  wounded  they  were  sent  to  the  hospitals  and 
treated  in  the  hospitals. 

Q.  Bv  what  physicians? 

A.  The  American  physicians. 

Q.  And  if  nursed.  DV  what  nurses? 

A.  By  American  Hospital  Corps  men. 

Q.  Xow,  about  rations.  You  have  some  rations  issued  to  men.  I  assume 
that  no  member  of  the  committee  wants  any  great  volume  of  these  ration  re- 
ports. You  may  put  in  such  as  you  want  to,  and  eliminate  such  as  you  want  to. 

RATION-    1>-1H)  TO  INSURGENT  PRISONERS. 

Q.  There  are  some  I  have  picked  out  at  random  while  you  have  been  tes- 
tifying on  other  matters.  I  have  looked  over  some  of  these  while  you  have 
been  testifying  on  other  points.  Here  is  one — ration  Xo.  419.  I  find  in  a  period 
of  two  weeks,  from  the  16th  of  December  to  the  31st  of  December,  that  the 
squad  of  prisoners  provided  for  during  that  time  was  26:  that  during  this 
period  for  these  X  prisonei-s  there  were  issued  rat  ions  as  follows:  Iterations 
of  bacon.  liK»  fresh  beef.  124  salmon,  -tl'.i  rice.  41H  coffee.  4111  sugar.  419  vinegar, 
419  soap.  419  salt.  This  was  to  the  native  prisoners,  as  I  understand  it? 

A.   l-'.n tin-h/  fur  tlii-i'r  n.-ii  :  i/i-s.  sir. 

Q.  I  have  made  a  very  hurried,  rough  calculation  here  and  I  find  that  that 

mean-  for  each  week  each  man  had  3$  of  fresh  beef,  each  Filipino  prisoner; 

each  one  had  2  of  bacon.  2  of  salmon.  8  of  rice.  8  of  coffee,  *  of  sugar,  8  of  vin- 

-  of  soap,  8  of  salt.    I  wish  you  would  look  at  that  ration  return  and 

see  if  that  general  summary  of  food  issued  to  these  prisoners  is  correct. 

A.  After  examination,  i  Yes.  sir:  the  figures  on  the  back  of  this  return 
were  made  by  Lieut.  W.  H.  Plunmier.  commissary  officer. 

Q.  There  are  '£>  of  those  men  there,  are  there  not? 

A.  Twenty-six  prisoners  on  that  day. 

Q.  I  see  there  you  issued  them  soap. 

A.  Yes.  -ir. 

Q.  You  may  explain  that— but  I  suppose  that  the  soap  was  issued  pre- 
cisely as  it  wo'uld  be  to  the  American  soldiers? 

A.  Yes:  it  was. 

Q.  I  perceive  here  the  item  of  coffee  and  also  the  item  of  sugar.  I  assume 
that  that  also  is  accounted  f9r  by  the  fact  that  it  was  merely  the  issuing  of 
rations  to  the  pri-oiiei--  jireri-ely  as  t.<  our  soldiers? 

A.  Exactly  as  to  our  soldiers. 'according  to  the  order  covering  that. 

Q.  Now.  merely  to  illustrate  this  great  bundle  of  stuff  you  have  he  re— these 
were  taken  out  at  random— I  find  that  on  ration  return  Xo.  526.  2".»  native 
prisoners  were  served  between  December  1  and  December  15.  a  period  of  two 
weeks,  with  158  rations  of  bacon.  2H>  fresh  beef ,  and  138  rations  of  salmon. 
operations  of  rice.  .V.'r.  rations  of  coffee.  526  rations  of  sugar,  526  rations  of 
vinegar,  526  rations  of  soap,  and  526  rations  of  salt.  A  rough  calculation 
makes  that  something  more  than  2i  for  each  man  a  week  of  salmon,  more 
that  Ti  each  of  fresh  l»-et.  is  of  rice,  coffee,  sugar,  vinegar,  soap,  and  salt. 


10  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

Examine  that  ration  return  and  please  say  if  that  is  substantially  correct, 
and  if  that  is  also  accounted  for  oy  the  issuance  of  the  same  rations  as  to 
American  soldi--- 

A  After  examination.)  The  statements  you  have  made  are  correct  as 
shown  on  this  return. 

Q.  Sf>  it  Rj>tn-(ir.t  0,1  (his  ration  ntiirn,  which  you  say  is  correct,  that  we 
issued  the  Futptno  jn-,soni  r.ifrf-fli  beef? 

A.    I IV  ilitl;  i/i'.i.  .11  r. 

Q.   JIY  (MUM  tin  in  ci'ff,''-  <niil  .iiii/ar? 

A.    !'• 

(J.    \'inrt/,ir  mill  .ion  j>' 

A.   Y> 

(J.  -l.i  well  its  the  other  items' 

A.   Yes.  .-ir. 

Q.  Xot  only  gave  them  rice,  n-hich  n-as  their  habitual  food,  but  these  other 
•iiii-h  tmgivt  n  to  the  xvldirrx  of  the  American  Army? 

A.   V- 

Mr.  BEVERIDGE.     When,  Mr.  President,  in  any  war,  civil- 
ized or  uncivilized,  ancient  or  modern,  were  such  rations  issned 
prisoners  and  such  treatment  given   them?    Here,  now,  is  the 
testimony  of  private  soldiers  who  testified  to  the  water  cure: 
TK-TIMONY  m   ISADOHE  H.  DUBE  AS  TO  ORDINARY  CONDUCT  OF  AMER- 
ICAN '  MUCERS  AND  SOLDIERS  TOWARD  FILIPINOS. 
Questions  by  Senator  BEVERIDGE: 

Q.  One  of  your  last  answers  was,  as  I  heard  it,  that  when  we  entered  a 
town  we  were  received  by  the  natives;  that  the  natives  accepted  American 
authority  and  did  everything  they  could  for  us.  How  long  were  you  in  the 
Philippines? 

A.  I  was  in  the  Philippines  in  the  United  States  service  about  sixteen  or 
seventeen  months. 

Q.  During  which  time  you  were  in  what  islands  or  provinces? 

A.  I  was  on  the  island  of  Panay. 

Q.  You  were  under  General  Hughes,  then? 

I.  Yes.  sir. 

Q.  During  your  service  in  aiding  in  the  suppression  of  the  insurrection 
you  have  or  have  not  seen  prisoners  taken  by  us? 

A.  Yes,  sir;  I  have. 

Q.  When  we  took  Filipino  prisoners,  what  was  the  treatment  that  they 
received  from  our  officers  and  soldiers  as  respects  kindness  and  care  and  at- 
tention? 

GIVEN    "SUCH   FOOD  AS  THEY  WANTED.'' 

A.  They  were  treated  as  prisoners  of  war  and  fed  as  such.  They  were 
given  good,  substantial  food,  according  to  their  demands. 


Q.  That  is.  such  food  as  they  liked? 


L.  Such  food  as  they  wanted,  such  food  as  they  were  accustomed  to.  They 
were  worked,  and  in  my  judgment  they  were  treated  as  prisoners  of  war 
should  be  treated. 

Q.  And  when  they  were  sick  or  wounded,  what  was  the  attention  they  re- 
ceived in  reference  to  medical  attention? 

A.  They  were  treated  and  taken  care  of  by  American  surgeons,  and  taken 
into  the  American  hospital. 

Q.  And  if  nursed  at  all.  by  what  nurses? 

A.  By  American  nurses. 

Q.  Now.  continuing  that  same  line,  connecting  it  with  your  answer  about 
the  way  we  were  received,  what  was  the  general  treatment  of  the  people  who 
were  peaceably  inclined  and  that  worked;  what  was  the  general  treatment 
of  the  Filipino  people  by  our  officers  and  men  with  respect  to  kindness  and 
consideration? 

A.  The  treatment.  I  think,  was  all  right— was  good  enough— the  treatment 
that  was  authorized  by  the  American  officers. 

"BE  AN  EXAMPLE  OF  AMERICANISM/' 

Q.  What  did  you  understand  General  Hughes's  orders  and  the  orders  of 
the  other  American  officers  to  be  with  reference  to  the  conduct  of  soldiers 
toward  the  people? 

A.  It  was  to  treat  them— the  sympathizers— with  kindness  and  to  be  an  ex- 
ample oj  irlint  Anii'i-ii-iiiiixiit  was. 

Q.  And  did  you  do  that? 

A.  Yes.  sir. 

O.  And  did  your  comrades  do  that  also? 

A.  As  far  as  I  know  Well,  that  is,  my  own  comrades  in  my  company; 
that  is  all  I  am  supposed  to  know  about  it. 


THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  11 

TESTIMONY  OF  GROVER  FLINT  AS  TO  USUAL  CONDUCT  OF  AMERICAN 

OFFICERS  AND  SOLDIKKS  TOWARD  FILIPINOS. 
Questions  by  Senator  BEVERIDGE: 

Q.  How  long  did  you  say  you  were  in  the  service  there—  about  a  year  and 
a  half? 

A.  Yes. 

Q.  Did  you  ever  observe  in  your  service  Filipino  prisoners  after  they  had 
been  taken  by  us- 

A.  I  have  seen  some  in  the  guardhouse:  yes:  and  some  in  the  hospitals. 

Q.  You  found  them  in  the  hospital? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

FILIPINOS  PRISONERS  TREATED  AS  WELL  AS  OUR   OWN. 

Q.  You  may  state  what  the  facts  are  as  to  the  care  and  attention  they 
received  in  the  hospitals  as  compared  with  the  attention  and  care  our  own 
soldiers  received. 

A.  I  think  it  was  usually  quite  good,  as  far  as  that  goes.  I  never  saw  any- 
thing - 

Q.  What  did  you  observe  - 

Senator  CULBKUSON.  Let  him  finish  his  answer. 

Q.  (Continuing,  i  During  your  service  as  to  the  care  and  kindness  mani- 
fested to  the  Filipino  prisoners  by  American  officers? 

A.    I  think  it  inix  must  i;i-ri-llrnt. 

Q.  That  was  the  usual  course,  with  reference  to  the  Filipino  prisoners? 

A.  Yes,  sir;  I  think  it  was. 

Q.  And  with  reference  to  Filipino  people  engaged  in  peaceable  pursuits  — 
what  was  the  conduct  of  the  American  officers  and  men  toward  them? 

A.  /  think  it  II-IIM  <ix  kind  us  you  c/mltl  make  it  in  every  case  —  that  is,  I  never 
San-  any  other  x/iirit. 

Q.  You  spoke  about  the  guardhouse  a  moment  ago.  I  want  to  ask  you 
whether  the  Filipinos  in  the  guardhouse  were  treated  any  differently  from 
our  own  men  in  the  guardhouse? 

A.  They  weiv  fed  differently:  that  is  all. 

Q.  That  is.  were  they  fed  the  food  to  which  they  were  accustomed? 

A.  Yes.  sir:  thefood  to  which  they  were  accustomed,  but  they  were  treated 
the  same  as  our  men  otherwise. 

Q.  The  same  as  American  prisoners  in  the  guardhouse? 

A.  Yes.  sir.  • 

Q.  You  saw  no  distinction? 

A.  No,  sir. 

Q.  Except  in  the  case  of  food? 

A.  Yes:  thev  were  on  a  different  ration.    Thev  did  not  like  our  ration. 

Q.  That  is  the  reason  they  were  given  the  different  ration? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

TESTIMONY  OF  D.  J.  EVANS  AS  TO  THE  USUAL  CONDUCT  OF  AMERICAN 

OFFICERS  AND  SOLDIERS  TOWARD  FILIPINOS. 
Questions  by  Senator  BEVERIDGE: 

Q.  How  long  did  you  serve  altogether  in  the  Philippine  Islands? 
A.  Very  nearly  two  years. 


Q 
A 


.  During  that  time  you  were  in  what  part  of  the  archipelago? 
.  I  was  in  the  island  of  Luzon,  from  Manila  to  —  do  you  want 


Q.  Just  generallv.  And  during  this  time  what  is  the  fact  as  to  your  having 
observed  any  number  of  prisoners  taken  by  our  troops? 

A.  I  have  seen  a  great  number  of  prisoners:  yes,  sir. 

Q.  Tell  the  committee  what  the  fact  is  as  to  the  treatment  of  those  pris- 
oners by  American  officers  and  men,  as  to  kindness  and  consideration  or  the 
reverse. 

A.  The  majority  of  the  prisoners,  until  the  time  I  went  north,  if  they  were 
taken  and  had  arms  they  would  be  kept  a  few  days  and  their  arms  would  be 
taken  away  and  then  probably  they  would  be  paroled  or  released. 

PRISONERS  PREFERRED  TO   REMAIN   WITH  US. 

Q.  During  the  time  they  were  in  our  custody  what  is  the  factas  to  the  food 
given  them? 

A.  They  were  fed.  and  if  there  was  any  work  to  be  done  they  had  to  do  it; 
but  they  were  treated,  up  to  this  time  the  water  cure  commenced,  as  well  as 
they  could  be.  Some  of  '//»'  /•'//  //»//«>  ></•/*«,,.  /•*  actually  preferred  to  remain 
in  the  Anii-rii-nn  lim  .-.-.  /n-ismn  rs.  Ihun  tn  be  anioHij  their  own  people. 

Q.  And  the  sick  and  wounded  among  them? 

A.  They  were  given  hospital  treatment. 

Q.  The  same  as  our  men? 

A.  Yes.  sir.  In  the  front  of  their  hospital,  I  believe,  there  were  two 
wards. 


llJ  THK    rim.Il'PINE    SITUATION. 

Q.  You  speak  of  their  hospital.    Do  yon  refer  to  the  hospital  in  Manila? 

A.  Ye-,  -ir. 

Q.  That  was  given  up  entirely  to  the  Filipino  sick  and  wounded? 

A     YI-.  sir. 

Q.  And  what  physicians  attended  them': 

A.  <  »nr  physicians  and  our  nurses. 

Q.  Our  nurses  also? 

A.  Ye>.  sir. 

Q.  What  is  the  fact  as  to  the  treatment  of  these  prisoners,  and  sick  and 
•wounded  being  given  the  same  as  to  our  sick  and  wounded:' 

A.  I  could  not  see  any  difference,  except  proUibly  the  rations  would  not 
be  the  same.  The  Filipinos  themselves  would  prefer  rice. 

2.  They  would  prefer  rice? 
.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  They  were  given  what  they  preferred? 

A.   V' 

Q.  Do  you  understand  that  to  be  the  reason  why  there  was  any  difference 
in  the  rations  given, to  our  own  soldiers  and  to  the  Filipino  prisoners? 

A.  That  is  the  only  reason  I  can  give. 

Q.  They  being  used  to  it? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  Yes:  what  is  your  observation  as  to  the  treatment  of  the  people  engaged 
in  peaceable  pursuits,  as  to  kindness  and  consideration,  or  the  reverse,  from 
the  American  officers  and  the  men  ? 

A.  They  were  never  molested  if  they  seemed  to  be  peaceable  natives. 
They  would  not  be  molested  unless  they  showed  some  signs  of  hostility  of 
some  kind,  and  if  they  did,  if  we  struck  a  part  of  the  island  where  'the 
natives  were  hostile  and  they  would  fire  on  our  soldiers  or  even  cut  the  tele- 
graph lines,  the  result  would  be  that  their  barrios  would  probably  be 
burned. 

PEOPLE  RETURNED  TO  THEIR  FIELDS. 

Q.  After  our  troops  had  passed  over  a  district,  what  is  the  fact  as  to  the 
people  returning  to  the  fields  and  engaging  in  the  business  of  tilling  the  soil, 
returning  to  their  homes  after  peace  had  been  established? 

A.  As  far  as  I  could  see  we  would  not  much  more  than  get  through  a  town 
until  you  would  see  the  natives  coming  back  from  the  hills,  carrying  little 
white  flags  on  sticks.  As  we  struck  a  town  we  could  not  see  a  native  hardly, 
but  when  we  got  200  or  310  or  500  yards  beyond  the  town  we  could  see  them 
coming  in  with  these  white  flags. 

Q.  And  what  is  the  fact  as  to  their  going  to  work  in  the  fields  after  peace 
had  been  established  ? 

A.  They  were  continually  working  in  the  fields,  and  they  would  come 
back. 

Q.  What  did  you  understand  the  orders  from  the  officers  and  the  com- 
manding generals  to  be  as  to  the  conduct  of  American  officers  and  soldiers 
toward  peaceably  disposed  people  engaged  in  peaceable  work;  as  to  kind- 
ness or  trie  reverse  ? 

A.  We  never  had  any  orders  to  molest  any  of  them  who  were  peaceably 
inclined,  none  whatever. 

Q.  And  you  say  that  sick  and  wounded  Filipinos  had  the  same  treatment 
as  our  own  people? 

A.  That  was  the  First  Reserve  Hospital  in  Manila:  yes.  I  never  observed 
them  in  any  other  hospital.  I  spoke  of  that  because  I  "had  seen  it. 

Q.  You  say  that  upon  our  approach— that  is,  in  the  first  advance— when 
we  would  come  to  a  town,  people  would  depart! 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  After  we  would  leave  the  town  they  would  return? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

O.  Then,  when  you  came  back  again  you  found  them  at  work  in  the  fields. 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  Now,  then,  when  you  returned,  did  or  did  they  not  run  away  as  in 
the  first  instance? 

A.  I  had  in  mind  the  town  of  Taytay.  When  we  approached  that  town 
we  approached  them  under  a  line  of  fire,  and  we  drove  the  natives  from  the 
town. 

Q.  That  was  on  a  Sunday? 

A.  I  believe  it  was. 

Q.  I  remember  that  very  well.  But  what  I  am  driving  at  is  this:  After 
our  column  had  passed  and  peace  had  been  established,  and  you  returned  and 
found  the  people  at  work  in  their  fields,  then  did  they  run  away  again  as  in 
the  first  instance* 

A.  No,  sir;  they  stayed  right  in  their  town. 


THE   PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  13 

PEOPLE  LOST  FEAIi  OF  US. 

Q.  They  appeared  to  have  lost  all  fear  or  misunderstanding  of  us? 

A.  It  appeared  so:  yes.  sir. 

Q.  When  did  you  leave  there? 

A.  I  left  there  the  latter  part  of  January.  1901. 

Q.  What  were  the  last  prisoners  you  saw  in  our  custody?  Did  you  see  any 
the  last  month  of  vour  stay  there? 

A.  I  was  in  the  hospital  at  Dagupan,  and  there  was  one  prisoner  brought 
there  that  our  company  had  captured.  They  opened  fire  on  our  company  at 
a  place  called  Moncoda,  and  we  captured  one  man  who  had  been  shot  a  couple 
or  times  or  three  times. 

Q.  And  you  saw  him? 

A.  I  saw  him  when  they  brought  him  to  the  hospital.  He  was  taken  to 
our  hospital,  and  then  he  was  taken  to  another  hospital  called  Lingayen,  or 
something  like  that. 

Q.  What  treatment  was  he  given? 

A.  I  did  not  sec. 

Q.  You  simply  saw  that  he  was  taken  to  the  hospital? 

A.  Yes.  sir. 

Q,  So  far  as  you  know  then  and  observed,  there  was  no  difference  in  the 
treatment  of  prisoners  taken  in  battle  or  otherwise,  at  the  end  of  your  serv- 
ice, than  there  was  at  the  beginning  of  it:  that  is  to  say.  our  treatment  of 
prisoners— sick,  wounded,  or  otherwise— was  what  as  to  kindness? 

A.  They  were  always  fed.  and  if  there  was  extra  work  to  be  done  they  did 
it  as  a  rule. 

Q.  Did  you  observe  any  cruelty  practiced  upon  the  prisoners? 

A.  The  prisoners  we  hud  captured? 

Q.  Yes. 

A.  No,  sir;  none  that  I  can  think  of. 

TESTIMONY  OF  JANUAKICS   MAN \i.\fj    AS  TO  THE  USUAL   CONDUCT  OF 
AMERICAN  OFFICERS  AND  SOLDIERS  TOWARD  FILIPINOS. 

Questions  by  Senator  BEVEHIDGE: 

Q.  How  long  were  you  in  the  service  in  the  islands  altogether? 

A.  Over  a  year:  somewhere  about  a  year  and  five  months. 

Q.  During  that  time  you  observed  prisoners  taken  from  time  to  time? 

A.  Yes:  a  lot  of  prisoners. 

Q.  Will  you  state  what  the  treatment  of  those  prisoners  was  from  our 
officers  and  men  with  reference  to  kindness  and  care  and  consideration,  or 
the  reverse? 

A.  Well,  I  never  saw  them  ill-used:  they  always  got  enough  to  eat. 

Q.  What  kind  of  food? 

A.  They  got  rice  and  meat. 

Q.  Was  that  the  food  they  preferred? 

A.  Rice  is  what  they  generally  live  on.  We  gave  them  meat  with  it  and 
hardtack. 

Q.  When  thev  were  sick  and  wounded  what  attention  was  given  to  them5- 

A.  They  would  be  given  medical  treatment. 

Q.  By  whom:- 

A.  By  the  Army  surgeon. 

Q.  By  the  same' surgeon  that  attended  our  soldiers? 

A.  Yes.  sir. 

Q.  And  where  hospital  treatment  was  required  what  occurred  then? 

A.  Well.  I  have  seen  them  take  the  prisoners  up  from  the  guardhouse  and 
put  them  in  the  hospital. 

SAME  HOSPITAL  OUR  OWN   MEN  OCCUPIED. 

Q.  The  same  hospital  that  our  soldiers  occupied? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  And  if  nursing  was  required,  who  did  the  nursing* 

A.  The  attendants  in  the  hospital. 

Q.  Tin  sauic  iittfiiiltnitx  flint  ili<l  tin'  mirx/ii;/  to  our  soldier^ 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  General  Hughes  was  in  command  at  Panay,  was  he  not? 

A.  Yes.  sir. 

Q.  He  was  your  commanding  officer? 

A.  Yes.  sir.' 

Q.  What  did  you  understand  to  be  the  directions  and  desires  of  General 
Hughes  and  your  other  superior  officers  as  to  the  treatment  which  should  be 
given  by  you  and  other  soldiers  to  the  people  in  general  who  were  peaceably 
inclined,  as  to  care  and  kindness  and  consideration,  or  the  reverse? 

A.  The  nnliTs  iri'i-i-  /«  treat  everyone  right:  to  treat  them  kindly. 

Q.  Did  you  obey  those  orders? 


14  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION*. 

A.  Yes.  sir. 

Q.  Was  that  the  rule  also  with  your  comrades? 

A.  Yrs.  >ir. 

Q.  So  that  the  general  treatment  of  the  Filipino  people  engaged  in  peaceful 
pursuits  by  American  soldiers  and  officers  was  kind,  courteous,  and  consider 
ate  —  or  wa"s  it  the  rev. 

A.  Yes;  I  would  say  it  was 

Senator  BEVERIDG'E.  That  is.  you  mean  - 

Senator  n  I.HKKSO.N.  Li-t  him  answer  the  question. 

Senator  BEVEUTIHJE.  I  want  him  to  answer  it.  I  put  it  in  the  alternative. 
Thi'  question  was  rt'jx-ated  by  the  stenographer.* 

A  Continued.)  I  would  not  say  it  was  the  reverse;  I  would  say  it  was 
kind. 

TESTIMONY  OF  CAPT.  JKSSK  LKE  HALL  AS  TO  USUAL  CONDUCT  OF  AMERI- 
CAN OFFICERS  AND  SOLDIERS  TOWARD  FILIPINOS. 

Questions  by  the  CHAIRMAN: 

Q.  Did  you  hear  of  any  cruelties  being  inflicted  by  Filipinos  on  our  men? 

A.  Yes;  I  heard  that,  of  course.  That  ceased  a  great  deal  after  we  got 
so  many  prisoners.  When  we  first  went  out  there  if  a  man  got  cut  off  they 
would  do  him.  Many  cruelties  were  inflicted,  and  especially  in  the  Signal 
Corps. 

Q.  You  say  that  ceased? 

A.  I  say  there  was  less  of  that  toward  the  last. 

Q.  After  we  had  - 

A.  There  were  a  great  many  of  the  prominent  men  in  our  possession,  but 
at  the  beginning  we  neard  a  great  deal  of  that.  When  the  game  first  started 
men  were  caught  oxit  and  some  of  them  boloed  to  death  and  hacked  up. 

By  Senator  CULBERSON: 

Q.  Did  any  of  that  occur  in  your  command? 

A.  One  of  my  men  is  all  that  occurred  in  my  command.  That  was  at  Santa 
Cruz  He  disappeared  from  the  face  of  the  earth,  and  afterwards  we  found 
some  remains  which  were  supposed  to  be  his. 


Q.  Was  he  a  Macabebe? 
A. 


.  A  Macabebe:  yes. 
By  Senator  DIETRICH: 

Q.  Up  in  these  mountains  there  were  usually  what  they  called  ladrones? 
A.  Yes,  sir:  ladrones. 

'•  FED  THEM   AND  LET  THEM  GO." 

Q.  And  perhaps  it  was  the  ladrones  and  the  outlaws  that  that  order  per- 
tained to? 

A.  As  I  said,  there  was  nothing  left  there  but  the  bushwhackers  and  la- 
drones.  I  think  the  resistance  to  the  organized  army  over  there  had  ended. 
While  there  was  an  organized  army,  and  we  were  following  it  from  place  to 
place,  there  was  nothing  of  that  sort.  In  fact  prisoners  were  turned  loose; 
we  let  them  go.  and  we  treated  them  like  we  would  treat  children.  It  was 
as  if  we  would  spank  them  and  let  them  go. 
By  Senator  BEVERIDGE: 

Q.  On  that  point,  and  on  the  point  several  times  mentioned  of  the  pris- 
oners taken,  what  was  the  treatment  by  the  American  soldiers  and  officers 
of  the  prisoners  of  war  which  we  took,  as  to  kindness  and  consideration 
toward  them? 

A.  Well,  reefed  them  and  let  them  go.  We  paroled  them,  as  a  usual  thing. 
We  took  good  care  of  them  and  dressed  their  wounds  if  they  were  wounded. 

Q.  And  if  they  were  sick? 

A.  They  got  as  good  treatment  as  our  own  men  received. 

Q.  From  our  own  physicians  and  surgeons? 

A.  Yes:  by  our  own  physicians  and  surgeons.  If  I  ever  took  a  man  as  a 
guide,  under  the  directions  of  General  Schwan,  I  always  paid  him;  and  we 
always  paid  for  chickens  and  everything  else  we  got.  'Every  horse  we  took 
1  kn.'ir  in,*  )lt,i<l  for.  I  would  always  give  a  receipt,  if  I  could  find  the 
owner,  and  commissions  came  around  afterwards  to  settle  up. 

Q.  Where  you  took  a  horse  you  gave  a  receipt  and  a  commission  settled 
for  it? 

A.  The  quartermaster  would  settle,  although  sometimes  the  owners  were 
gone  ana  we  could  not  find  the  owners,  you  know. 

i  s  STRUCTED  TO  IMPRESS  FILIPINOS  WITH  OUR  DECENCY. 
Q.  You  spoke  a  moment  ago  about  the  understanding  you  had  there  as  to 
the  policy  of  our  officers  and  men  toward  the  people,  as  to  kindness,  and  as 
yon  said,  you  made  up  to  them. 


THE    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION.  15 

A.  That  ii-nx  th'  i-ii'li-iirni:  to  impress  than  in'tli  tin-  irtea  of  our  (Irrenci/  >nni 
with  the  yowl  comhirt  of  Ainrrintu  xnlilii-rx  mul  Ann-rii-nn  jn'upli-.  tn  ;/ive  them 
the  right  idea  of  it. 

Q.  Pursuing  that  and  enlarging  on  the  question  of  Senator  LODGE,  what 
was  the  general  conduct  9f  our  officers  and  men  toward  Filipino  people  who 
were  not  engaged  in  hostilities,  as  to  kindness  and  consideration? 

A.  They  were  kind  to  them.  The  idea  was  to  impress  them  with  the  fact 
that  there  was  no  animosity  existing  as  far  as  we  were  concerned. 

Q.  Were  you  with  Lawtbn  in  May.  iswi? 

A.  No;  I  reached  him  - 

Q.  You  were  not  with  him  at  San  Isidro? 

A.  No:  he  was  in  San  Isidro  first:  I  did  not  get  there  until  fall.  That 
country  had  to  be  reoccupied.  We  fell  back  from  there  and  we  had  to  go 
out  and  go  all  over  the  same  country  again. 

Q.  When  you  left,  that  portion  of  the  country  had  been  pacified,  had  it 
not? 

A.  Apparently  so.  The  telegraph  lines  were  undisturbed  there  for  three 
or  four  months.  ' 

Q.  Were  you  over  that  country  before  you  left? 

A.  Yes:  I  was  up  at  Calumpit  and  Tarlac. 

Q.  That  Ragbag  district? 

A.  Yes;  up  the  Bagbag  River. 

Q.  Did  you  observe  the  people  had  returned  to  their  homes  and  were  at 
work  in  the  fields;- 

A.  Yes.  sir. 

Q.  Were  they  peaceful  and  undisturbed  under  our  authority? 

A.  Yes.  sir. 


Ml'Mi   IPAI.   <;<)VKUXMKXT    AMI    s(   llmil.^    K-T  A  HI.  I  sH  KI)   BY   MILITARY 
AUTHOIdTIK- 

Q.  Captain,  did  you  make  any  observation  concerning  the  establishment  of 
a  civil  KOTernmeni  after  we  would  occupy  a  place,  su.-h  as  Malolos  or  any- 
thing or  the  kind,  or  the  establishment  of  schools  by  the  military  authorities? 

A.  I  only  saw  the  schools:  there  was  no  government  except  the  military 
government;  we  had  not  gotten  to  the  experiment  of  putting  in  any  of  the 
natives. 

Q.  I  do  not  mean  that:  I  mean  the  establishment  of  civil  government  under 
General  Otis'  s  orders; 

A.  Yes.  sir. 

Q.  That  is,  municipal  government? 

A.  Municipal  government:  yes. 

Q.  That  was  done  by  the  military  authorities  immediately  after  occupa- 
tion? 

A.  Yes.  sir. 

2.  And  were  schools  established  by  the  military  authorities? 
.  Not  in  all  the  places. 
2.  In  some  of  them? 
.  In  some  of  them:  yes,  sir. 
Q.  Ami  t/ifi/  »•<,••  tiini/l(t  Inj  xohlii  !•.-<  ilftnili-il  fin-  flint  jnirpose? 

A.    Yi'x.  nir. 

Q.  That  is,  we  would  occupy  a  place  and  establish  a  municipal  govern- 
ment, establish  a  school,  and  detail  a  private  soldier  to  teach  it? 
A.  Yes.  sir. 

TESTIMONY  OF  MR.  RICHARD  V.  HUGHES  AS  TO  THE  USUAL.  CONDUCT  OF 

AMERICAX  OKKU-KKS  AND  SOLDIERS  TOWARD  FILIPINOS. 
Questions  by  Senator  BEVEKI  i><  .  K: 

Q.  And  how  long  were  you  in  the  island? 

A.  About  a  year. 

Q.  What  portion  of  the  islands? 

A.  Southern  Luzon,  in  Batangas  and  Laguna  provinces. 

Q.  Who  was  in  command? 

A.  Lieutenant  Merchant. 

Q.  I  mean  who  was  the  general  in  command  of  that  division? 

A.  I  forget  his  name  now. 

Q.  Did  you  during  your  service  observe  any  number  of  prisoners  taken  by 
our  force^? 

A     V' 

Q.  Will  you  state  to  the  committee  what  treatment  they  received  at  the 
hands  of  the  American  men,  as  to  kindness  and  consideration? 

A.  As  to  which? 

"TREATED  JUST  AS  GOOD  AS  AMERICAN  PRISONERS." 

2.  As  to  kindness  and  consideration,  or  the  reverse? 
.  We  took  some  prisoners  at  Magdalena.  and  while  they  were  in  confine- 
ment at  Magdalena  tht-;/  n;  ,  ••  -7  a*  good  ax  .  I  /»•  i-it-mi  prisoners. 


!»'•  THE    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION. 

Q.  And  as  to  the  food  given  them:  whether  abundant  or  not? 

A.  It  was  abundant  of  its  kind,  and  was  the  regular  ration,  consisting  of 
rice,  lutcoii.  and  hardtack. 

Q.  The  same  as  the  American  troops  received? 

A.  No;  we  ivcrh  <•<!  l>eef  once  or  twice  a  week  and  potatoes. 

Q.  The  rice  was  the  food 

A.  The  principal  food  which  they  trot. 

Q.  That  was  the  food  to  which  they  were  accustomed': 

A.  Yes.  sir. 

O.  And  which  they  preferred.    Yes  or  no. 

A.  Yes:  they  preferred  rice. 

Q.  When  they  wen-  ill  or  wounded,  what  care  was  given  them  by  the 
American  authorities? 

A.  The  doctor.  Dr.  Stoeckele.  of  North  Eighth  street.  Philadelphia,  at- 
tended them,  not  only  as  prisoners,  but  in  the  barrio. 

Q.  So  not  only  the'prisoners.  but  the  people  themselves  received  attention 
from  American  "physicans? 

A.  He  was  the  only  physician,  though,  that  I  knew  to  do  such  a  thing  as 
that. 

SAMK    TKKATMKNT    IX    HOSPITALS. 

Q.  In  the  hospitals  where  you  have  been,  either  as  a  patient  or  as  an  ob- 
server, what  was  the  fact  as  to  the  treatment  of  the  Filipinos  in  those  hos- 
pitals: what  kind  of  treatment  did  they  receive  in  comparison  to  that  re- 
ceived by  our  own  men? 

A.    Just  the  same  treatment. 

O.  From  American  officers  and  from  American  nurses? 

A.   Y. 

Q.  Now.  with  reference  to  the  treatment  of  people  who  were  peaceably  at 
work,  from  American  officers  and  men— what  was  that,  as  to  kindness  and 
consideration,  or  the  revrr-f  • 

A.  They  never  molested  them,  to  my  knowledge. 

Q.  What  was  your  understanding,  as  a  soldier,  of  the  general  conduct 
which  was  expected  from  you  by  the  commanding  officer  of  your  division 
with  reference  to  the  treatment  of  people  who  were  peaceably  disposed,  who 
were  at  work  ? 

A.  I  treated  them  the  same  as  I  would  and  did  treat  anv  persons  that  I 
knew— with  kindness,  with  courtesy,  in  every  respect.  Whenever  I  found 
that  they  were  in  any  way  wrong  I  would  arrest  them  and  notify  my  com- 
manding officer. 

Q.  And  your  comrades,  the  same  or  not  ? 

A.  The  same,  as  far  as  I  could  see. 

Q.  So  that  the  general  treatment  of  the  people  by  American  soldiers  and 
officers  was  as  you  have  described  your  own  treatment  of  them  as  being ': 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

TESTIMONY  OF  LE  ROY  E.  HALLOCK  AS  TO  THE  USUAL  CONDUCT  OF 

AMERICAN  <  XVFICERS  AND  SOLDIERS  TOWARD  FILIPINOS. 
Questions  by  Senator  BEVERIDGE: 

Q.  Then,  your  entire  service  in  the  Philippines  was  how  long? 

A.  About  seventeen  months,  I  think. 

Q.  During  that  time  where  were  you  most  of  the  time? 

A.  At  Le  ni. 

Q.  Is  that  in  Panay? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  While  General  Hughes  was  in  command  there? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  Now,  aside  from  the  application  of  the  water  cure  to  these  men  under 
the  circumstances  you  have  told  of,  what  was  the  general  conduct  of  Ameri- 
can officers  and  soldiers  toward  the  people,  as  to  kindness  or  otherwise* 

Senator  PATTERSON.  He  has  said  that  where  they  were  friendly  it  was 
good. 


Q.  ^Continuing.  >  Where  they  were  friendly? 
A. 


A.  I  should  say  they  treated  "them  very  well. 

Q.  And  you  observed  during  your  period  of  service  there  prisoners  in  ad- 
dition to  these  thirty  that  were  brought  in  in  these  three  conflicts? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  And  when  those  prisoners  had  been  captured  what  was  their  treatment 
by  American  officers  and  soldiers  as  to  kindness  and  care,  and  as  to  the  food 
they  were  given  and  places  they  were  put  ? 

A.  They  were  put  in  the  guardhouse  and  made  to  do  some  little  work. 
They  always  had  plenty  of  rice  to  eat,  and  hard-tack  they  gave  them  some- 
times, and  coffee. 

Q-  That  was  substantially  the  same  rations  as  our  own  men  received,  ex- 
cept as  to  rice,  was  it  not  ? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 


THE   PHILIPPINE   SITUATION.  17 

Q.  Did  they  prefer  the  rice  to  our  kind  of  food?    Is  that  the  usual  food  of 

the  natives? 

A.  That  is  the  food  they  used;  yes. 

Q.  What  is  your  understanding.  Mr.  Hallook.  as  to  what  your  officers  and 
the  commanding  general,  General  Hughes,  expected  of  soldiers  in  their 
treatment  and  intercourse  with  the  friendly  nativ. 

A.  To  use  them  well. 

Q.  And  you  followed  those  orders  • 

A.  I  did:  yes.  sir. 

Q.  And  01  course  your  comrades  the  same* 

A.  Yes.  sir. 

TESTIMONY  OF  WILLIAM  LEWIS  SMITH  AS  TO  THK  USUAL  CONDUCT  OF 

AMERICAN  OFFICERS  AND  SUI.IMKKS  TOWARD  FILIPINOS. 
Questions  l>y  Senator  BEVKKI  IH,  i 

S.  How  long  did  you  serve  ti 
.  We  arrived  there  the  30th  of  October.  1899.  and  left  there  the  4th  of 
March,  1901. 

Q.  So  you  wen-  there  practically  two  years? 

A.  About  eighteen  months  on  tlie  islands. 

Q.  You  were  there  in  Iloilo  part  of  the  time? 

A.  We  were  there  alxmt  a  month:  not  over  that. 

Q.  You  were  in  Manila  part  of  the  time* 

A.  No,  sir;  I  was  never  in  Manila  at  all. 

Q.  Did  you  go  about  the  hospitals  in  Iloilo* 

A.  Yes.  sir. 

Q.  Did  you  observe  Filipino  prisoners,  wounded  or  sick,  attended  to  in  our 
hospital  by  our  surgeons  and  nurses? 

A.  I  did  not.  1  was  not  there  at  the  time  when  any  Filipino  prisoners  were 
in  there.  I  was  not  there  any  great  length  of  time  anyway. 

O.  Did  you  observe  any  kind  treatment  upon  the  part  of  the  officers  and 
soldiers  during  the  service  of  your  enlistment  or  your  service  there? 

A.  To  the  native--? 

Q.  Toward  native  prisoners? 

A.  I  do  not  think  they  treated  the  native  prisoners  in  our  quarters  in  re- 
gard to  sleeping  quarters  very  well.  We  had  about  forty  of  them  at  the 
time 

Q.  Did  you  know  General  Hughes? 

Senator  RAWLINS.  Let  us  have  an  answer. 

A.  i  Continued. )  At  the  time  Igbaras  was  burned  we  took  about  forty  of 
them  there,  and  they  were  made  to  sleep  on  the  ground  in  the  basement  of 
the  building. 

OX  THE  GROUND  OR  ON   MATS. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE: 
Really,  on  the  ground. 
Yes.  sir.    W 
one  place  was  wl 

we  turned  that  over:  and  after  that  was  full  they  lay  on  the  ground,  except 
for  such  mats  as  were  brought  them  by  their  own  people.  Otherwise  they 
had  nothing  to  lie  on. 

Q.  And  their  own  people  were  permitted  to  bring  in  mats  and  other  com- 
forts? 

A.  Yes:  food. 

By  Senator  McCoMAs: 

Q.  How  did  you  treat  them* 

A .  When  I  came  in  contact  with  them— well,  if  I  took  them  out  and  worked 
them  I  was  pretty  careful  to  keep  them  at  work  and  see  that  they  did  not  get 
away. 

Q.  Did  you  treat  them  humanely  and  kindly? 

A.  I  did  not  treat  them  unkindly.    I  kept  them  at  work  all  the  time. 

(,».  So  far  as  you  were  concerned,  you  endeavored  to  treat  the  prisoners 
humanely? 

A.  Yes,  sir.    They  treated  me  well  and  I  treated  them  the  same. 

PRISONERS  TREATED   WELL. 

Q.  How  did  those  about  you  treat  them? 

A.  They  treated  them  well. 

Q.  That  is  tin-  extent  of  your  own  observation,  is  it  not? 

A.  That  is  the  extent  of  my  observations,  so  far  as  I  saw. 

Q.  Were  the  Filipino  prisoners  that  you  descriljed  as  sleeping  where  our 
soldiers  who  were  also  under  surveillance  slept,  as  on  some  mats  on  the 
ground,  fed  abundantly  by  our  authorit 

A.  They  were  fed  from  our  rations — yes. 

S.  Doc.  422 2 


Q.  Re 

A.  Yt 


18  THE   PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

Q.  The  same  food  that  the  American  soldiers  were  fed* 
\    Yes 

Q    ThVy  wore  not  beaten  or  struck  or  abused,  were  they* 
A.  No.  sir:  I  did  not  see  them  beaten  or  struck. 
Q.  Ami  the  men  under  your  charge  y;>u  merely  kept  at  work:- 
A.  Ye-,  -ir. 

u     \s  y,ui  would  keep  any  other  men  at  work  whom  you  supervised? 
A.  Y.-.  -ir:  and  I  looked  out  that  they  did  not  escape. 

Q.  If  the  prisoners  got  sick  they  were  attended  by  the  American  physi- 
cians:- 

A.  Yes.  sir:  they  were 

Q.  And  they  received  the  same  medicine  that  our  soldiers  received? 

A.  They  did  at  that  time. quite  a  number  of  them. 

-\ME    FOOD    AM)    MEDICINES. 

By  Senator  BKVEHIDOK 

Q  So  far  as  you  observed,  they  had  the  same  treatment  that  our  soldiers 
had* 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

Q.  The  same  food  and  medical  attendance? 

A.  Yes.  sir:  they  were  taken  to  the  hospitals.  I  have  taken  them  there 
myself,  and  they  would  be  given  medicine. 

'o.  So  that  the  Filipino  prisoners  had  the  same  food  and  the  same  medicine 
and  the  same  attendance,  so  far  as  you  observed,  that  our  soldiers  had? 

A.  Thev  did  not  have  the  same  rations:  they  were  provided  by  the  Gov- 
ernment, out  were  not  the  same  rations  that  we  had. 

Q.  I  understood  you  to  say  that  they  had  the  same  rations:  that  they  were 
fed  out  of  the  same  rations. 

A.  That  was  a  mistake  of  mine.  then.  It  was  issued  by  the  Government. 
drawn  from  our  commissary,  but  not  the  same  class  of  rations  that  we  had. 

Q.  It  was  plentiful  and  good  food  ? 

A.  Ye-. 

Q.  Food  that  they  were  used  to* 

A.  Yes:  it  consisted  more  of  rice,  and  the  like  of  that,  and  they  preferred 
it  to  our  m> 

Q.  In  other  words,  they  got  the  food  that  they  preferred* 

A.  Yes.  sir. 

Q.  And  that  is  the  only  respect  in  which  there  was  any  difference  in 
respect  of  food 

A.  Ye-,  sir. 

Q.  (Continuing.)  Between  the  treatment  given  them  and  the  treatment 
of  our  own  soldiers? 

A.  Yes,  sir. 

n.-RECONCENTR  ATION . 

Along  this  general  subject  we  have  heard  a  great  deal  of  asser- 
tion and  a  great  deal  of  rather  violent  rhetoric  npon  the  question 
of  reconcentration  camps.  It  is  said  that  we  have  established 
reconcentration  camps  in  the  Philippines  and  there  was  associated 
with  the  word  "reconcentration  "  the  policy  of  Weyler  in  Cuba. 
The  effort  has  been  made  to  impress  the  American  people  with 
the  fact  that  we  were  pursuing  that  same  policy  in  the  Philippines. 

Mr.  President,  the  testimony  of  those  who  were  on  the  ground 
refutes  that.  I  therefore  present  the  testimony  of  Governor  Taft, 
a  portion  of  an  interview  of  Mr.  Johnson,  introduced  by  General 
Hughes  in  giving  his  testimony,  the  testimony  of  General  Hughes 
himself,  the  testimony  of  Professor  Barrows,  and  the  testimony 
of  Colonel  Wagner,  who  was  appointed  to  investigate  these  camps, 
and  others,  and  I  ask  that  they  be  printed  without  reading. 

The  testimony  referred  to  is  as  follows: 

Governor  TAFT.  The  order  of  General  Bell  has  been  published  since  I  left 
the  Philippines. 

CKNEBAL  BELL'S  OBDEB. 

Senator  C  i"  1. 1!  K.I  (SON.  I  have  here  a  copy  of  the  order,  published  in  the 
Washington  Star  of  January  20.  There  is'  a  copy  not  only  of  the  general 
order  of  General  Bell's  in  reference  to  concentration,  but  a  copy  of  his 
special  instructions  to  subordinate  commanders  on  the  subject. 

Governor  TAFT.  I  will  read  it,  if  you  desire  me  to  comment  on  it.  I  have 
not  read  it. 


THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

Senator  CULBERSON.  You  have  not  read  it* 

Governor  TAFT.  No,  sir. 

Senator  CULHERSON.  I  simplv  wanted  to  ask  if  you  entertain  the  same 
opinion  with  reference  to  the  character  of  the  war  after  reading  this  order 
of  Bell's  that  you  expressed  a  few  moments  agor  [This  reference  is  to  the 
statement  of  Governor  Taft  already  given  above.] 

PRESENT    RESISTANCE   To    AMERICAN     AUTHORITY    "A    CRIME    ACJAINST 
>  CIVIL  I/AT10X." 

Governor  TAFT.  I  have  no  doubt  I  should,  for  this  reason:  War  has  been 
ended  in  all  these  islands  except  in  Btttangae  and  Saniar.  That  which  re- 
•usfcu  ,'s  ii  i-riini-  iii/ainst  civilization.  It  is  a  crime  against  the  Filipino  people 
to  keep  up  that  war  under  the  circ  umstances.  and  those  engaged  in  it  have 
worn  out  the  right  to  any  treatment  but  that  which  is  severe  and  within  the 
laws  of  war. 

Senator  PATTEHSOX.  Do  you  mean  by  that  statement  that  the  army  fight- 
ing for  independence  has  become  so  small  by  captures,  by  Ijattles.  by  sur- 
renders, that  those  who  remain  fighting  for"  independence  are  guilty  of  a 
crime?  Is  it  a  crime  because  the  prospective  independence  is  more  remote 
now  than  it  was  two  or  three  years  ago* 

Governor  TAFT.  It  is  a  crime  because  it  is  subjecting  their  own  people,  in 
whose  interests  they  profess  to  lie  carrying  on  the  war,  to  the  greatest  priva- 
tion and  suffering. 
N^enator  PATTEHSOX.  At  the  hands  of  the  American  Army  r 

Governor  TAFT.  The  people  who  are  not  in  those  provinces  at  all.  They 
are  keeping  them  )>ack  from  earning  a  living.  They  are  keeping  them  back 
from  their  ordinary  vocations.  In  the  very  province  of  Batangas  itself  the 
great  majority  desire  peace,  and  are  only  held  there  because  of  the  system 
of  terrorism  of  which  I  speak.  Now.  I  say  that  warfare  which  depends  upon 
terrorism  and  murder  is  a  crime.  That  is  all  I  have  to  say. 

Senator  PATTERSOX.  Is  it  because  in  your  opinion  the  independence  of  the 
Philippine  Islands  has  become  hopeless  that  those  who  are  contending  for  it 
are  guilty  of  crime* 

Governor  TAFT.  I  think  independence  for  the  time  has  become  hopeless. 

Senator  PATTERSON.  And  therefore  those  who  are  fighting  for  it  are  guilty 
of  a  crime ': 

Governor  TAFT.  They  are  guilty  of  a  crime  in  the  method  which  they  seek 
to  attain  it. 

INTERVIEW  OF  A.  BURLIX<;AMK  JOHNSON  AS  TO  O>N<-ENTKATIOX  CAMPS 

(REPRODUCED     FROM     NEWSPAPER     AND     INTRODUCED     BY     GENERAL 

HUGHES  is  (OURSE  OF  His  TESTIMONY). 

"AS  TO  CONCENTRATION. 

'•I  know  it  as  it  is  practiced  there.  It  is  a  misnomer  to  call  it  a  policy  of 
concentration,  because  the  world  has  learned  to  puta  significant  meaning  to 
that  word.  The  policy  as  practiced  in  the  Philippines  has  no  element  of 
cruelty  in  it.  It  is  simply  an  order  to  the  inhabitants  of  a  particular  locality 
to  move  from  one  portion  to  another,  and  there  they  reside  and  carry  oh 
their  operations  and  business.  If  the  locality  into  which  they  have  moved 
does  not  afford  them  ample  support,  the  United  States  Government  provides 
them  with  food  and  shelter.  Tin-  jn-njil':  ««•»•  jili-nm-d  u-ith  it.  turn  use  they 
are  perm  ittt-fl  t»  lra<l  an  easier  life — much  easier  than  at  limm-.  Thereisno 
element  of  punishment  or  deprivation.  They  are  simply  requested  to  come 
into  a  certain  district." 

They  are  moved  out  of  danger,  then,  for  their  own  benefit* 
••Exactly:  because  those  who  are  inclined  to  favor  the  Americans  are 
1  by  the  ladrones  or  the  rebels,  and  unless  they  came  within  the  lines 
of  the  American  Army  they  would  be  compelled  to  pay  tribute  to  the  insur- 
gents.   These  people  largely  accept  this  concentration,  as  it  is  practiced,  as 
a  relief  instead  of  a  punishment.    It  is  a  relief  from  a  punishment  inflicted 
upon  them  by  the  insurgents,  with  whom  they  have  no  sympathy." 

TESTIMONY  OF  GENERAL  HUGHES  ON  RECONCENTRATION. 

"w/ Senator  CULBERSON.  You  asked  to  introduce  into  the  record  a  statement 
from  Mr.  A.  B.  Johnson.  Do  yon  indorse  his  statement  in  that  paper  that 
the  policy  of  concentration  p"ursued  by  General  Bell  is  not  intended  as  a 
matter  ofpunishment  ? 

General  Hui ;n  ES.  It  certainly  is  not  intended  as  a  matter  of  punishment. 
It  is  probably  intended  to  put  them  out  of  harm's  way  in  part,  and  to  keep 
them  out  of"  mischief  in  the  other.  There  is  no  idea  of  punishment  in  it. 
That  is  not  the  intention. 

Senator  CUI.BERSOX.  Do  you  indorse  the  statement  of  Mr.  Johnson  that  it 
i>  intended  for  the  good  of  these  people  that  they  should  be  concentrated 


20  THK    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION. 

within  a  certain  limit,  and  that  unless  they  shall  so  concentrate  there  their 
property  shall  be  absolutely  destroyedl  Do  you  regard  that  order  as  in  the 
mterest'of  those  people  rattier  than  in  the  interest  of  their  subjugation  by 
the  United  States  authorities? 

General  Hi  UIIKS.  It  is  to  their  interests  in  this  way— that  if  we  can  sepa- 
rate the  insurrect"  >s.  <  if  whom  there  are  but  few.  from  the  peaceable  citizens. 
the  finishing  up  of  the  contract  will  be  very  short,  and  they  can  go  back  and 
live  perfectly  contented  and  happy.  It  is  to  stop  these  few  guns  from  disturb- 
ing the  whole  community. 

Now.  I  will  give  you  an  instance.  A  miserable  beggar  had  a  revolver  and 
six  cartridges.  He 'disturbed  a  whole  district  until  they  caught  him.  They 
caught  him  with  his  gun  on.  There  was  not  a  good  cartridge  in  it.  Every 
cartridge  in  it  had  been  tried  and  failed,  and  yet  with  that  one  revolver  he 
kept  the  whole  district  in  a  state  of  terror. 

Senator  Cri-HKiisdN.  Do  you  understand  that  the  military  authorities  of 
the  United  States  pri  ivide  provisions  and  sustenance  for  the  Filipinos  after 
they  are  concentrated? 
__General  HUGHES.  I  do  not  know  anything  about  it. 

TESTIMONY  OF  PROFESSOR  BARROWS  ox  RECOXCENTRATIOX. 

Senator  BEVKRII><;K.  You  were  pretty  well  over  the  island  of  Luzon,  as  I 
judge  from  your  answers  to  questions,  particularly  in  those  provinces  going 
northward  from  Manila  to  the  north  portion  of  the  island.  Did  you  observe 
in  the  prosecution  of  your  work  the  operation  at  any  point  of  the  reconcen- 
tration  policy,  of  which  so  much  has  been  said?  If  you  did,  tell  the  com- 
mittee what  it  was  with  reference  to  its  cruelty  or  the  reverse.  Describe  it. 

Mr.  BARROWS.  I  was  in  one  province  which  was  reconcentrado.  and  I 
think  I  visited  all  but  one  town  in  the  province.  I  think  the  matter  has  been 
very  greatly  misunderstood.  In  this  case  the  population  was  in  no  sense 
confined  within  barriers  inimical  to  its  weM-bemg.  There  was  no  barbed- 
wire  fence  business  at  all.  They  were  simply  required  to  dwell  and  to  work 
along  a  great  cultivated  stretch  which  made  up  the  arable  land  of  the  prov- 
ince, within  a  certain  distance  of  a  military  road  that  traversed  it.  They  had 
to  stay  there.  They  could  not  go  out  to  the  mountains.  They  could  not  take 
to  the  woods.  Of  course  within  those  limits  they  could  pass,  and  pass  for 
miles:  harvest  their  rice;  fish:  do  anything  they  wanted  to  do;  but  they  must 
stay  in  the  territory  capable  of  patrol  by  the  inilitarv  forces. 

Senator  BEVKHIDGE.  But  within  those  limits  their  personal  action  was 
free? 

Mr.  BARROWS.  Yes,  sir. 

Senator  DIETRICH.  There  was  no  starvation? 

Mr.  BARROWS.  No.  sir;  that  was  impossible. 

Senator  BEVKRIDOE.  Did  you  observe  any  cruelties  in  those  lines? 

Mr.  BARROWS.  None  whatever. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  It  is  just  as  yon  have  described  it? 

Mr.  BARROWS.  Yes,  sir.  For  example,  after  the  rice  was  cut  they  had  to 
bring  it  in  the  vicinity  of  this  military  road  and  stack  it  there  and  thrash  it 
there  and  harvest  it  there.  They  could  not  do  as  they  had  been  doing — stack 


by  a  population  that  was  supposedly  and  professedly  peaceful. 

HK-T  CONDmOXS  WHERE  MILITARY  AUTHORITY  PREVAILS. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  There  is  another  question  in  this  connection.  I  want 
to  ask  yon  if  it  is  not  true  that  the  provinces  in  which  you  described  the  con- 

tions  as  being  so  favorable  and  excellent  are  the  provinces  over  which  our 
military  operations  were  most  thorough  when  thev  were  being  carried  on 
there? 

Mr.  BARROWS.  Yes;  that  is  the  case,  as  in  Bulacan  and  Pampanga  and 
Bataan.  and  these  are  the  provinces  which  are  now  the  most  quiet. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  Where  the  military  operations  conducted  under 
Wheaton  and  Bell  and  others  were  very  thorough;  and  those  are  the  prov- 
inces in  which  ixjace  and  quiet  and  the  establishment  of  the  ordinary  occupa- 
tions of  civilized  life  now  exist  in  the  satisfactory  manner  you  have  described? 

Mr.  BARROWS.  They  are  the  ></•<»•/;,,•,  *  „•!,,,•>  //«,  most  progress  has  been 
made  and  is  »„„•  maktng-  Samar,  I  understand,  never  had  any  active  oper- 
ations until  lately. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  So  the  effect  of  the  militarv  operations  in  these 
provinceswas  not  bad,  as  I  understand  it,  but  good;  and,  so  far  as  you  were 
able  to  observe,  you  may  state  whether  any  feelings  of  bitterness  or  hatred 
engendered  by  the  war  were  manifesting  themselves  among  the  people  in 
the  provinces  through  which  you  traveled 


THE   PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  21 

MANNER   OF  CONDUCTING  WAR. 

Mr.  BARROWS.  Of  course,  I  do  not  wish  to  assent  to  the  proposition  that 
war  is  a  good  thing. 

Senator  BEVEHIDGE.  No;  I  understand  that. 

Mr.  BARROWS.  But  where  you  have  war  existing,  it  is.  I  think,  better  to 
go  ahead  and  pursue  it  rigorously  and  finish  it  ana  bring  in  the  people  who 
are  out.  induce  them  to  surrender,  and  get  it  over  with  as  fast  as  possible. 

TESTIMONY  OF  COL.  ARTHUR  L.  WAGNER.  ASSISTANT  AIUUTANT-UKNERAL, 
UNITED  STATES  ARMY.  ON  AMERICAN  RECONC XNTRATION  IN  THE  PHIL- 

IPPINES. 

The  C'n  A  i  RMAN.  Have  you  just  returned  from  the  Philippine  Islands? 

Colpnel  WAGNER.  I  left  the  Philippine  Islands  on  the  But  of  March  and 
landed  at  Sun  Francisco  on  the  -7th  of  April. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  How  long  were  you  in  the  Philippine  Islands* 

Colonel  WAGNER.  Nearly  two  years  and  a  half. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  You  made  a  report  before  leaving  there  on  the  concentra- 
tion camps? 

Colonel  WAGNKR.  Yes.  sir. 

Senator  BKVEKIHGE  acting  chairman).  You  may  proceed  and  state  your 
observations  concerning  concentration  camps  that  you  examined. 

PEOPLE    SURPRISINGLY    1'ONTENTEH. 

Colonel  WAGNER.  In  compliance  with  verbal  orders  of  the  commanding 
general  of  the  Department  of  North  Philippines  I  proceeded  from  Manila  on 
the  gunboat  .\iij>i,i/l>t,<  to  Calamba:  sent  overland  to  Santo  Tomas  and 
Tanauan.  There  was  a  concentration  camp  of  natives  at  each  of  these 
places.  The  camp  at  Santo  Tomas  had  about  .s.ixio  natives.  It  was  about  2 
miles  long  by  a  ruile  wide.  The  natives  in  this  camp  were  assembled  accord- 
ing to  the  barrios  from  whi'-h  they  came,  all  the  people  from  a  given  barrio 
being  on  the  same  street,  thus  assuring  neighbors  being  together  and  keep- 
ing up  the  community  as  nearly  as  possible  as  it  existed  in  ordinary  times. 
I  made  careful  inquiries  of  the  officers  on  duty  at  Santo  Tomas  and  also 
made  inquiries  from  the  natives  that  were  in  the  camp.  I  could  find  no 
evidences  </f  want,  and  tin'  ;««/./«•  .« •  //,<(/  tn  /«•  .s>i/-yy, •/.•-•///<////  r<nitfiit>.'tt. 
The  streets  were  clean,  they  were  scrupulously  neat;  care  was  taken  to 
guard  against  fire,  and  the  sanitary  conditions  of  the  camp  seemed  to  be 
carefully  looked  after. 

Senator  BEVERI  I>GE.  You  speak  of  the  streets.    What  did  they  live  in? 

Colonel  WAGNER.  They  lived  in  huts  which  thev  had  themselves  con- 
structed, of  the  nature  of  what  we  would  usxially  call  nipa  shacks. 

Senator  BEVERI  IIGE.  That  is  the  same  character  of  buildings  as  those 
which  they  lived  in  in  their  barrii  >s:- 

MKIUCAL  ATTENTION    IN    <  AMI1*. 

Colonel  WAGNER.  Practically  the  same,  excepting  that  they  were  smaller. 
The  medical  officer  static  ineil  at  Santo  Tomas  had  general  charge  of  the  native 
camp.  Under  him  there  was  a  native  doctor,  or  practicante.  in  each  barrio. 
The  food  supply  had  not  run  short,  and  to  the  best  of  my  recollection  they 
had  a  supply  that  would  have  lasted  until  the  1st  of  May. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  Perhaps  to  facilitate  that  at  this  point  you  spoke  of 
sanitary  conditions.  Who  supervised  and  directed  the  sanitation  of  the 
camp': 

Colonel  WAGNER.  The  medical  officer  on  duty  at  Santo  Tomas.  under  the 
general  direction  of  the  commanding  officer  at  that  station. 

Senator  BEVERI I>GK.  Was  the  sanitation  of  the  camp  as  good  as  the  sani- 
tation of  the  barrios  from  which  the  jK'opje-  came'r 

Colonel  WAGNER.  I  have  no  hesitation  in  saying  that  it  was  much  better, 
because  there  was  a  medical  officer  in  this  case'  to  give  the  matter  his  atten- 
tion daily,  whereas  in  the  ordinary  barrios  people  lived  more  as  they  pleased. 

FOOD   SlTPl.IKS. 

Senator  BKYERIDGE.  Concerning  food  supplies,  what  was  your  observa- 
tion in  regard  to  that.- 

Colonel  WAGNER.  There  seemed  to  be  no  immediate  danger  of  want. 
The  food  supply  at  Santo  Tomas  was  sufficient*  to  the  best  of  my  recollec- 
tion, to  last  until  the  1st  of  May:  at  any  rate,  until  the  date  set  forth  in  my 
report. 

Senator  BEVERI  I>GE.  In  what  did  it  consist:- 

Colonel  WAGNER.  It  consisted  mainly  of  palay. 

Senator  BEVERI DGE.  It  is  the  native  foodr 

Colonel  WAGNER.  It  is  the  native  food. 

Senator  BEVERI  IK.  K.  It  is  the  kind  of  food  they  were  accustomed  to  in 
their  barriosy 


'2-2  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

Colonel  WAGNER.  It  is. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  What  is  palay* 

Colonel  \V.\(;NKi{.  It  is  unhusked  rice.  There  were  also  a  number  of 
chickens  in  the  different  camps,  although  the  chickens  were  becoming  some- 
what scan-.-.  Many  of  the  people  in  moving  to  these  camps  had  left  their 
chickens  at  their  homes,  and  in  some  cases  they  were  going  wild,  but  there 
were  a  great  many  pigs. 

Senator  BEVKK IIHJK.  Were  the  pigs  killed  and  eaten  by  the  natives? 

Colonel  WAGXEK.  They  are  killed  and  eaten  by  the  natives;  they  were 
available  for  food. 

••<  <IMIM.I:TK  I-KHSONAI.  LIBERTY"  ix  THE  CAMPS. 

Senator  BEVKRIDGK.  Concerning  the  liberty  of  the  people  within  these 
so-called  reconcentration  camps,  what  have  you  to  state  aoout  that,  as  to 
their  personal  freedom  r 

Colonel  WAGNER.  They  were  given  complete  personal  liberty  within  the 
limits  of  what  is  known  as  the  dead  line,  which  varies  in  distance  from  300 
yards  to  x«i  yards  from  the  camp. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  From  the  camp  outside  of  the  lines  • 

Colonel  WAGXER.  Outside  the  lines.  They  were  allowed  within  those  lim- 
its to  go  and  come  ;is  they  saw  fit.  They  were  required  to  retire  to  their 
quarters  at  s  o'clock  in  the  evening.  They  were  allowed  to  go  out  beyond 
the  dead  line,  provided  they  obtained  passes  from  the  commanding  officer. 
and  they  U.M-,  ai-o  allowed  to  go  out  beyond  the  dead  line,  accompanied  by 
troops,  for  the  purpose  of  hunting  up  supplies  and  palay. 

OCCUPATION  OF  THE  PEOPLE  IX  THE  CAMPS. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  What  was  the  occupation  of  people  within  these  large 
areas,  called  reconcentration  camps; 

Colonel  WAGNER.  The  occupation  of  the  women  was  practically  the  same 
as  it  was  at  their  ordinary  homes.  As  far  as  the  men  were  c<  mcemetl.  if  not 
engaged  in  parties  hunting  for  these  caches  of  rice,  they  had  practically  noth- 
ing to  do,  excepting  those  who  were  herding  cattle.  They  were  allowed, 
however,  to  cultivate  the  ground  within  the  limits  of  the  dead  line,  and  also 
under  the  protection  of  military  force  to  cultivate  ground  beyond  these 
limits. 

Natives  were  sent  out  under  protection  of  troops  to  gather  any  standing 
crops  that  were  still  out:  that  is,  crops  that  could  be  used  for  food."  But  how 
far  this  cultivation  in  either  case  was  carried  I  do  not  know  from  my  own 
observation. 

Senator  DIETRICH.  Colonel,  you  used  the  words  "military  force."  You 
meant  by  that  more  military  protection,  did  you  not,  both  to  see  that  they 
did  not  get  away,  and  again,  that  those  that  were  there  would  be  protected 
against  the  ladrones  and  insurgents  who  undertook,  in  many  cases,  to  mur- 
der and  torture  friendly  Filipinos:- 

Colonel  WAGNKR.  Yes.  sir:  I  would  state,  moreover,  that  this  protection 
was  further  necessary  for  the  reason  that  these  ladrones  in  the  islands  were 
living  on  the  communities  and  towns.  They  obtained  their  rice  and  their 
money  from  the  towns. 

CAMPS  A  PROTECTION  TO  FRIENDLY  FILIPINOS. 

Senator  Di  K  TIC  int.  And  so  these  concentration  camps  were  a  protection  to 
the  friendjy  Filipinos  themselves  and  for  their  benefit,  really,  more  than  for 
the  benefit  of  the  Unite;!  States  Army? 

Colonel  WAGNER.  The  purpose  was  twofold:  First,  to  protect  these  peo- 
ple, who  had  been  compelled  by  the  ladrones  to  contribute  food  and  monev 
and  who  were  constantly  complaining  to  our  authorities  about  the  imposi- 
tions to  which  they  were  subjected  by  these  hostile  people.  Another  reason 
was  that  we  might  get  these  people  into  these  camps,  where  we  could  be  sure 
of  feeding  them  and  at  the  same  time  sweeping  up  all  the  food  supplies  in 
the  rest  of  the  country,  in  order  that  these  ladrones  in  the  hills  might  be 
starved  out. 

Senator  DIETRICH.  But  all  these  people  in  the  islands  would  go  out  and 
gather  their  food  and  their  belongings  and  bring  them  into  these  camps,  and 
there  thev  had  absolute  protection  against  every lx>dy  else* 

Colonel  WAG.N  KIC.  Tlu-i/  n-,-rf »/»///  »•,//•,/<*/  beforehand  to  bring  all  their  prop- 
erty into  these  camps,  ami  /»<•„/»«•  in  themselves,  and  they  were  all  informed 
that  they  would  there  be  protected. 

RESULT  OF  "RECONCENTRATION." 

Senator  McCoMAS.  What  has  been  the  result  in  reference  to  these  ladrones 
or  insurrectos,  or  whatever  they  were? 

Colonel  WAGNER.  The  result  has  been  this,  according  to  my  own  observa- 
tion: Last  July  I  rode  through  the  region  mentioned  from  Calamba  over  to 
Batangas,  and  thence  west  to  Balayan,  through  the  region  which  we  are  con- 
sidering. The  condition  of  our  military  forces  there  might  be  compared 
with  that  of  a  blind  giant.  The  troops  were  more  than  able  to  annihilate 


THE    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION.  '23 

to  completely  smash  anything  that  could  be  brought  against  them  in  the 
shape  of  military  force  on  the  part  of  the  insurgents:  but  it  was  almost 
impoasible  to  get  any  information  in  regard  to  those  people.  The  natives 
were  afraid  to  give  us  any  information  because  if  they  did  they  were  boloed. 
There  were  inst;uu-es  known  of  natives  V-ing  boloed  tn  the  market  place  in 
open  day.  where  the  deed  was  witnessed  bv  hundreds  i.f  people.  It  was  im- 
possible to  get  anybody  to  testify  in  regard  to  the  perpetrators. 

Senator  BEVEKIDGE.  Because  of  fear? 

Colonel  WAGXKR.  Because  of  fear.  These  ladrones  would  send  in  their 
agents  to  collect  money  from  the  people.  They  had  a  regular  scale  of  taxa- 
tion. They  would  charge  certain  people  a  certain  amount  and  certain  other 
people  a  certain  other  amount,  and  these  people  were  cc  impelled  to  pay  through 
fear  of  assassination.  We  could  give  them  no  protection  from  anything  of 
that  sort.  It  became  absolutely  m-cessary.  then,  to  separate  our  friends  from 
our  enemies,  to  put  the  one  cla-s  irhere  we  could  protect  them  from  these 
ladroues  and  keep  them  in  a  jx  >siti(  >n  such  that  we  knew  everything  outside 
of  the  limits  was  an  enemy.  In  that  case  we  could  operate  fully  against 

Senator  DIETRICH.  Colonel,  right  there,  then,  this  line  that  you  term  a 
dead  line  around  these  concentration  camps  was  as  much  a  line  to  serve 
notice  upon  these  ladrones  and  these  insurgents  who  would  undertake  to  do 
Violence  to  these  people— that  is.  it  was  a  dead  line  for  those  outside  as  much 
as  it  was  a  dead  line  f<  >r  tho-e  inside,  in  >t  to  let  those  that  were  within  escape? 

( 'oloiiel  WAONKH.  It  was.  fur  the  reason  it  was  possible  to  observ--  every  - 
body  coming  into  as  well  as  everyb:  «ly  going  out  of  the  camp.  If  a  stranger 
came  into  the  cauip.  he  would  !>-•  requir-  .n  uccuiint  of  him--lf. 

Moreover,  if  this  stranger  was  an  a.-sassi;i  or  a  collector,  it  was  a  very  easy 
matter  for  the  headman  of  the  barrio  in  the  camp  to  report  the  matter  to 
the  commanding  officer,  and  the  man  could  be  s>-i/.ed  at  once. 

Senator  XoCOMAB.  You  started  to  say  how  it  was  before  this  measure 
was  adopted,  and  then  you  were  going  on  to  sjiy  how  it  was  afterwards. 

Colonel  WAGNKB.  I  was  going  to  say  the  remit  ha-  b.>en  that  Malvar.  who 
b. -tore  could  not  be  caught,  who  practically  was  invisible,  was  at  last  run 
down  and  surrendered.  The  result  is  that  these  hostile  parties  have  disap- 
peared from  the  provinces  of  Batangas  and  Laguna,  and  I  understand  that 
those  provinces  are  to  revert  to  civil  government  on  the  4th  of  July. 

PEOPLE   NOW    liKTfKNKI)  TO  THEIR  Ho 

Senator  M<  (  ';>\IAS.  Then  these  people  will  go  back  to  their  homes? 

Colonel  \TA(;.\Kl!.  They  have  already  gone  back. 

Senator  McCOMAS.  When  did  thev  go  •• 

n. -1  \v.\i, \EK.  They  went  back  soon  after  I  left  the  Philippines. 

Senator  BKVKKIDGK.  After  Malvar  was  captured? 

Colonel  WAGXEK.  I  think  so. 

Senate. r  M(  COMAS.  Then  there  are  no  more  of  these  camps? 

Colonel  WAGXEK.  I  understand  not. 

Senator  McCosiAS.  The  incident  has  been  closed? 

Colonel  WA<;.\KU.  So  I  understand. 

Senator  DEBTRICH.  Th-.'ii  the  result  has  been  that  by  bringing  all  these 
people  within  these  concentration  camps,  where  they  could  bring  their  food 
supplies,  and  thereby  take  it  away  from  the  insurgents  and  ladrones,  and 
also  where  they  would  be  protected  from  this  levy  of  monev  that  was  made 
upon  them  by  insurgents  and  ladrones.  you  think  it  would  have  the  effect 
of  stopping  this  cruel  warfare  that  is  going  on  much  sooner  than  otherwise 
would  have  been  the  case:  and  it  has  otherwise  protected  the  lives  and 
property  of  the  natives- 
Colonel  WAGNEH.  I  do:  I  think  so.  Moreover,  I  would  say  that  I  do  not 
see  how  we  could  have  stamped  out  the  trouble  there  otherwise.  It  was  a 
very  embarrassing  situation.  As  I  have  said,  the  island  was  practically  in 
the  possession  of  a  blind  giant:  strong,  but  unable  to  see  where  to  strike. 

SO-CALLED  "DEAD  LINE"  A  LIFE  LINK. 

Senator  BEVEHIDGE.  Referring  to  what  you  have  said  about  people  being 
boloed  in  the  market  places  of  their  towns,  would  you  say  that  this  so-called 
dead  line  was  in  reality  for  them  a  life  liner 

Colonel  WAGNEU.  In  that  respect  it  wa-. 

Senator  BEVKKIDGE.  Did  the  people  themselves  who  were  peaceably  dis- 
posed object  to  coming  in  to  the  reconcentration  camps?  You  spoke  of  their 
content . 

Colonel  WAGXEH.  Whether  there  was  objection  or  not,  I  could  not  say 
from  my  own  knowledge:  I  can  only  state  the  conditions  that  I  saw  there. 

Senator  BEVEKIDGE.  And  the  condition  of  content  you  speak  of — 

Colonel  WAGXKK.  I  would  state  also  that  that  condition  of  content  was  a 
condition  of  the  poor  people  rather  than  of  the  wealthy.  As  I  stated  in  my 
report,  it  was  a  matter  of  much  greater  hardship  to  the  wealthy  than  to  the 
poor.  When  this  rice  that  was  cached  was  seized,  a  loss  fell  on  the  wealthy 
people  who  owned  the  rice.  Generally  half  of  the  rice  found  was  given  to 


2i  THE   PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

the  native  who  discovered  it:  so  that  he  was  so  much  better  off.  The  rich 
man  suffered  accordingly.  The  rich  were  the  people  who  had  been  sustain- 
ing the  war.  Moreover",  there  is  a  very  strong  caste  feeling  among  the 
natives,  and  I  was  informed  that  it  was  very  distasteful  to  the  people  of  the 
til>l>er  class  to  be  crowded  into  the  same  barrio  with  the  poor  people. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.    Were  you  in  Cuba? 

Colonel  WAGXER.    I  was. 

\\  l'.\  I.KH'S   ('AMI'S   (  OMI'AREI)    TO   OTRS. 

Senator  BEYERIHGE.  Do  you  know  anything  about  the  Weyler  concen- 
tration camps  in  Cuba? 

Colonel  \\At.NKK.  I  do  not;  my  service  in  Cuba  was  limited  to  service 
during  the  Santiago  campaign. 

•or  BEYEKiixiE.    Do  you  know  what  was  reported  concerning  those 
i.-oin-entriitioii  camps? 

Colonel  W  A  (  ;  N  K  H  .    I  do. 

S<-na;<.r  BEVERAGE.  And  what  is  generally  understood  concerning  those 
concentration  camps? 

Colonel  WAOXKH.    I  do. 

Senator  BEVEKIDGE.  What  have  yon  to  say  as  to  anv  similarity  or  dis- 
similarity between  the  so-called  reconcentration  camps  ot  the  Americans  iif 
the  Philippine  Islands  and  the  reconcentration  camps  of  Weyler  in  Cuba? 
Were  thev  alike  or  unlike,  or  what  was  the  comparative  condition? 

Colonel  WAGVER.  A<  near  as  I  can  determine,  there  is  only  one  point  of 
similarity  between  the  two.  namely,  the  people  were  brought  within  a  certain 
region  and  compelled  to  stay  there. 

Senator  BKVKHIIK;K.   \rimt  »•••/•<•  the  points  of  ditatm&ariM 

Colonel  WAGNER.  The  points  of  dissimilarity  in*  re  that  the  Spaniards 
starved  the  people  they  brottyht  in  lintl  in-  fe<l  them. 

Senator  BEVERIDGK.  And  as  to  medical  care  and  sanitation? 

Colonel  WAGXER.  I  have  been  unable  to  learn  that  the  Spaniards  gave 
any  medical  care  to  the  reconcentradosat  all. 

Senator  BEVERIUGE.  And  yon  have  said  we  did* 

Colonel  WA<;XKK.  Yes.  sir. 

Senator  BKVKUIDGK.  It  is  your  understanding  of  the  Weyler  reconcen- 
tration camps,  is  it  not.  that  not  only  was  sanitation  neglected,  but  condi- 
tions of  hideous  fllthiness  and  disease  were  encouraged;  that  is  the  popular 
understanding  of  it? 

Colonel  WAGXER.  That  is  the  popular  understanding  of  it.  Personally  I 
know  nothing  about  the  Spanish  — 

Senator  BEN-BRIDGE.  I  understand.  What  I  am  trying  to  drive  at  now  is 
the  comparison  of  those  camps  down  there  with  ours—  a  comparison  between 
our  camps  and  the  popular  understanding  of  what  the  Weyler  camps  were. 

WKYI.KH'S    AND    OUR    KECOXCEXTRATIOX   CAMPS   is  COMPARISON-  OF 

"MERCY   WITH   CRUELTY." 

Colonel  WAGNER.  There  is  no  similarity  at  all.  Comparing  these  camps 
of  ours  with  the  Spanish  camps  would  simply  be  comparing  mercy  with 
cruelty. 

Senator  BEVERIIX.E.  I  understand  that  these  camps  were  in  the  province 

" 


Colonel  WAGXEH.  Ba  tan  gas  and  Laguna  de  Bay. 

Senator  BKVERIIX;E.  That  is  where  the  last  remnants  of  the  insurrec- 
tion were  at  the  time  rife  and  where  the  operation  of  ladrones  was  and  has 
been  most  active? 

Colonel  WAGXKR.  It  was. 

Senator  BEYER  six;  E.  Those  provinces,  I  believe,  Colonel,  are  mountain- 
ous. are  thev  not? 

Colonel  WAGXER.  They  are. 

Senator  BK.VERI  DGE.  And  well  fitted  for  the  operations  of  the  ladrones* 

Colonel  WAGinCB.  Admirably  so. 

TIIKM:  PKOVIM  K>  IMMEMORIAL  HAI-.NTS  OK  ROKHERS. 

Senator  BEVKRIIXJE.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  from  time  immemorial  robber 
bands  making  robbery,  stealing  carabao.  and  the  property  of  the  people— 
their  provisions—  have  had  their  fastnesses  in  these  mountains,  have  they  not* 

Colonel  "\\  VGNER.  They  have,  in  those  mountains,  although  in  other 
parts  of  the  islands  also. 

Senator  BEVKRIIX;K.  I  understand,  but  I  am  speaking  of  these  particular 
places  now.  Is  it  your  understanding  that  those  ladrones  and  robber  bauds 
have  new  been  wiped  away? 

Colonel  WAGXER.  In  those  provinces;  yes,  sir 

Senator  BEVERIIX;  E.  That  is  what  I  am  asking  about,  these  provinces;  and 
the  people  have  all  returned  to  their  homes  and  fields  r 


THE    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION.  '25 

Colonel  WAGXEH.  80  I  am  informed. 

Senator  M<  COMAS.  If  it  be  true  that  the  iusurrectos  and  also  the  robber 
liands  have  l>een  wiped  out  in  Laguna  de  Bay  and  Batangas and  the  people 
have  Ijeen  quieted  in  Sauinr.  where  is  there  now  any  insurrectionary  force? 

Colonel  WAGXKK.  In  regard  to  the  island  of  Sauiar.  I  can  not  state,  sir:  I 
know  nothing  about  that  of  inv  own  knowledge:  nothing  further  than  what 
I  read  in  official  reports  or  in  the  newspapers. 

Senator  M<  (.'O.MAS.  Froin  your  kiiowledgeand  information,  when-  i>  there 
now  any  Insorrectkmary  force  in  the  Philippines? 

Colonel  \v.ui\Kii.  There  is  no  insurrectionary  force  worthy  of  the  name. 
There  may  be  small  bodies  of  ladron<»s.  and  there  doubtless  are,  in  many 
parts  of  the  islands. 

Senator  BEVEHIIH;K.  That  has  always  been  the  case. 

( 'oiiinei  WAGXEH.  That  has  always  been  the 

Senator  CULBKR8OH.  Do  yi/u  know  of  any  other  places  which  were  burned 
than  those  mentioned! 

:el  WAGXEK.  I  do  not  recall  any  now.    There  may  have  been  others- 
there  doubtless  were— but  those  are  the  only  two  I  remember.  ' 

Mr.  BEVERIDGE.  Mr.  President,  to  sum  up  this  testimony 
upon  the  question  «,f  reconcentration  camps,  it  shows  that  they 
were  probably  the  most  humane  devices  that  have  ever  been  put  in 
practice  in  the  history  of  warfare.  Compared  with  the  war  !>••- 
tween  France  and  Germany.  c<  mpared  with  any  war  of  ancient 
or  modern  times  either  in  a  civilized  or  uncivilized  country,  his- 
tory presents  no  record  of  a  war  conducted  with  such  humanity, 
with  such  compassion,  and  with  such  consideration  for  the  people 
with  whom  we  are  dealing  as  does  this  war.  Even  if  we  <hould 
come  to  our  own  regrettable  and  fratricidal  conflict,  the  practices 
that  obtained  in  the  treatment  of  prisoners  are.  Mr.  President, 
not  to  be  compared  with  what  we  have  done  in  our  reconcen- 
tration  camps  in  the  Philippine?.  Andersonville  and  Libby  con- 
trasted with  the  reconceiitrati*  >n  camps  in  the  Philippines  presj-nt 
all  the  difference  between  midnight  and  noonday. 


III.-EFFECT  OF  OUR   ADMINISTRATION  ON  THE  PEOPLE. 

Now.  Mr.  President,  what  has  been  the  result  of  this  policy? 
Wh.it  lias  l>een  the  effect  i.f  our  vigorous  military  policy  to  in- 
surgents and  the  treatment  given  to  prisoners  and  peaceful  p--o- 
ple?  What  effect  on  the  natives  has  this  combined  firmness  and 
rig<  >r<  >us  pursuit  of  armed  f <  >^s.  with  « >ur  c<  >mpassi<  >n .  and  kindn.  ss. 
and  cc  msideration  of  our  Army  to  Filipino  prisoners  and  people — 
our  nurses  to  nurse  them,  and  our  doctors  to  attend  them,  and 
our  medicines  to  cure  them— what  effect  lias  all  this  had  on  the 
people?  Governor  Taft.  Professor  Barrows,  and  others  have  tes- 
tified as  to  the  feeling  they  found  toward  us  and  our  Government 
among  the  people.  But  it  is  even  better  shown  by  the  reports  of 
the  governors  of  the  provinces.  I  have  made  a  condensation  of  the 
reports  of  the  governors  of  provinces,  eliminating  unnecessary 
detail,  as  some  of  them  are  very  voluminous,  but  reaching  these 
particular  points:  and  upon  these  particular  points,  I  believe. 
nn  >st  of  them  are  complete. 

The  reports  referred  to  are  as  follows: 

RK.I'OIJTS  OF  PROVINCIAL  GOVERNORS  AND  OTHERS  ox  GENERAL  CONDI- 
TIONS ix  PROVINCES  ix  WHICH  THF.KK  is  M>  iNsruKKcr; 

IM:i.VIN(  E   OF    II.O.'OS    XollTE. 

LAOAG,  ILOCOS  NORTE,  December  17,  1901. 

ClVll.   (it)VKItXolt.  Manila: 

The  people  of  this  province  are  humble,  very  timid,  and  obedient.  The 
law  i-i  complied  with  in  a  peaceful  manner.  Violations  of  law  so  far  occurred 
xmlv  through  deceit  and  impositions  on  part  of  people  of  other  provi: 

AGBAYANI,  Gm-rn,,,,: 


26  THE    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION. 

PROVINCE  OF  RIZAL. 

PASIG,  RIZAL,  December  IS,  1901. 
FEK>  •  turi/.  Mniiiln: 

In  almost  all  the  towns  the  justice  courts  are  already  in  operation.  The 
court  of  first  instance  has  been  established  since  July  11. 1901.  Peace  in  Rizal 
is  complete.  All  inhabitants  are  in  favor  of  the  civil  government  and  de- 
voted to  American  sovereignty.  Highwaymen,  who  formerly  operated  in 
various  places  in  Me  >r<  >ng,  have"  been  driven  out.  The  census  is  almost  com- 
pleted, and.  from  present  information,  the  number  of  persons  estimated  at 
140,000.  Municipal  autonomy  is  executed  with  sufficient  force. 

Means  to  establish  the  land  tax  progressing  satisfactorily,  and  it  is  not 
likely  that  it  will  offer  any  particular  difficultv  in  the  completion.  Provin- 
cial accounts  which  showed  in  the  months  of  July  and  August  the  province 
was  in  debt  have  shown  a  balance  of  $3,833.77  gold  on  December  1,  1901,  after 
payment  to  the  municipalities  the  portion  due  to  them.  Suffrage,  according 
to  municipal  code,  has  been  exercised  satisfactorily.  Agriculture,  industry, 
and  trade  suffer  the  decay  incident  in  the  whole  archipelago  consequent 
upon  the  war  and  other  causes.  The  scarcity  of  cattle  for  the  purpose  of 
draft  is  very  noticeable  as  a  result  of  the  epidemic  of  epizootia.  It  will  be 
necessary  to  establish  a  farmers'  bank  at  once.  Floods  and  locusts  have 
caused  much  loss  this  year  in  the  rice  harvest.  The  province  lacks  proper 

public  buildings,      (icm-rnl  */<//.    <>/  tin-   i-onilx  ili-ntninl.t  ninrh   i-j-jii-nye  for  re- 

ptnr.t.  hut  //« -jii<tri'  n  id  tiixpuxitiun  of  the  province  give  promise  of progreesvat 
prosperity. 

FLORES.  Governor. 
PROVINCE  OF  PAMPANGA. 

OFFICE  OF  THE  GOVERNOR. 

Bacolor,  P.  I.,  December  17,  1901. 
Hon.  L.  E.  WRIGHT. 

Artimj  Cii-il  liorernor  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  Manila,  P.  I. 

******* 
At  the  present  time  this  province  is  in  the  most  peaceable  condition. 
Many  of  the  natives  are  highly  educated,  and  since  the  introduction  of  the 
public  schools  under  the  United  States  Government  a  great  improvement  is 
noticed  among  the  lower  classes. 

The  finances  of  the  province,  as  shown  by  the  report  of  the  provincial 
treasurer,  show  a  balance  in  hand  of  over  jc.ti.000  United  States  currency, 
with  outstanding  indebtedness  of  less  than  $3.000  United  States  currency. 

Roads  and  bridges  throughout  the  province  are  in  fairly  good  condition, 
and  ir<n-!:  ni  sunn'  ix  In  I'nii  piixlu-il  «x  /•<//</<//;/  «.s possible. 

The  few  remaining  malefactors  and  bandits  in  this  province  are  being 
constantly  traced  and  captured  by  the  insular  police.  I  believe  that  this 
province  is  in  better  condition  than  ever  before,  and  under  the  present  svs- 
tem  of  government  will  continue  to  improve,  as  affording  an  opportunity 
and  inspiration  to  develop  its  resources. 

Very  respectfully,  C.  JOVEN, 

Governor  Province  of  Pampanga. 

PROVINCE  OF  BULACA1T. 

OFFICE  OF  THE  GOVERNOR, 
Jfalolos,  Bulacan,  P.  I.,  December  18,  1901. 

The  province  of  Bulacan,  under  my  charge,  presents,  politically  consid- 
ered, a  sublime  idea  of  its  sincere  gratitude  and  loyalty  to  the  Government 


recognized  the  laudable  intentions  of  the  Government  of  the  great  North 
American  nation  in  regard  to  this  country  and  the  urgent  need  for  becom- 
ing thoroughly  penetrated  with  the  transcendent  importance  of  peace  being 
convinced  that  only  under  peace  can  the  welfare  and  uplifting  of  the  Phil- 
ippines under  American  rule  be  effected. 

In  fact,  scarcely  a  month  had  passed  by  since  the  estabb'shment  of  civil 
rule  in  this  province  under  the  most  liberal  laws  yet  knoirn  in  this  country 
when  the  most  bitter  of  the  revolutionary  chiefs  still  in  the  mountains  of 
Angat,  Norzagary,  and  San  Miguel  de  Mayumo,  like  the  ex-Colonels  Tecson 
and  Morales  and  ex-General  Torres,  presented  themselves  before  the  author- 

?ILa      to°    *      oatn  °*  fe*lty  and  allegiance  to  American  sovereignty 

From  that  time  the  province  of  Bulacan  has  been  enjoying  an  unbroken 
peace,  and  its  inhabitants.  C9ntented  beyond  measure  with  the  establishment 
of  civil  rule  in  the  Philippines,  are  doing  all  they  can  to  strengthen  that 
peace  as  a  necessary  basis  for  their  happiness,  thus  showing  their  appreciation 
of  the  Government  which  now  so  wisely  rules  the  destinies  of  this  countrv 

In  view  of  the  facts  above  set  forth,  I  do  not  hesitate  to  assure  the  stabilitv 
of  the  peace  now  emoyed  by  this  province,  which  gladly  places  in  the  hands 
of  the  great  and  noble  Aorfft  American  nation  the  future  of  these  islands 


THE   PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  '2  i 

The  local  governments  organized  under  the  new  municipal  code  are  being 
carried  on  with  a  fair  regularity,  and  the  pueblos  nr<-  extremely  contented 
with  the  personality,  liberty,  and  responsibility  of  their  municipos,  as  in  all 
democratic  countries. 

Briefly  summing  up,  the  province  of  Bulacan  recognizes  unconditionally 
the  American  sovereignty,  and  its  provincial  and  local  governments  and  its 
courts  of  justice  are  all  exercising  their  functions  without  any  trouble  what- 
ever. 

JOSE  SERAPIO, 

I'l-ui'iiu-iiil  lint-i  I'mii-  a  f  ISnliii-mi. 
I'KOVINC  K   OF    r.MtiX. 

SAN  FERNANDO,  December  i:,  iwi. 
E.\i:<  i-nvK  SKCRKTARY.  Manila: 

*  *  *  The  province  is  perfectly  peaceful,  and  this  condition  has  existed 
for  9ver  a  year.  !'•  <</</'•  '"'•  ""  ut  toork  in  tin-  jirlilx  anil  at  t/n-ir  rarious  pro- 
j'l-xxiiiiix.  Civil  government  is  a<:ccpted  on  every  side,  and  there  is  no  possible 
reason  to  think  that  they  will  ever  change  in  this  feeling  under  the  present 
form  of  government.  The  treasurer  reports  that  each  municipality  will 
'•lose  tlie  pre-ent  year  with  a  balance  on  nand  and  without  a  debt  unpaid. 
The  provincial  treasury  will  have  on  hand  approximately  jlll.lKXI  gold,  $8,000 
of  which  will  be  appropriations  for  roads,  bridges,  buildings.  •  • 

Three  large  bridges  are  under  course  of  construction,  several  thousand 
cubic  feet  of  stone  and  soil  are  being  placed  on  the  road  where  needed,  and  a 
great  deal  planned  by  this  department.  Everything  looks  very  bright  for 
the  new  year,  and  not  only  myself  but  all  the  provincial  officers  are  very  san- 
guine as  to  our  future.  January  1  will  see  complete  reorganization  of  munici- 
pal police.  They  will  be  uniformed  alike  throughout,  thoroughly  equipped, 
and  perfectly  efficient.  The  organization  of  the  interprovincttJ  mail  service 
is  working  on  schedule  time  cards.  There  are  no  ladrones  in  Union  at  pres- 
ent, and  we  believe  we  can  keep  them  out. 

ORTEGA,  Governor. 

I'ROVINTK.   OK    ISAKKl.A 

ILAGAX.  ISABELA,  December  JO,  1901. 
KM.'  ITIVE  SECRETARY.  Mnniia: 

*     *     *     Pnn-inrc    iritlmnt     xini/li'    i '/.//;/  '"'•  <l    r»<nl.    xnlixfiiiitiiil     hrtilye,    OT 

]n •i-Hiiiiii'iit jiulilir  Imililii,;/.  All  municipalities,  except  Ilagan  and  Tumina, 
without  substantial  balance  in  treasury-  *  *  *  No  armed  insurgents  heard 
of  in  this  province  for  six  months.  •  *  *  Cagayan  Valley  completely  t  ran - 
quilized:  no  escorts  now  used  by  civil  officers. 

Municipal  police  require  Km" revolvers.  8,000 cartridges,  to  arm  force  or- 
ganized. Constabulary  not  yet  organized  fully  nor  ready  for  service.  * 
Trim/is  /•(•(•«  ntli/  evacuated  .-•/'.••  ••///'•  >.  /'!<//«•••  nu'i  titizent  a.-i  i/nm-<l  i-m-li  nitjht. 
No  disorder  or  crime  yet  reported.  No  post-office  in  province.  Salaries  de- 
nied by  director  POBte.  Need  light-draft  steamer  for  mail  and  transfer  of 
police  "to  quell  disturbances  in  province.  Nine  cities  without  American 
teachers.  Education  not  appreciated.  Xo  financial  assistance  for  police 
or  schools  from  insular  government.  Only  industry  cultivation  tobacco; 
should  have  others.  Friction  between  tobacco  planters  and  tenants.  People 
friendly  to  American  Government.  Province  safe  and  quiet  as  any  State  of 
Union. " 

JOHNSTON, 
I'ltjitiiiii,  sisth  Infantry.  Governor. 

PROVINCE  OF  II,OSCOS  Slli. 

OFFICE  OF  THE  PROVINCIAL  GOVERNOR, 

IVga/i,  December  16,  1901. 
Honorable  CIVIL  GOVERNOR  OF  THK  PHILIIMMM->. 

SIR:  *  *  *  Since  the  surrender  of  the  nationalistic  general  Tinio.  with 
all  his  forces,  who  was  carrying  on  the  insurrection  in  this  province,  and  of 
Father  AglijKiy.  also  with  all  his  men,  in  that  of  Ilocos  Norte.  in  the  month 
of  May  last,  this  province  under  my  command  has  been  completely  pacified, 
and  from  that  time  until  the  present  all  the  pueblos  have  enjoyed  the  tran- 
quillity and  jK'i-soiial  security  of  normal  times  before  the  ontoreak,  of  the 
insurrection  against  Spain. 

As  a  consequence  of  this  pacification,  the  natives,  as  well  as  the  Americans, 
military  and  civil,  inhabitants  of  this  province,  can  now  visit  all  the  pueblos 
with  entire  freedom  and  safety  without  anv  fear  whatever  of  even  malefac- 
tors and  road  agents,  which,  fortunately,  do  not  exist  in  this  province.  All 
the  people  are  peacefully  following  their  customary  avocations  to  the  extent 
that  no  one  cut;/  luni/i-r  rememben  tin'  »/•«/-,  save  through  the  newspaper  re- 
ports of  engagements  and  skirmishes  taking  place  in  the  provinces  of  Laguna 
and  Batangas  and  others  in  the  southern  islands. 

Very  respectfully.  M.  CRISOLOGO, 

Provincial  Governor. 


28  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

PROVINCE  OF  AMBOS  CAMAKINKS. 

NTEVA  ('At   KliKS,  I'AMAKINKS  Sl'K,   l>l'cewber  1'J,  1901. 

EXEITTIVK  SECHKTAHV.  Manila: 

******* 

Population  about  iVi.iim:  :t)  organized  towns;  authority  been  requested  to 
organize  remainder  of  former  towns;  province  in  perfect  state  of  pacifica- 
tion. Two  small  bands  insurgents  surrendered  last  September;  since  then 
no  insurgent  or  hostile  element  in  province.  This  condition  is  permanent  so 
far  as  people  of  province  concerned.  No  doubt  sentiment  is  for  continued 
peace  and  confidence  intentions  American  Government.  Trai-el  mt  nil  roads 
and  tu  inuxt  iiixtunt  interior  points  perfectly  mfe.  I  rrn'/itli/  x/icnt  tiro  niyhts 
in  inti-riur  tnii-H  it-it  i,  mi/  fa  in  Hi/,  imgworoed,  ;/•/((•/•<•  n  //'-Hi-  u  <jo  company 
i  if  xnliiii-rs  a-, ,niil  ltd,-,  in  fa  ni'1-i.-i.titi-i/.  Crime  rare,  and  scarcely  any 
trouble  from  ladrones.  Only  trouble  in  this  line  from  occasional  depreda- 
tions by  mountain  tribes,  which  can  be  stopped  by  additions  to  armament  of 
police. 

Military  force  been  t/n-atiy  mlucfd.  ami  town*  formerly  on-itjtied  by  large 

<nt  lion-  liar,'  tint  small  ih-tachim-ntx  ur  aliandom'il  entirely.      Further 

reductions  can  be  made,  and  recommend  that  it  be  done  and  troops 
taken  from  all  towns,  and.  if  kept  in  province,  be  placed  in  quarters  outside 
towns.  Some  complaint  of  arbitrary  acts  by  military,  such  as  arresting 
persons  on  suspicion  without  cause. "ordering  people  about,  and  retaining 
property  where  needed  and  desired  for  use  by  owner.  Some  military  com- 
manders at  outside  places  apparently  not  advised  of  existing  laws  as  to  au- 
thority of  civil  government  and  courts.  Fair  interest  shown  in  recent  mu- 
nicipal elections;  no  party  lines  except  that  candidates  supposed  to  hold  "  Na- 
tionalista"  views  were  defeated  by  large  majority.  'l'/iirli/-tiri>  Aim  rn-i'n 
teacherx  in  j>rurim;-.  rm-rrini/  1'  ti>«-ns.  (-food  attendance  and  interest  in 
schools.  .\i<iht  xrlititils  fur  a'linlts  in'll  attended,  and  desire  to  learn  English 
every  where  evident .  Twenty  more  teachers  needed. 

Province  has  suffered  heavily  by  loss  from  plague,  but  notwithstanding 
this  rice  crop  yield  is  more  than"  double  that  of  lastyear.  Recent  heavy  rain 
floods  have  seriously  damaged  this  year's  crops.  Hemp  districts  prosperous 
and  absorbing  laborers  from  rice  districts.  People  are  industrious  and  work- 
ing hard  to  repair  damage  from  war.  etc.  .tin  ailrisin;/  nun;'  din  rxifit  </  fann- 
ina.  and  expect  good  results.  Commerce  and  trade  active,  and  said  to  be 
iniii-h  iiini-i- si,  t/,,i,,  <<;r  in  Sjiani.tli  time.  Much  building  in  larger  towns; 
INCREASING  DEMAND  FOR  AMERICAN  GOODS.  While  writing  above. 
General  Grant  informs  me  that  he  has  recommended  the  withdrawal  of  eight 
companies  <  >f  troops  from  this  province,  and  expects  soon  to  recommend  with- 
drawal of  eight  more. 

JAMES  ROSS, 

Governor  Anilmx  Cuinai-int'S. 
PROVINCE  OF  TARLAC. 

TARLAC,  TARLAC,  P.  I.,  December  10,  1901. 
KxKi  CTIVE  SECRETARY  FOR  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLAM  »s. 

Manila.  P.  /.; 
******* 

There  has  been  no  interruption  of  the  peace  of  the  province  since  its 
organization  under  the  provincial  government  act.     The  Philippine  con- 
stabulary made  several  arrests  in  Moneada  the  first  days  of  November  for 
v  meeting  and  conspiring  to  attack  the  troops.    Th<-  trial  ix  now  in 
*    I  was  well  received  in  towns  in  that  part  of  the  province 
recently  visited,  and  expressions  of  desire  for  peace  were  numerous  and 
seemingly  earn  -st  and  sincere.    I  think  this  desire  prevails. 

Crimes  of  robbery,  rape,  homicide,  larceny,  and  falsification  have  been 
committed,  or  at  least  alleged,  and  the  perpetrators  arrested  by  either  the 
municipal  police  or  the  Philippine  constabulary,  both  of  which  are  working 
itisluctorily.  There  are  not  enough  judges  of  first  instance.  The  remark 
frequently  made  that  there  should  be  a  judge  continuously  holding  court 
here  is  true,  in  my  opinion.  Prisoners  have  to  wait  too  long" for  trial 

The  .provincial  government  act  and  municipal  code  are  working  well 
he  amendments  made  from  time  to  time  have  been  timelv  and  acceptable 
The  crops  are  good  this  vear. 

Taxes  are  collected  without  difficulty,  and  the  income  exceeds  expendi- 
tures thus  far. 

The  supervisors  of  the  various  provinces  interested  have  met  to  consider 
defense  against  river  inundation. 

WALLIS  O.  CLARK, 
Captain,  Twelfth  Infantry,  Provincial  Governor. 


THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  l"( 

ri«>VIN<    K    <IK    AI.BAY. 

ALBAY,  P.  I.,  Decembi -,-  :<.  ;>/;. 
Hon.  WILLIAM  H.  TAKT. 

Hor, -i-iinr  of  tli'    I'liilijijiiiu-  Arrltijielai/ii.  Mimiln.  I*.  I.: 

*  *  *  A  few  days  after  t  e  establishment  of  civil  government  here  Gen- 
eral Belarmino  presented  himself  with  his  entire  force.  und  from  tlmt  tint?  to 
the  preae  it  t  tin-  /»<"•<•  >//  the  province  ha*  nut  been  dittvrbea,  *  *  *  A  few 
Tagalo  leaders  came  into  the  province  recently  from  Manila  with  the  hope 
of  renewing  trouble  in  this  province,  bat  the  people  were  >, .  thoroughly 
opposed  to  any  further  disturbances  of  the  peace  that  there  was  not  the 
slightest  trouble  in  apprehending  them  before  they  wen-  able  to  accomplish 
anything.  These  leaders  were  at  once  apprehended  by  the  constabulary,  and 
are  now  confined  in  the  prison  of  the  province. 

The  constabulary  have  l>een  and  are  doing  excellent  work,  and  their  serv- 
ices have  teen  highly  commended  upon  by  military  officers  of  this  prov- 
ince. Both  the  military  and  civil  officers  are  in  perfect  accord,  there  being 
no  friction  whatever.  I  tun  informed  by  tin-  leading  dtixciu  that  tin  n  n-ns 
never  a  time  in  the  history  »f  flu-  province  n-hi  n  H  n-ns  in  .«,•<»  jimxjieroux  a  con- 
dition us  it  is  <it  jin-si'itt.  Everyman  in  the  province  who  desires  to  work 
has  plenty  to  do.  and  it  is  very  seldom  one  sees  a  beggar  on  the  streets.  The 
wages  at  present  being  paid  in  this  province  are  greater  than  they  have  ever 
been,  the  average  laborer  making  from  1  to  H  pesos  per  day.  *  "  * 

Highways,  buildings,  and  bridges  are  being  put  in  repair  and  built  as  rap- 
idlv  as  the  material  and  labor  can  be  had  to  construct  them.  The  cities  of 
Albay  and  Daraga.  which  were  formerly  destroyed  bv  the  insurgents,  are 
being  rebuilt  as  rapidly  as  it  is  p<  issible  to  secure  material  for  their  reconstruc- 
tion. The  reconstruction  of  these  towns  is  not  delayed  through  any  lack  of 
finance,  but  through  scarcity  of  material.  If  a  million  feet  of  lumber  was 
landed  in  Legaspi  I  believe  the  entire  amount  could  be  sold  in  leas  than  thirty 
days,  which  would  be  purchased  by  the  inhabitants  of  the  two  towns  above 
mentioned  for  the  reconstruction  of  their  homes  and  places  of  business. 

Some  idea  of  the  enormous  business  being  done  here  at  present  can  be  had 
from  the  fact  that  in  tin  ton-n  «//.<«/<'.•••/"  ulmn-  ./<•//•  flMOjOOOchctnffe  hands 
every  thirty  dai/x.  Business  here  is  very  much  hampered  through  the  lack  of 
banking  facilities,  and  all  clearances  are  made  through  the  banks  at  Manila. 
These  great  sums  of  money  are  brought  down  by  the  steamships,  for  which 
they  charge  three-fourths  of  1  per  cent  for  transportation:  these  sums  are 
again  returned  to  Manila  at  the  same  rate.  With  a  bank  at  Legaspi  you  can 
readily  understand  how  these  clearances  could  be  made  here,  and  the  sum 
of  transportation  alone  would  be  good  interest  for  an  institution  of  that  sort. 
Money  loans  in  this  province  all  the  way  from  10  to  20  per  cent. 

The  organization  of  the  provincial  government  is  practically  completed. 
*  *  *  Justices  of  peace  have  been  commissioned  and  the  notaries  appointed, 
and  the  court  of  first  instance  has  held  its  first  session. 

Si-honlx  liin-i-  IH-I-II  ort/tntized  in  nil  jinebliix  mid  <i  t/ri'ii  ter  part  of  the  barrios. 
The  itineti. -i  ii  liinlini/ i>inl>los  in  tin- jiroriiii;  iinir  have  America  it  instructors, 
and  the  progress  tin-}/  art-  nuikiittj  is  i-j-i-eptiimally  {/ratifying. 

Personally  I  have  found  the  work  of  reconstruction  extremely  interesting. 
*  *  *  *  *  .  *  * 

Very  truly,  yours, 

A.  U.  BETTS, 
Provincial  Governor. 

PROVINCE  OF  ILOILO. 

ILOILO,  P.  I.,  December  20,  JD01. 
To  the  CIVIL  GOVERNOR  OF  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS,  Manila. 

SIR:  *  *  *  That  as  regards  peace  and  order  it  may  be  asserted  that 
this  province  of  Iloilo  has  no  cause  to  envy  any  other  province  in  the  archi- 
pelago. The  civil  rule  established  here  has  satisfied  the  people  and  com- 
pleted the  work  of  pacification  commenced  by  the  military  government.  It 
may  be  asserted  that  the  people,  convinced  of  the  advantages  of  this  rule, 
have  forgotten  all  tin  jmst  in  order  to  think  only  of  their  advancement  mate- 
rially, morally,  find  /lolitically. 

Highway  robbery,  which  is  the  sequence  to  every  war  and  famine,  far  from 
taking  hold  in  this  province,  is  decreasing,  thanks  to  the  active  prosecution 
of  which  it  is  the  object  on  the  part  of  the  constabulary,  who  are  doing  very 
good  service.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that,  assailed  on  every  side,  the  people  of 
evil  life  will  disappear.  *  *  * 

MARTIN  DELGADO. 

Provincial  Governor. 


30  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

PROVINCE  OF  CAVITK 

MKXDEX  NUXEZ,  December  77,  1W1 
Hon.  LrKE  E.  WRIGHT, 

.ii-tiii;/  cii-n  Governor  Off  the  Philippine  Islands,  Manila: 
******* 
During  the  trip  I  have  been  making  up  to  date  to  the  mountain  towns  of 
this  province  of  Cavite,  organizing  municipalities.  I  feel  that  I  ought  to  en- 
tertain no  doubt  of  the  desire  for  peace  entertained  by  all  its  inhabitants. 

In  this  trip  I  have  taken  steps  to  bring  about  the  surrender  of  some  small 
armed  groups,  the  wake,  as  it  were,  of  the  revolutionary  forces  already  sur- 
rendered, wnich.  though  they  still  continue  under  arms,  have  no  political 
color,  and  the  proof  of  this  is  that  they  devote  themselves  solely  to  holding 
up  native  traders  to  get  their  money.  And  from  the  steps  I  have  taken  I  am 
in  hopes  that  within  a  few  davs  all  these  small  armed  parties,  that  are  nothing 
more  than  highwaymen,  will  present  themselves  with  all  their  arms. 

I  can  also  assure  you  of  the  peace  and  order  in  my  province,  and  that  the 
civil  authorities,  with  the  constabulary  forces,  will  be  sufficient  to  maintain 
and  preserve  them. 

*  *  *  *  •  *  *  * 

I  have  the  honor  to  be,  very  respectfully. 

MARIANO  TRIAS, 
Provincial  Governor. 

PROVINCE  OK  /AM  BALES. 

IBA,  ZAMBALES,  P.  I.,  December  W,  1901. 
Hon.  Mr.  WRIGHT, 

Actiny  Civil  Govi'rnnr  of  tln-sr  inlnmls: 

*  *    *    Ever  since  the  ex-Nationalistic  General  Mascardo  surrendered, 
there  is  no  repetition  of  these  sad  events,  and  the  whole  province,  as  thoug-h 
by  magic,  is  animated  to  make  up  with  interest  their  losses  by  devoting 
themselves  with  greater  energy  and  ardor  than  heretofore  to  labor,  not  only 
because  it  has  returned  to  its  normal  and  peaceful  life,  but  also  by  reason  of 
the  content  and  enthusiasm  it  feels  through  the  implanting  of  thie  civil  rule 
and  the  establishment  of  several  schools  for  the  teaching  of  the  English 
tongue  in  many  pueblos  of  the  province.    The  whole  of  the  latter  mav  now 
be  traveled  without  any  personal  or  material  risk  whatever,  and  without 
the  protection  of  an  armed  force.    NO  truv  in  thin  tl«tt  tlic  inhal>itantn  of  the 
pueblo  of  Macabebr.  jirnvim-f  of  Painpatti/n.  irlm.  it  in  ict'll  knturi,.  «/•«•  hated 
by  the  aationoKstt,  <<///«•  ami  <ji>  from  that  province  t<>  t  It  in  <>nf  //•<-(•///.  iritliout 
anything  happening  to  tln-ni  <>n  tltv  road,  carrying  to  and  selling  in  the  dif- 
ferent pueblos  and  barrios,  as  thev  did  during"  the  former  domination,  their 
native  cloths,  made  in  different  places.    The  children  of  both  sexes  as  never 
before  devote  themselves  with  ardor,  application,  and  profit  to  the  study  of 
the  English  language. 

Respectfully,  POTENCIANp  LESACA, 

Provincial  Governor. 
PROVINCE  OF  PANGASINA.V 

LINGAYEN,  December  77,  1901. 
The  ACTING  CIVIL  GOVERNOR  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

*  *    *    Since  civil  regime  has  been  established  the  inhabitants  enjoy  per- 
fect tranquillity  and  comfort,  and  their  conditions  are  growing  better  each 
day  under  the  new  regime. 

Peace  is  so  well  established  that  it  never  has  been  disturbed  in  the 
slightest.  *  *  * 

Very  respectfully,  p.  SISON, 

Provincial  Governor. 

PROVINCE  OF  SORSOGON. 

******* 

1  personally  have  just  returned  from  an  overland  trip,  Aisiting  all  of  the 
towns  south  of  Sorsogon  and  passing  through  the  wildest  and  roughest  part 
of  the  country.  Tin  trip  H-U*  mmi,-  inthnni  «  //mini  and  in  all  the  towns  and 
barrios  the  spirit  of  the  people  seemed  to  be  the  best.  *  *  *  I  can  now 
begin  to  see  some  results  of  our  work  and  instruction  in  this  direction,  and 
the  municipal  officers  and  some  of  the  more  intelligent  of  the  people  are 
beginning  to  realize  that  they  have  a  further  responsibility  to  their  country 
and  the  government  than  remaining  passively  inactive  and  watching  the 
Americans  put  down  uprisings. 

I  believe  I  can  state  with  confidence  that  the  civil  government  is  working 
as  well  as  could  be  expected,  and  that  the  general  conditions  are  good  and 
that  with  a  few  modifications  of  the  laws,  looking  to  a  stricter  watch  over 
the  people,  keeping  the  restless  at  work,  and  preventing  the  scattering  and 
isolation  of  families  in  the  remote  portions  of  the  mountains  irhere  they 


THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  31 

become  little  better  than  xia-ur/at.  that  the  province  of  Sorsogon  will  rapidly 
develop  and  will  remain  peaceful.  Then,  when  roads  are  built  and  commu- 
nication between  all  the  towns  is  made  easy,  the  ignorance  of  the  people, 
which  is  pitiable,  will  disappear. 

All  things  considered,  the  general  conditions  are  all  that  can  be  expected. 
Very  respectfully, 

J.  G.  LIVINGSTON, 

I'l'iii-ini-iiil  (inri-rnar. 
PROVINCE   OF    BATAX. 

BALANGA,  P.  I.,  D<-<-<  >n /«•/•  in.  nujl. 
The  Civn.  GOVKKNOH.  Manila.  P.  I. 

Sin:  I  have  the  honor  to  state  that  I  have  recently  made  an  inspection  of 
and  visited  all  the  towns  in  this  province,  and  find  the  people  entirely  in 
accord  with  the  government  as  established  and  expressing  freely  and  unani- 
mously their  appreciation  and  approval  of  the  forms  of  the  government— 
municipal,  provincial,  and  insular— now  existing.  The  local  governments  of 
the  municipaltie*  arc  conducted  in  an  intelligent,  judicious,  and  praiseworthy 
manner.  *  *  *  The  financial  accounts  are  in  a  healthy  condition:  all  the 
towns  are  accumulating  money  in  the  treasuries,  some  having  jtt.i.K  K  i  at  the  end 
of  last  month  on  hand,  with  the  intention  of  building  schoolhouses  first  and 
other  public  Improvements  next.  Ordinances  are  prepared  in  precise  and 
legal  language,  clearly  expressing  the  meaning  without  superfluous  words, 
which  is  a  decided  contrast  and  improvement  over  former  methods  of  de- 
voting several  pages  of  writing  when  four  lines  would  be  sufficient. 

English  is  being  taught  in  all  the  towns  of  the  province.  The  public 
schools  are  encouraged  and  aided  by  the  people  and  the  officials,  with  one 
exception,  the  attendance  being  larger  than  the  limited  number  of  teachers 
can  instruct  with  best  results. 

In  mi/ <iji,i:':>it  tit /.-.  province  itfreefron  »/<//  taint  <>/ inx><ri-rrt;i>n  ami  u-ill 
alii-ai/x  remain  *<:.  It  has  been  without  the  aid  of  the  military  for  many 
months,  there  being  no  garrison  in  the  province,  except  one  company  atMari- 
veles.  placed  there  on  account  of  government  property  and  port,  and  not  for 
the  preservation  of  the  peace,  as  this  town  is  entirely  cutoff  bv  the  mountains 
from  tlie  rest  of  the  province,  tic  province  being  controlled  by  75  men  of  the 
insular  constabulary,  armed  with  only  :#>  revolvers  and  :$<>  carbines, and  the 
municipal  police  of  the  different  towns,  very  poorly  armed.  At  the  head  of 
this  force  there  are  only  two  Americans,  inspectors  of  constabulary,  yet  so 
well  has  the  work  been  done  that  there  is  not  an  uncaptured  ladrone  in  the 
province. 

Land  is  being  generally  cultivated  with  good  yields:  farms  and  town 
improvements  are  constantly  being  made,  and  the  people  rapidly  recovering 
from  the  losses  from  the  wars. 

Very  respectfully.  J.  H.  GOLDMAN, 

Provincial  Governor. 

PROVINCE  OF  NUEVA  ECIJA. 

The  people  of  the  pueblos  display  considerable  interest  in  their  local  gov- 
ernments, init  tin-  ii/ntirant;  nt  thrjii'xt  />riiiri/:lt  x  nf '  .lelt'-i/tiri-rninent  is  sur- 
/ii-i.ifii'i.  Much  tine  and  patience  will  be  necessary,  with  constant  instruc- 
tion, before  at  all  satisfactory  results  are  obtained. 

******* 
Very  respectfully, 

J.  F.  KEEPS, 
Provincial  Governor. 

PROVINCE  OF  L.EYTE. 

SIR:  I  have  the  honor  to  report  that  the  peace  conditions  of  this  province 
are  fairly  satisfactory.  *  *  *  Prior  to  the  first  of  this  month  there  were 
twenty  towns  in  this  province  garrisoned  by  American  troops,  but  within 
the  past  two  weeks  nine  of  these  towns  have  been  evacuated,  withdrawing 
810  men.  These  towns  are  now  protected  by  the  constabulary  and  the  muni- 
cipal police. 

t  hit  of  -">0  towns  in  the  province,  44  have  been  organized  under  the  munici- 
pal'-ode  and  are  exhibiting  very  gratifying  results  in  the  management  of 
their  municipal  affairs.  The  remaining  6  received  orders  to  hold  elections 
on  the  first  Tuesday  in  this  month,  so  I  presume  that  all  of  them  are  now 
organized,  but  the  returns  have  not  yet  reached  this  office. 

******* 

That  the  great  ma.ioritv  of  the  people  are  happy  and  contented  with  their 

E resent  condition  is  evidenced  by  the  renewed  activity  displayed  in  all 
ranches  c  >f  industry.    Agricultural,  commercial,  and  manufacturing  indus- 
tries are  taking  on  new  ilfe  throughout  the  province,  while  the  people  are 
rebuilding  their  towns  and  homes,  and  are  erectiny.  in   in/mi/  i,ixtmices,  sub- 
stantial and  rnnifiirtitlili-  lunltliiit/x.  instead  ofnipa  shacks. 


32  THK    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

One  of  the  most  gratifying  and,  to  my  mind,  one  of  the  most  encouraging 
indications  M  demonstrating  their  appreciation  of  our  institutions,  as  well 
as  the  popularity  of  the  same,  is  the  intense  interest  manifested  among  the 
masses  to  acquire  a  kn«  .wledge  of  the  English  language.  During  the  current 
year  the  municipalities  in  this  province  have  expended  about  10,000  peeoa  in 
the  construction  and  equipment  of  schoolhouses,  which  I  think  is  quite  a  good 
showing  for  newly  organized  towns  just  recovering  from  the  effects  of  a  two 
or  three  years'  war. 

******* 

There  are  at  present  3(5  American  teachers  on  duty  in  the  province,  all  of 
whom  are  doing  excellent  work.  It  affords  me  much  pleasure  to  report 
that,  with  but  one  or  two  exceptions,  there  has  been  absolutely  no  friction 
between  the  padres  and  the  schools,  while  quite  a  number  of  the  padres  have 
exhibited  a  desire  t<>  learn  our  language. 

J.  H.  GRANT.  Governor. 

Mr.  BEVERIDGE.  At  this  point,  Mr.  President,  I  introduce 
the  report  of  the  division  superintendent  of  instruction  for  Leyte. 
one  of  the  most  backward  provinces,  as  an  example  of  our  general 
work: 

REPORT  OF  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  EDUCATION  OF  LEYTE  AND  SAMAR. 
DEPARTMENT  OF  PUBLIC  INSTRUCTION. 

DIVISION  OF  LEYTE  AND  SAMAR. 

Tacloban,  P.  /., , . 

The  division  superintendent  arrived  at  official  headquarters  June  14.  1901. 
Civil  government  in  Leyte  was  then  and  one-half  months  old.  Depend- 
ence on  military  transportation  and  expected  transfers  of  troops  delayed  the 
preliminary  examination  of  the  field  until  July  3.  Between  that  date  and 
July  13  a  circuit  of  the  island  was  made  and  li  prominent  coast  towns  vis- 
ited.. Prior  to  that  educational  rallies  had  been  held,  with  good  results,  in 
the  capital  and  nearest  large  towns.  The  first  conviction  prompted  by  this 
survey  was  that  educational  work  would  be  most  economically  begun  by 
giving  it  a  home  in  at  least  eight  of  the  towns  visited,  through  the  construc- 
tion and  furnishing  of  a  model  schoolhouse  and  American  teacher's  resi- 
dence. These  would  at  once  show  the  exalted  estimate  put  upon  education 
by  States  people;  would  serve  as  an  object  lesson  to  other  towns,  and  imme- 
diately equip  the  towns  in  which  they  were  placed.  Events  have  justified 
this  conviction.  Existing  schools  were  found  badly  situated,  ill  constructed, 
in  ruinous  and  filthy  state,  and  almost  destitute  of  equipment.  Native 
teachers  were  poorly  paid,  and  therefore  hard  to  find,  and  of  scanty  educa- 
tion at  the  best.  The  women  had  rarely  been  beyond  the  confines  of  their 
own  town,  and  knew  less  than  many  of  their  pupils. 

In  remedying  external  conditions,  empty  treasuries,  sluggish  officials,  in- 
different workmen,  fear  of  outlaws,  and  lack  of  sawmills  are  occasions  of 
delay  which  tax  ingenuity  and  patience.  For  this  island  1  teacher  came 
with  the  superintendent:  3  were  received  in  July,  1  in  August.  32  in  Septem- 
ber. 1  in  October,  and  2  in  December.  Losses,  1  oy  desertion.  1  by  dismissal, 

2  by  transfer.    Present  force,  38.    Of  these,  23  are  college  graduates  and  the 
others  have  had  a  high-school  and  normal  training.    Most  have  had  expe- 
rience in  teaching,  many  in  supervising,  and  there  are  many  specialists. 
Farmers,  dairymen,  carpenters,  blacksmiths,  civil  engineers,  electricians, 
machinists,  physicians,  experts  in  chemistry  and  microscopy  are  included 
among  them,  giving  promise  of  social  development  in  many  directions. 

They  are  all  hapjiih/  at  n-m-k  in  day  schools,  and  severed  are  instnu-tinij 
night  classes.  And  the  genuine  teacher  of  patient,  helpful  spirit  is  endear- 
ing himself  to  children  and  parents  and  contributing  to  then*  contentment 
under  American  rule.  The  work  is  not  frictionless  as  has  been  hinted. 

The  American  teachers  in  Leyte  are  distributed  in  16  towns.    Of  these. 

3  contain  buildings  of  masonry,  8  have  wooden  buildings,  and  in  two  in- 
stances new  ones;  the  schools  of  the  remaining  5  are  held  in  leased  dwell- 
ings or  warehouses.    Except  in  the  capital,  the  furniture  provided  by  the 
municipalities  thus  far  is  of  simple  character,  and  the  supply  is  scanty.    Onlv 
in  remote  and  rude  country  districts  in  the  States  could  a  parallel  be  found. 
The  Filipino  child,  whose  natural  perceptions  are  quicker  than  those  of  the 
American  child  of  the  same  age.  because  he  is  nearer  the  savage  (who  de- 
pends for  safety  and  subsistence  on  the  alertness  of  his  eye  and  ear),  is  as 
susceptible  as  his  white  brother  to  attractive  surroundings;  and,  with  his 
native  indisposition  to  effort,  should  have  clean,  neat,  suitably  furnished 
rooms  to  win  him  to  the  love  of  methodical  study.    Until  there  are  such,  the 
wisest  and  best-trained  American  teacher  will  find  use  for  his  utmost  fer- 
tility in  invention. 

B.  B.  SHERMAN, 
Division  Superintendent  of  Schools. 


THE    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION.  33 

Mr.  BEVERIDGE.  As  an  example  of  what  we  are  doing 
toward  the  physical  regeneration  of  the  islands — roads,  bridges, 
and  the  like — I  submit  the  report  of  supervisor  (civil  engineer) , 
province  of  Leyte: 

TACLOBAN,  P.  I.,  December  l'j,  1901. 
Hon.  J.  H.  GRANT, 

(i»r>-f>n>i;  Tacloban,  P.  I.: 
******* 

On  my  arrival  in  September  there  was  already  under  contract  an  addition 
to  the  provincial  building,  at  a  price  of  $3.750  United  States  currency;  a  Gov- 
ernment pier,  at  a  price  of  $2..s75  United  States  currency:  a  stable,  at  a  price 
•  if  >i-Vi  United  States  currency:  a  balcony  around  the  present  provincial 
building,  at  a  price  of  $l.t>fr.50. 

Work  has  been  carried  on  under  all  these  contracts.  *  *  *  The  build- 
ings have  been  (-(instructed  in  a  substantial  manner,  of  woods  of  a  superior 
group,  with  iron  root's,  etc.  The  pier  has  an  approach  with  concrete  side- 
walks, will  have  a  shed  over  the  landing  platform,  and  is  well  built  through- 
out. It  will  afford  landing  and  storage  facilities  for  Government  vessels — 
two  things  much  needed  at  the  present  time.  It  is  also  intended  to  use  the 
roof  as  a  source  of  water  supply  for  vessels,  there  being  none  available  at 
this  time. 

Under  act  244  of  the  Commission  there  has  been  purchased,  at  a  price  of 
§5,515 United  States  currency,  a  piece  of  land  to  be  used  as  a  plaza  and  park, 
and  those  buildings  already  constructed  by  the  province  stand  upon  this 
property.  The  prisoners  are  kept  employed  in  constructing  and  repairing 
the  roads  and  in  grading  on  this  tract,  and  considerable  progress  has  been 
made  in  its  development. 

In  regard  to  roads  and  bridges:  In  October  I  personally  inspected  the 
coast  roads  leading  f r<  mi  Tacloban  to  Palo,  Tanauen  and  Tolosa  to  Dulag.  and 
the  interior  roads  extending  from  Tanauen  through  Dagmi  and  Burauen  to 
Dulag.  The  coast  road  above  mentioned  is  in  fair  condition  and  passable 
for  wagons,  etc.  The  interior  road,  however,  is  practically  impassable  for 
anything  except  carabiu  >.  carabao  carts,  and  horses,  never  having  been  prop- 
erfv  shaped,  graded,  or  drained. 

In  November  I  visited  the  larger  towns  on  the  south  and  west  coasts,  and 
found  that  the  conditions  there  were  much  as  outlined  above — the  coast 
roads  fair  and  the  interior  roads  very  bad. 

In  general  the  roads  of  the  province  can  be  reconstructed  with  the  mate- 
riiils  to  be  found  conveniently  near,  but  timber  for  the  bridges  is  hard  to 
obtain  on  account  of  the  lack  of  facilities  for  getting  it  out.  afl  sawing,  etc., 
having  to  be  performed  by  hand.  However,  a  steam  sawmill  is  being  set  up 
at  Tacloban.  and  when  it  is  in  shape  will  be  of  great  assistance. 

It  is  intended  to  first  open  these  roads  leading  from  the  coast  towns  into 
the  interior,  in  order  to  afford  an  outlet  at  the  earliest  possible  time  for  the 
large  quantities  of  hemp  and  other  products.  By  thus  opening  up  trade  it  is 
ho] >ed  to  increase  the  revenues  of  the  province  for  use  on  those  roads  of  less 
commercial  importance.  *  *  * 

*  *  *  The  roads  newly  constructed,  and  others  where  practicable,  will 
be  divided  for  maintenance  into  sections,  \vithalaborerinchargeofeach. 
Most  of  the  work  to  date  has  been  preparatory,  consisting  of  the  purchase 
of  tools,  the  inspection  of  various  roads,  a  study  of  their  conditions,  and  the 
means  available  for  bettering  them,  as  an  aid  in  forming  an  intelligent 
opinion  as  to  where  the  money  available  could  be  spent  to  the  best  advan- 
tage. I  have  found  the  officials  and  people  of  the  towns  interes'ed  in  and 
anxious  for  good  roads  and  bridges  ana  other  improvements,  and  willing  to 
aid  in  any  manner  within  their  power,  and  I  am  confident  that  the  province 
will  have  their  hearty  cooperation  and  support. 

Respectfully  submitted. 

S.  B.  PATTERSON, 
Provincial  Supervisor  of  Leyte,  P.  1. 

Now,  let  us  resume  the  reports  of  governors. 

PROVINCE  OF  CAP!/. 

CAPIZ,  PANAY,  P.  I.,  December  to,  1901. 
To  THE  ACTING  CIVIL  GOVERNOR  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS, 

Manila: 

******* 
By  the  month  of  September  *  *  *  the  pueblos  began  to  recover  their 
normal  condition,  and  now  all  evidence  of  their  misfortune  has  disappeared. 
That  which  contributed  to  the  prompt  recovery  was  the  present  state  of 
tranquillity  and  prosperity  and  the  relatively  large  crop  of  nee.  The  north- 
ern monsoon  has  cleared  the  province  of  the  fevers,  and  the  loan  of  $25,000 
gold  from  the  central  treasury  h  is  given  work  to  hundreds  of  men.  Trade 

S.  Doc.  422 3 


34  TIIK    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

is  little  by  little  returning  to  what  it  was  during  its  best  times,  and  the  ex- 
portation' of  butcs  for  su^ur,  vulgarly  known  as  "bayones,"  in  five  months 
tins -.,•<  iii-lnil  /li<-  tiiin  !-,•  <>!'  I.IHHI.IHIII'.  irli'irli  fii/iii-i-  l/<ix  rrri/  rtircli/  been  reached 
in  tin-  kUtoryoj  tin'  province.  The  ports  of  Capiz  and  Calubo.  before  dis- 
heartened, are  now  visited  every  week  by  several  steamers  from  Manila  and 
Hoilo. 

So  pronounced  is  the  public  spirit  for  the  preservation  of  order  and  the 
maintenance  of  civil  institutions  that  at  the  beginning  of  October  last, 
shortly  after  the  unhappy  event  at  Balangiga,  island  of  Samar,  some  bad 
patriots  with  perverse  intentions  spread  the  rumor  that  40  revolutionists, 
well  armed  with  rifles,  from  Sarnar,  had  disembarked,  and  that  on  the  1st  of 
November  the  bolomen  were  going  to  cut  the  throats  of  all  the  Americans 
and  Americanistas.  These  rumors  found  echo  in  the  military,  who  took 
every  kind  of  precautions,  despite  the  fact  that  from  reports  received  by 
this  government  the  whole  thing  was  false  and  intended  only  to  alarm  the 
people  and  see  if  the  pueblos  would  become  disturbed.  The  result  was  that 
all  the  pueblos  unanimously  were  vigilant  in  their  desire  to  maintain  peace 
and  disposed  to  sacrifice  themselves  in  the  interests  of  order,  as  was  reported 
by  the  presidentes  of  the  pueblos  in  reply  to  recommendations  made  by  this 
government. 

Very  respectfully,  S.  JUGO  VIDAL, 

Provincial  Governor. 

PROVINCE  OF  ABRA. 

BANGUED,  ABRA,  December  17,  1901. 
EXECUTIVE  SECRETARY,  Manila: 

Following  is  synopsis  of  report  forwarded  to-day  by  mail:  "Assumed 
command  Abra  Marcn  27.  The  insurrection  at  that  time  being  very  active. 
drastic  measures  were  necessary,  in  consequence  of  which  the  surrender  of 
all  under  arms  was  accomplished  before  May  1.  Since  then  peace  has 
reigned  throughout  the  province.  Civil  government  was  established  Sep- 
tember 1,  since  which  time  we  have  been  busy  reorganizing  the  several 
pueblos.  All  iiii'ti  iiri-  hard  at  work  planting  and  building.  No  ladrones: 
very  slight  breaches  of  the  peace.  Safe  for  all  to  travel  anywhere.  Prov- 
ince is  poor  and  needs  assistance,  money  for  roads  being  the  first  require- 
ment. Industrial  schools  recommended:  also  sawmills,  gristmills,  etc. 
Schools  in  prosperous  condition;  the  people  seem  contented  and  happy,  and 
will  remain  so  unless  some  hothead  for  personal  reasons  inaugurates  strife 
The  people  of  Abra  are  a  class  of  themselves." 

BO  WEN,  Provincial  Governor. 

BOAC,  MARINDUQCE,  December  25,  1901—lt.U5p.  m. 
CIVIL,  GOVERNOR,  Manila: 

Replying  to  your  telegram  18th,  received  this  date;  letters  as  per  request 
have  been  mailed.  Marinduque  is  enjoying  peace,  happiness,  and  pros- 
perity, so  that  American  army  officers  and  civilians  travel  through  the 
province  alone  and  unarmed,  as  they  would  in  their  own  country.  Marin- 
duque is  engaged  in  peaceful  avocations,  and  sincerely  loves  America  and 
has  faith  and  confidence  in  the  future. 

PARAS,  Governor. 

8.05  A.  M.,  DECEMBER  26. 

TAODKGARAO,  CAGAYAN, 

December  2J(,  1901—8.10  a.  m. 
CIVIL  GOVERNOR,  Manila: 

Peaceable  condition  of  province  is  general  and  thoroughly  established, 
which  can  be  understood  by  contemplating  the  enthusiastic  reception  made 
to  me  at  all  towns  where  I  hold  municipal  elections.  People  are  very  favor- 
able to  establishment  of  civil  government  and  very  obedient  to  the  United 
States. 


Provincial  Governoi: 
12.55  p.  m. 

MASBATE,  ISLAND  OF  MASBATE,  P.  I., 

December  16,  1901. 
Hon.  LUKE  E.  WRIGHT, 

Vice-Governor  Philippine  Archipelago,  Manila,  P.  I  : 
******* 
The  province  of  Masbate  is  in  a  perfect  state  of  peace.    No  crime  of  any 
character  has  been  committed  within  its  border  for  many  months.    The  peo- 
ple are  all  hard  at  work  trying  to  improve  their  condition.    The  police  abso- 
lutely cover  the  territory  and  know  all  that  is  going  on.    Their  reports  are 
most  encouraging. 

******* 
Very  respectfully, 

GEORGE  LANDER,  Supervisor, 


THE    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION.  35 

REPORT  OF  A    DIVISION    SUPERINTENDENT  OF  SCHOOLS. 

MASBATE.  ISLAND  OF  MASBATE.  P.  I., 

/'.  <  .  ,,,1.,-r  w,  isoi, 
Hon.  LUKE  E.  WRIGHT. 

I'li;  -i;,,,-i-ritor  Philippine  Archipelaijo.  Muniln,  P.  I.: 

*  *  *  *  *  *  * 
During  the  past  thirty  days,  in  the  fulfillment  of  my  duties  as  division 

superintendent  of  public  "schools,  I  have  made  a  tour  of  the  islands  of  Masbate 
and  Ticao. 

:*•  As  an  escort  on  the  island  of  Ticao.  I  had  with  me  2  natives,  members  of 
the  Philippine  constabulary,  and  visited  nearly  everv  pueblo  and  barrio  on 
the  island,  and  found  every  place  in  a  peaceful  and  fairly  prosperous  condi- 
tion, so  far  as  I  could  observe  in  the  limited  time  at  my  disposal. 

On  tin-  inland  of  Ticao  tin-re  <in-  \  .linerirnn  t<  tn-in  r*.  <>m.-  <>f  n-honi  rides  every 
day,  without  escort,  a  di.itnnrc  of  s  mile*  nnd  r>-1nr,t. 

On  the  island  of  Masbate,  as  an  escort,  there  accompanied  me  Mr.  Joe 
Federle.  a  fourth-class  inspector  of  the  Philippine  constabulary,  and  4  natives. 
During  this  tour  we  encircled  the  entire  island.  Work  in  the  development 
of  natural  resources  seems  to  be  at  somewhat  of  a  standstill,  although  in  the 
southern  part  of  Ticao  and  Masbate  many  hemp  and  cocoanut  trees  have 
been  recently  planted.  Some  considerable  number  were  to  be  seen  working, 
cutting  timber. 

On  the  island  of  Masbate  there  are  8  American  teachers.  The  only  two 
posts  where  American  troops  are  stationed  are  at* Masbate  and  Cataingan.  in 
the  south.  The  teachers,  without  exception,  express  themselves  as  feeling 
perfectly  secure  without  the  presence  of  even  another  American  soldier  or 
civilian  in  the  towns. 

******* 

Respectfully  submitted. 

H.  G.  SQUIER. 
Division  Superintendent  of  Schools. 

REPORT  OF  CHIEF  OF  CONSTABULARY. 

HEADQUARTERS  PHILIPPINE  CONSTABULARY, 

Manila,  December  15, 1901. 
To  the  SECRETARY  OF  COMMERCE  AND  POLICE, 

Manila,  P.  I. 

*  ****** 

On  December  15  the  constabulary  had  in  round  numbers  2,500  men.  The 
great  care  exercised  in  recruiting  this  force  accounts  for  the  fact  that  this 
number  is  not  larger,  but  it  is  indeed  worthy  of  remark  that  up  to  the  present 
time  only  two  men  have  been  lost  by  desertion. 

*  *  *  *  *  *  * 

From  reports  received  from  various  parts  of  the  islands  there  can  be  no 
question  but  that  the  better  class  of  people  are  extremely  tired  of  the  strug- 
gle and  ardently  desire  peace.  The  recently  enacted  sedition  law  has  had  a 

I  a  it  i- nt  i-ii  I  ii'    in  I  if  i  nil  in  1 1  i  ril   ilnei-.i  ton  ri-nlizinij  .ien.ii-  of  their  ulli-ijin  nee  to  law 

and  order.  It  demonstrates  to  these  people  the  forcefulness  of  civil  govern- 
ment, enables  the  constabulary  to  reap  the  rewards  of  its  labors,  and  gives  to 
the  insular  judiciary  ample  opportunity  to  prove  the  great  importance  of  its 
work  in  this  period  of  reconstruction. 

As  our  knowledge  of  the  Filipinos  and  the  islands  is  daily  increasing,  the 
danger  of  future  uprisings  and  disorders  is  daily  diminishing.  With  the  sys- 
tem of  acquiring  information  now  possessed  by  the  insular  government,  it  is 
possible  to  destroy  anv  seditious  measures  in"  their  earliest  stages  once  the 

f-  insurrection  be  suppressed  and  all  guns  surrendered  or  captured, 
xcusable  ignorance  of  the  situation  in  the  past  is  responsible  for  what  now 
remains  of  the  insurrection.    Our  good  intentions  were  often  misconstrued 
for  weakness,  and  it  is  a  fact  that  the  generous  concessions  made  by  the  Gov- 
ernment have  at  times  been  prejudicial  to  the  desired  ends. 

******* 

As  a  proof  of  the  improvement  in  the  general  situation  the  following  is 
submitted: 

DIMINUTION  OF  TROOPS. 

On  July  1, 1901,  the  Army  was  holding  in  the  island  of  Luzon  420  posts 
with  9ft£74  troops:  December  1, 1901,  there  were  293  posts  held  by  25.s<  is  troops, 
a  diminution  of  30  per  cent  in  posts  and  29  per  cent  in  troops  in  a  period  of  five 
months.  In  the  entire  archipelago  there  were  491  posts  and  49.937  troops  on 
July  1. 1901.  and  372  posts  with  37,:-U<>  troops  December  15  of  the  same  year. 
Excepting  in  Batangas.  Laguna,  and  Samar,  the  number  of  military  stations 
is  being  continually  diminished.  For  example,  orders  have  just  been  issued 
abolishing  7  military  posts  in  the  province  of  Leyte. 

From  the  latest  returns  the  constabulary  is  stationed  at  71  posts  in  Luzon, 


36  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

with  1.778  men.    In  the  entire  archipelago  there  are.  so  far,  94  constabulary 

posts,  with  a  total  of  2.417  men.    This  number  will  be  doubled  within  the 

next  three  ni>  uiths.  and  the  number  of  posts  will  likewise  be  greatly  increased. 

******* 

Verv  ivspect  fully, 

HENRY  T.  ALLEN, 
Chief  Philippine  Constabulary. 

PROVINCE  OF  ILOCOS  NORTE. 

OFFICE  OF  THE  GOVERNOR  OF  ILOCOS  NORTE. 

Lasag,  P.  I.,  December  16,  1901. 

l\>  /i'"'t  <>/  .I'/iK'tto  Aiilnii/tini.  jirorincidl  yoreriwr. 

1.  The  people  of  the  province  of  Ilocos  Norte  are  in  general  humble  and 
extrwnely  obedient  and  timid.    By  their  humble  character  they  are  verv 
submissive,  and  their  obedience  miikcs  them  execute  without  hesitation  all 
orders  when  they  km  >w  that  they  proceed  from  the  constituted  authorities,  in 
view  of  the  compliance  with  the  laws.    As  a  consequence  of  these  natural 
tendencies  th-  character  of  the  people  is  essentially  peaceful. 

2.  If  certain  cases  Ijave  been  seen  in  the  province  which  seem  to  contradict 
the  peaceful  dispositions  of  the  inhabitants,  it  is  due  to  their  small,  or  lack 
of,  education  and  instruction,  which  prevents  them  from  understanding  the 
frauds  and  impositions  practiced  on  them  by  people  from  other  provinces. 
or  to  their  lack:  of  courage  and  extremely  humble  character,  which  pre- 
vents them  from  refusing  to  submit  to  their  impositions. 

AGUEDO  AGBAYANI,  Governor. 

PROVIXCK   OF    MAKIXDUQUE. 

BOAC,  MARINDUQUE,  P.  I.,  December  20,  1901. 
Mr.  WILLIAM  H.  TAFT, 

liiiri'i-noi-  /'/(//////""<•  I.tliin<l.t.  Manila.  P.  I.: 

******* 
Franklv,  the  man  or  men  who  have  spent  ten  days  on  this  island  and  are  not 
positive  that  the  sores  of  war  and  dissatisfaction  against  the  United  States 
Government  have  all  passed  away  and  that  there  exists,  instead,  a  feeling  of 
confidence,  admiration,  and  regard,  as  well  as  peace,  business  activitv,  and 
general  prosperity, are  seeing  "spooks,'1  ignorant  of  the  true  conditions. and 
wholly  unable  to  read  or  comprehend  the  unmistakable  evidence  which  is 
abundantly  shown  in  every  pueblo  and  barrio. 

"SOUND  OF  HAMMER   AND  SAW." 

My  wife  remarked  the  other  day  that  she  had  never  heard  the  sound  of 
hammer  and  saw  to  such  an  extent  as  in  Boac  during  the  last  few  weeks. 
What  is  true  of  Boac  is  equally  true  of  each  of  the  other  five  municipalities. 

Enlargement  of  tiendas,  improvement  of  casas,  erecting  new  ones,  busi- 
ness, and  an  occasional  fiesta  is  the  order  of  the  day. 

I'uli/ii-  srliiinl.-i.  tn,- both  I>I>I/N  <ntd  ijirlx.  <in  in  full  blast,  and  crery  day  I  see, 
patting  mi/  njfifi  iriinltiii;  I, ii,nl,->-il.t  of  lirii/lit  and  IKI/>I)//  children,  iclio  fre- 
quently linl  mi-  ••  (;<«>i\  afternoon,  Svilor  Tesorero." 

As  for  the  "common  people,"  they  are  and  have  been  since  my  arrival 
busily  engaged  in  their  different,  lines  of  agriculture  and  the  gattiering  of 
hemp,  an  extraordinary  amount  of  which  has  been  exported  from  these  p^  >rt  s 
in  the  last  three  months.  On  all  roads  are  daily  seen  lines  of  pack  ponies  and 
carabao  sleds  loaded  not  as  of  yore  with  insurgent  chow  and  ammunition 
but  with  large  bundles  of  beautiful  white  hemp  for  the  Manila  market' 
which,  when  disposed  of,  places  the  pesos  in  the  pockets  of  the  poorer  classes! 

When  I  meet  them  on  the  roads  or  see  them  at  work  in  the  rice  fields,  while 
on  my  rounds.  I  make  it  a  point  to  say  a  pleasant  word  to  each  and  inquire 
as  to  their  health  and  condition,  and  I  am  glad  to  say  I  have  found  the  fami- 
lies of  most  all  of  them  happy,  contented,  and  prosperous. 

Taxes  of  all  kinds— industrial,  urbana,  and  cedula— are  paid  good  naturedlv 
and  without  complaint. 

In  fact,  on  MiirindiK/iii'  Old  Glory  waves  over  an  island  of  peace,  happiness 
aMdprotperttf,  »•//<)*••  mhabitanti are  crowned  with  the  blessings  of  Almitiltty 

GOVERNOR  ORGANIZING  A  CLUB  FOR  YOUNG  MEN. 

I  am  at  present  engaged  in  organizing  a  club  for  the  advancement  and 
amusement  of  the  young  men.  The  object  is  to  instruct  them  in  new  Amer- 
ican outdoor  sports,  such  as  baseball,  tennis,  football,  etc.,  with  the  hope 
that  by  elTing  them  many  other  kinds  of  pleasant  games  we  will  be  able  to 
gradually  wean  them  from  the  cockpits  and  monte  tables,  as  I  firmly  be- 
lieve that  many  a  young  Filipino  drifts  into  these  places  to  spend  his  idle 
moments  and  satisfy  his  desire  for  pleasure  simply  because  there  is  no  no- 
bler style  ot  amusement  open  to  him.  The  organization  will  be  perfected  in 
each  municipality  and  friendly  competition  between  the  different  towns  will 


THE   PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  3j 

be  fostered  and  encouraged.    As  yet  this  is  in  its  infancy,  but  it  will  be  full 
grown  by  the  time  you  return:  and  I  hope  it  will  result  beneficially  to  the 
youth  of  Marinduque.  as  well  ;is  set  an  example  which  can  be  advantageously 
followed  by  the  voung  of  other  provinces. 
Respectfully, 

A  MZI  B.  KELLY, 
I'r»r,  Hi-mi  Treasurer.  H'i<n-.  Murunlmjne,  P.  I. 

I'KOVIM'K  OF  ORIENTAL    NKUHOS. 

[Translated  report.] 
OFFICE  OF  THE  GOVEKXOU  OK  ORIENTAL  N  EUROS, 

]»i  iiiniiii,  /,  .  .V.  <//•«.<.  I>,-,-i  ii/ln-r  !.'.  1001. 

The  honorable  CIVIL  GOVKKNOK  OF  THK  PJIII.IPIMNKS. 

Mnnilo: 

******* 
In  spite  of  the  difficulties  experienced  at  first  by  the  provincial  treasury, 
to-day  the  financial  status  is  as  follows: 

Gold. 
Assets  .....................................................  "  ............  J45.441.59 

Liabilities  ..............................................................    27,708.66 

Balance  ..........................................................    17,732.93 

HYiilEXIC    1.1VINC.    (iNLY   WHERE   MILITARY  ARE. 


Iii  spite  of  the  different  orders  issued  from  this  office  requesting  the  muni- 
cipal presidents  to  give  particular  attention  to  the  question  of  hygiene,  I  have 
noted  in  my  visits  that  the  only  pueblos  attending  to  the  rules  of  hygienic 

living   art'    thiw    ir/nrc    u    military    ilftaclnn<.-ut    /.-•    .•itatitiiifl.      The   lack   of 

cleanly  habits  and  the  complete  indifference  of  the  municipalities  to  the 
public  health  have  resulted  in  some  pueblos  of  the  north  becoming  subject 
to  chronic  attacks  of  smallpox,  causing  an  appreciable  havoc  among  the 
population:  and  this  in  spite  <>f  the  efficacious  and  disinterested  cooperation 
of  the  army  doctor  and  his  assistants,  who.  in  the  months  of  April,  May,  and 
June.  worked  energetically  in  the  vaccination  of  the  inhabitants  in  the 
infested  districts.  Due  perhaps  to  the  poor  quality  of  the  vaccine  virus,  it 
has  n«  >t  been  possible  to  eradicate  altogether  the  epidemic,  a  few  cases  still 
reporting  from  the  pueblos  of  Bais  and  Jimalalno. 

NATIVE    LACK   OF   1NTELLIUKN-   K 
******* 

Of  the  24  presidents  who  are  now  at  the  head  of  the  municipalities,  only  10 
have  shown  during  the  current  term  of  office  aptitude  for  the  discharge  of 
their  duties.  These  have  shown  themselves  earnest  citizens  of  the  American 
sovereignty,  and  have  contributed  in  no  small  degree  to  the  maintenance  of 
public  order.  The  others  have  shown  a  desire  to  perform  their  duties,  but 
owing  to  their  lack  of  intelligence  they  are  obliged  to  act  under  the  direction 
of  their  secretaries,  or  of  some  petty  lawyer  of  the  place,  who  as  a  rule,  in 
this  province,  are  apt  to  be  very  poof  advisers:  and  they  have  placed  some 
of  the  presidents  in  a  questionable  position  in  regard  to  the  American  sov- 
ereignty. Some  of  these  presidents  nave  learned  only  to  write  their  names. 
so  as  to  be  able  to  sign,  and  are  qualified  electors  on  account  of  their  social 
position. 

•   *  *  *  *  *  *  * 

The  selection  of  justices  of  the  peace  for  the  different  municipalities  has 
been  a  very  difficult  task.  In  the  majority  of  the  pueblos  of  this  province 
there  are  no  fit  persons  available  for  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of  this  office. 
Those  who  are  fit  for  the  post  are  usually  in  such  a  precarious  position  finan- 
cially that  they  need  all  their  time  to  attend  to  their  private  affairs  in  order 
to  support  themselves  and  their  families,  for  what  they  would  get  from  the 
fees  of  the  court  as  justices  of  the  peace  is  not  enough  to  meet  their  daily 
wants.  A  justice  has  to  keep  at  least  one  clerk,  and  the  fees  of  the  court 
are  scarcely  sufficient  to  pay  the  salary  of  this  clerk  and  the  cost  of  office 
supplies.  For  this  reason  the  filling  of  the  offices  has  been  difficult. 

I  am  compelled  to  state  that  most  of  the  shortcomings  of  the  justices  have 
been  due  rather  to  ignorance  than  to  bad  faith.  In  every  case  attention  has 
been  called  to  the  fault  committed,  and  in  my  visits  I  have  instructed  them 
in  the  duties  of  their  office,  and  have  urged  upon  them  the  need  for  integ- 
rity in  all  their  dealings  as  a  means  of  gaining  the  confidence  of  the  people 
******* 

DEMETRIO  LARENA, 

Provincial  liuvemor. 


38  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

PROVINCE  OF  ANTIQUE. 
PROVINCIAL  GOVERNMENT  OF  ANTIQUE. 

GOVERNOR'S  OFFICE, 

San  Jose  de  Buenavista,  Panaij,  P.  I.,  December  19,  1901 
CIVIL  GOVERNOR  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS,  Manila,  P.  I.: 

*  *  *  *  *  *  * 

The  peace  of  the  province  has  remained  undisturbed  since  the  surrender 
of  Fullon  in  March  last.  Not  a  hostile  shot  has  been  fired  at  an  American 
since  that  date,  and  on  mv  recent  tour  of  inspection  there  were  practically 
no  complaints  against  the  municipal  officers.  Everyirhere  the  people  ex- 
pressed themselves  as  satisfied  icith  the  /m-witt  rule.  These  expressions  seemed 
to  be  genuine,  and  there  was  no  sullenness  to  indicate  a  mental  reservation. 

ELECTIONS  PASSED  OFF  QUIETLY. 

The  recent  elections  passed  off  quietly,  and  the  laws  governing  elections 
•were  very  generally  complied  with.  Municipal  governments  throughout 
the  province  are  in  operation,  and  their  records  on  my  recent  inspection  were 
much  better  kept  than  on  my  previous  visit.  Courts  are  established  and 
are  beginning  to  work.  Justices  of  the  peace  are  more  or  less  ignorant  of 
the  law  as  yet,  but  sefem  anxious  to  learn.  We  recently  distributed  copies 
of  the  code  of  civil  procedure,  and  I  have  no  doubt  the  result  will  /be 
beneficial. 

The  roads  of  the  province  are  in  much  need  of  repair,  they  having  been 
neglected  for  several  years.  A  start  has  been  made  on  their  improvement. 
Several  bridges  are  now  being  constructed — eight  in  all  having  been  provided 
for— largely  from  the  fund  appropriated  by  the  Civil  Commission. 

******* 

The  province  has  been  comparatively  free  from  the  operation  of  ladrones, 
although  they  have  twice  appeared  and  stolen  carabao,  which  were  recov- 
ered before  they  could  be  gotten  out  of  the  province.  On  the  last  raid  the 
ladrones  killed  two  men  in  the  pueblo  of  San  Rernigio.  The  organization  of 
the  constabulary  in  the  province  is  nearing  completion,  and  it  is  thought  that 
they  will  be  able  to  so  thoroughly  police  the  province  that  detachments  of 
American  troops  can  soon  be  withdrawn  from  outlying  points. 

Schools  are  generally  established,  and  marked  progress  is  being  made.  On 
the  whole  I  feel  justified  in  reporting  most  favorably  as  to  peace  and  general 
condition  of  the  province  of  Antique. 

Very  respectfully,  W.  A.  HOLBROOK. 

Captain,  Fifth  U.  S.  Cavalry,  Civil  Governor. 

PROVINCE  OF  MA8BATE. 

OFFICE  OF  THE  GOVERNOR  OF  MASBATE, 

Masbate,  December  23,  1901. 
The  honorable  ACTING  CIVIL  GOVERNOR  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES: 

*****  *  * 

Perfect  peace  is  enjoyed  in  the  whole  province,  and  the  inhabitants  are 
displaying  an  unusual  activity  in  the  fisheries,  agricultural  work,  and  timber 
cutting,  the  latter  constituting  their  principal  resource,  as  well  as  that  of  the 
municipal  and  provincial  governments:  it  also  furnishes  an  occupation  to 
the  needy  classes,  which  helps  considerably  to  preserve  tranquillity  and 
good  order  in  the  pueblos. 

*****  *  * 

BONIFACIO  SERRANO,  Governor. 

MINDORO. 

BAGUIO,  December  36,  19ttl. 
FERGUSSON,  Executive  Secretary,  Manila: 

*  *  *  Everything  peaceful  in  this  province.  Just  returned  from  tour 
over  end  province;  myself  and  Spanish  secretary  only  white  men  in  the  party; 
no  danger;  conditions  promising;  sentiments  favorable  to  American 

WILLIAM  F.  PACK,  Governor. 
PROVINCE  OF  CAGAYAN. 

PROVINCIAL  GOVERNMENT  OF  CAGAYAN. 

Tuguegarao,  December  IS.  1901. 
The  honorable  CIVIL  GOVERNOR  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES: 

******* 
The  municipal  elections  which  have  just  been  held  have  allowed  me  to  ap- 
preciate the  general  enthusiasm  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  province,  except  m 
the  pueblos  of  the  Bataan  Islands,  which  can  not  be  reached  during  the  pres- 
ent season,  for  the  establishment  of  civil  regime  and  provincial  governments. 
I  was  splendidly  received  in  all  the  municipalities  wnich  I  visited  as  the  rep- 
resentative of  the  Government,  for  the  purpose  of  organizing  the  pueblos 
under  the  municipal  code. 


THE   PHILIPPINE   SITUATION.  39 

DESIRE  TO  LEARN  ENGLISH. 

A  sincere  proof  of  the  affection  and  the  good  will  of  the  people  toward  the 
constituted  government  is  their  desire  to  learn  English.  In  the  municipal- 
ities which  have  American  teachers  the  schools  are  assiduously  visited  by 
children  and  grown-up  people,  not  only  of  the  pueblo,  but  of  the  neighboring 
pueblos  which  have  no  American  teachers,  and  the  latter  are  begging  the 
superintendent  of  instruction  to  provide  such  teachers. 

Such  is  the  general  state  of  peace  and  tranquillity  in  the  province.  The 
inhabitants  are  busy  with  their  usual  occupations,  which  are  mostly  agri- 
cultural, although  for  the  present  the  latter  are  not  very  active  and  the 
hopes  are  small,  not  so  much  on  account  of  the  destruction  of  the  cattle  and 
the  carabaos  by  the  rinderpest  as  of  the  inundations  of  the  rivers,  which 
have  destroyed  plantations  of  tobacco  that  had  already  been  several  times 
renewed. 

******* 
Very  respectfully, 

M.  GONZAGA,  Governor. 

Mr.  President,  the  commanding  general  referred  to  in  the  next 
report  is  General  Bell. 

REPORT  OF  THE  PROVINCIAL  GOVERNOR  OF  ABBA. 

BANGUED,  ABRA,  LUZON,  P.  I.,  December  16,  1901. 
******* 
On  March  27  I  assumed  command  of  the  province  under  orders  from  Brig. 
Gen.  J.  Franklin  Bell,  U.  S.  Army,  commanding  first  district  of  northern 
Luzon.    My  report  for  March,  rendered  April  1,  will  show  the  conditions  at 
that  time,  viz: 

AFTER  SURRENDER  PEOPLE  WENT  TO  WORK. 

Immediately  after  the  surrender  the  people  went  to  work  planting.  As 
there  was  general  suffering  for  food  the  commanding  general  issued  rice  and 
salt  in  suitable  quantities,  sufficient  to  prevent  starvation;  he  also  went  about 
from  place  to  /ilitce,  and  in  thin  way  caused  a  feeling  of  confidence  and  good 
felloirxhip,  which  feeling  has  continued  until  the  present  time. 

Tin1  men  of  the  province  are  hunt  <it  u-nrk  Blunting  timl  hnilding.  Peace  and 
quiet  reigns  throughout  all  sections. 

INDUSTRIAL  SCHOOLS  AND   ROADS. 

This  is  a  small  province,  having  but  48,000  inhabitants  all  told,  but  the 
people  are  of  a  superior  class  and  desire  American  rule  and  American  ways. 
The  province  is  poor,  but  there  is  no  reason  why  it  should  not  become  rich 
and  prosperous.  We  need  industrial  schools,  and  especially  men  to  teach  the 
/iro/ii-r  method  of  cm-ing  tobacco,  which  is  and  will  be  the  wealth  of  the 
province:  //•<•  need  sun-mills,  gristmills.  In-ii-k  miK-hines.  and  men  to  run  them; 
with  them  wealth  will  flow  to  us.  Roads  must  be  made.  The  only  entrance 
into  Abra  is  by  river:  a  main  road  must  be  built  up  the  river  and  roads  from , 
Pidigan  to  Pilar  and  Villa  vieja,  and  from  Bangued  to  Tayun,  Bucay,  and  San ' 
Jose;  also  Bangued  to  San  Gregorio  and  La  Paz.  These  roads  will  be  the 
main  arteries,  and  until  they  are  built  there  can  be  but  little  commerce  and 
traffic.  Money  spent  in  Abra  will  be  money  well  invested. 

SCHOOLS  IN  THE  PROVINCE. 

I  must  not  close  without  reference  to  the  schools  and  the  interest  taken  in 
them.  In  Bangoed  we  have  2  male  American  teachers  and  2  female,  besides 
3  native  teachers.  In  Pidigan  we  have  only  1  male  and  1  female  American 
and  2  native  teachers.  In  Tayum,  1  male  American  and  2  natives;  in  Bucay 
and  Dolores,  same  as  Tayum.  The  other  towns  have  native  teachers.  Amer- 
icans are  requested  by  all  the  towns  and  by  two  of  the  Tinguiane  barrios. 
Report  of  Mr.  Chapman,  the  first  American  teacher  in  Abra,  is  inclosed. 

In  conclusion,  I  "•///  sni/  Unit  iii  in!/  opinion  .thru  is  thoroughly  pacified. 
Till'  /ieo/i/e  tire  content,  com /iara  tire/ 1/  /irns/i,  rons  iinil  h/nij)>/.  "The  general 

conditions  are  good,  and  I  believe  will  remain  so  until  some  hot-head  springs 
up,  who,  for  personal  reasons  and  private  ends,  may  attempt  to  stir  up  strife. 
No  people  are  perfect,  but  these  people  of  Abra  approach  it  as  far  as  lies 
in  their  power. 

Very  resect  fully,  WM.  H.  C.  BO  WEN, 

Major,  Fifth  Infantri/.  I'rurinriul  Governor. 
The  CIVIL  GOVERNOR, 

Mahtcaunan.  Manila,  P.  I. 

REPORT  OF  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  SCHOOLS  IN  THE  PROVINCE  OF  ABRA. 

BANGUED,  ABRA,  P.  I.,  December  16, 1901. 

******* 

When  I  was  sent  here  by  the  educational  department  in  April  of  this  year 

I  found  myself  to  be  the  first  American  teacher  upon  the  field.    Soldiers  had 

been  detailed  CU  teachers  at  the  various  towns  in  the  province  where  detach- 

inents  n-ere  stationed,  "but  owing  to  the  fact  that  active  service  was  com- 


40  THE   PHILIPPINE   SITUATION. 

iR-ll.-d  to  be  carried  on  against  the  insurgent  forces,  then  also  active  in  this 
part  troops  were  kept  constantly  moving  from  place  to  place,  which,  not- 
wlthHtancDtog  the  untiring  efforta  on  the  part  of  the  military  authorities, 
prevented  in  sonic  rases  what  might  be  described  as  being  visible  accomplish- 
ments- howov.-r.it  must  b.- admitted  that  it  was  by  such  means  that  the 
base  was  formed  from  which  the  present  progressive  state  has  grown. 

I;I-:\KRAL  BELL'S  ENTHUSIASM  FOB  EDUCATION. 

Without  an  exception  every  s.-hoolliouse  was  practically  without  furni- 
ture and  some  with  no  floor  and  such  a  roof  as  would  allow  the  rain  to  sat- 
urate almost  the  entire  interior.  But  having  on  hand  a  considerable  sum  of 
money  collected  as  tines  from  various  criminals  and  desiring  to  spend  it  for 

SOme"gO°d  purpose.  r.V/irm/  l-irll.  n-ith  Ill's  rirni-ioii.t  fit  tlinsidiH  for  educa- 
tion at  ir,'ii  at  whatever  mii/lil  !><•  for  tin-  </<'/«</•<//  n-elfare  of  the  people,  sent 


would  be  required  to  roof  them.    This  being  acquired,  the  order  was  made 
to  the  States,  from  which  the  material  is  at  present  arriving. 

In  Bangued,  during  the  time  of  the  insurrection,  many  of  the  best  build- 
ings were  burned.  No  building,  other  than  what  was  then  the  presidencia, 
could  be  secured  for  use  as  a  hospital:  thus  the  president's  office  was  trans- 
ferred to  one  of  the  schoolrooms,  and  the  two  smallest  of  the  four  rooms  were 
occupied  by  private  persons,  leaving  me  with  but  one  room  for  school  pur- 
poses. Alone  in  this  room  I  continued  for  six  months  to  perform  the  very 
difficult  task  of  imparting  a  knowledge  of  the  English  language  to  about  :i(x> 
native  children.  At  the  end  of  this  time  I  was  reenfqrcedby  eight  American 
teachers  in  this  province,  throe  of  whom  were  retained  in  this  pueblo,  the 
remaining  five  being  distributed  among  the  other  most  important  towns  of 

the  province. 

*  ****** 

At  first  the  people  seemed  to  look  upon  the  school  as  a  thing  of  very  little 
importance;  and  except  in  the  larger  towns,  such  as  Manila,  Iloilo,  etc.,  fit 
only  for  the  smaller  ones  to  learn  to  read  and  write,  and  many  were  aston- 
ished when  they  learned  that  geography,  history,  arithmetic,  and  such  other 
studies  were  going  to  be  used  in  what  they  called  "escuelas  primarias,"  and 
that  night  schools  would  be  opened  for  adults.  But  with  patience,  little  by 
little,  the  curtain  has  been  drawn  until  now  a  dawn  of  the  real  scene  has  no 
doubt  become  visible  to  many  of  them. 

School  books  and  supplies  have  been  greatly  needed  throughout  the  prov- 
ince, and  more  especially  since  the  arrival  of  the  teachers.  But  for  the  first 
time  we  have  recently  been  furnished  with  a  list  of  same  by  the  depart- 
ment, from  which  we  can  select  and  order  such  as  we  need. 

I  have  been  teaching  for  eight  months,  during  which  time  two  young  men 
of  my  room,  owing  to  their  efficiency  in  the  English  language,  have  been  ap- 
pointed teachers  in  English:  and  at  the  end  of  the  school  year  I  expect  to  be 
able  to  recommend  at  least  four  more  for  such  positions. 

Bangued  is  a  healthy  place  and  beautifully  situated  for  a  high  school,  and, 
in  my  opinion,  for  the  good  of  the  province,  it  would  be  a  step  in  the  right 
direction  to  establish  o  e  here  within  the  coming  vear. 

Very  respectfully,  W.  E.  CHAPMAN. 

The  CIVIL  GOVERNOR  OF  ABRA, 

Bangued,  P.  I. 

REPORT  OF  THE  GOVERNOR  OF  OCCIDENTAL  NEOROS. 

PROVINCIAL  GOVERNMENT  OF  OCCIDENTAL  NKGROS, 

Bacolod,  December  10,  1901. 
Hon.  CIVIL  GOVERNOR  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES: 

****** 

ESTABLISHMENT  OF  CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

Civil  government  was  established  nine  months  ago,  and  although  this  is  a 
short  period  in  which  to  appreciate  the  character  of  a  political  epoch,  one 
reels  already  among  the  people  the  first  signs  of  an  era  of  contentment  and 
love  for  a  regime  which  had  been  so  long  desired,  which  can  not  fail  to  lay 
for  the  future  the  stable  foundations  of  a  radical  and  deeply  autonomous 
constitution. 

If,  while  war  was  raging  in  other  provinces,  its  contagious  blasts  were 
hardly  felt  herejjefore  thejr  were  ^extinguished  by  the  prudence  of  the  wise 

has 


_   —  — Negros  was  considered  by 

natives  and  foreigners  as  a  paradise  of  tranquillity,  it  is  useless  to  describe 
its  present  situation  under  the  auspices  of  civil  regime,  which  has  always 
been  the  object  of  the  wishes  of  all  the  inhabitants,  who  have  never  been 
induced  to  wander  from  the  road  which  they  have  so  happily  followed.  The 
onlv  atmosphere  here  is  one  of  peace,  and  hearts  only  beat  for  the  prosperity 
of  the  province. 


THE   PHILIPPINE   SITUATION.  41 

CONDITION  OF  PUBLIC  ROADS. 

Thr  iii'l'lir  1-ixid.i  uri'  in  a  i-i-i-i/  litnl  i-iiiiilitinii.  i  .!•<••  lit  in  .-innii- f i- tr  places. 
They  have  to  cross  75  big  and  small  rivers,  with  verv  few  bridges,  which  can 
hardly  resist  the  floods  during-  the  rainy  season,  so  that  communications  are 
difficult.  From  Cadiz  to  San  Carlos.  MI  kilometers,  there  is  only  a  trail,  which 
is  not  cared  for,  and  is  dangerous  in  certain  parts.  From  the  latter  pueblo 
there  are  a  good  many  roads  going  south,  which  in  some  parts  can  only  be 
used  by  foot  passengers  and  cattle,  and  in  others  only  during  the  dry  season; 
there  are  about  40  kilometers  of  roads  in  good  condition. 

******* 

IH'BI.If    INSTRUCTION. 

Public  instruction  is  received  with  attention  and  enthusiasm  by  the  peo- 
ple. As  this  branch  is  under  the  direction  of  the  department  "of  public 
instruction  of  Manila.  I  will  only  mention  in  this  report  the  praiseworthy 
desire  on  the  part  of  the  inhabitants  to  acquire  education,  and  to  assimilate 
American  ideas  and  nisti  >ms.  The  classes  of  English  are  well  attended,  and 
Occidental  Negros  has  sent  more  of  its  sons  than  any  other  province  in  the 
Visayas  to  the  colleges  and  universities  of  the  United  States,  thanks  to  the 
decided  protection  of  the  first  military  governor  here,  the  always  well- 
remembered  General  Smith. 

******* 

ROBBER   BANDS. 

Small  bands  of  robbers  who  declare  they  are  revolutionists  are  to  be  found 
in  the  north  of  the  province.  They  are  composed  of  men  of  ill  repute,  and 
others  who  have  been  coerced  through  fear,  gathered  together  and  organ- 
ized by  two  or  three  evil  doers,  who,  fugitives  from  or  tired  of  the  war  in 
other  provinces,  have  sought  refuge  and  rest  in  the  forests  of  this  island. 
Having  to  live  and  being  suspicious  of  becoming  law-abiding,  or  preferring  a 
criminal  life,  they  have  remained  in  the  mountains,  where  they  have  got 
together  a  few  followers  who  wear  insurgent  insignia.  With  these  they 
make  their  forays  whenever  they  can  do  so  with  impunity,  and,  like  the 
Babaylanes.  kill  those  who  fall  into  their  hands,  or  force  them  to  join  them 
and  pav  a  certain  contribution. 

Finally,  the  mere  marauders  limit  themselves  to  robbing  in  bands,  with- 
out attempting  to  hide  behind  any  pretensions  whatever. 

******* 

God  grant  that  the  agriculture  of  Occidental  Negros— the  center  of  all 
her  vital  forces — may  soon  recover  from  its  state  of  prostration,  and  guide 
the  province  to  prosperity,  which  is  the  fervent  wish  of  all  her  sons.  Its 
irradiations  would  then  be  impressed  upon  all  the  social  and  economic  move- 
ments of  the  province,  by  removing  want  from  the  public  treasuries,  and 
permitting  them  to  communicate  a  powerful  impulse  to  the  progress  of  the 
pueblos.  Then,  when  domestic  tranquillity  and  public  order  are  assured, 
agriculture  is  prosperous,  commercial  activity  increases,  industry  grows, 
schools  improve,  and  education  becomes  general,  the  inhabitants  or  Occi- 
dental Negro-j  will  bless  eternally  the  sovereignty  of  the  United  States, 
which  conducted  them  along  the  path  of  their  progress  and  their  liberties. 

8.  LOCSEN, 
Provincial  Governor  of  Occidental  Neyros. 

REPORT  OF  THE  GOVERNOR  OF  CEBU.  JANUARY,  1902. 

*  *  *  *  *  .  *  * 

Pessimists  prognosticated  a  fiasco.  They  opined  that,  given  the  sympathy 
shown  by  the  pueblos  to  the  revolutionary  cause,  the  majority  of  them 
would  have  nothing  to  do  with  the  new  regime.  But  they  were  mistaken. 
In  my  visit  to  the  island  of  Bantayan  and  in  the  south  and  opposite  coast  of 
the  island  I  was  received  with  enthusiasm,  and  as  a  consequence  the  estab- 
lishment of  municipal  rule  was  also  received  with  enthusiasm. 

Upon  coming  into  contact  with  the  pueblos  I  became  convinced  that  all  or 
the  majority  or  them  were  tired  of  the  war  and  of  the  abuses  and  vexations 
to  which  they  were  subjected  by  the  insurgents:  that  they  »'•••/-»/  anxiotufor 
peace,  <m<l  submitted  to  the  e.ri<i<'ni-ies  of  t/f  ri-rnliitinni.-it.-i  null/  through 
fear.  I  believe  that  if  they  had  had  some  means  of  defense  or  had  enjoyed 
some  kind  of  protection,  as  for  example  that  of  a  small  detachment,  it  is 
possible  that  many  of  them  would  have  followed  the  example  of  Argao, 
Sibonga.  Naga.  and  others :  that  is,  they  would  have  had  no  relations  what- 
ever with  the  insurgents. 

*  ****** 

ESTABLISHMENT  OF  SCHOOLS  IN  CEBC. 

The  municipality  of  Cebu  has  established  three  schools  in  San  Nicolas: 
One  for  boys,  with  a  teacher  and  1  assistant,  in  the  central  portion  of  the 
city,  with  an  average  attendance  of  74  pupils:  another  for  girls,  with  46  pupils, 
in  charge  of  a  teacher  ( female  >.  in  the  same  city:  and  another,  also  for  girls, 
in  an  outlying  district,  under  the  charge  of  a  female  teacher.  There  are  10 
police  officers  to  maintain  order  in  San  Nicolas. 


42  THE   PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

REPAIRED   ROADS. 

****** 

The  conditions  of  the  province  would  be  immensely  improved  if  all  the 
roads  in  verv  bad  condition  were  repaired,  but  the  provincial  government 
has  not  vet  sufficient  funds  to  do  this.  The  opening  of  wagon  roads  from 
one  coas't  to  another  would  bring  benefits  to  both  agriculture  and  commerce 
It  is  partly  due  to  the  difficulty  of  transportation  that  Iloilo  is  the  market 
for  all  the" sugar  of  the  opposite"  coast. 

****** 
Such  are  the  conditions  of  the  province  of  Cebu.  Absolute  peace  every- 
where :  nearly  all  the  pueblos  organized ;  bad  condition  of  the  roads,  streets, 
squares,  wharves,  bridges,  and  wagon  ways :  the  pueblos  impoverished  by 
the  war.  the  rinderpest,  and  the  locust  plague :  the  smallpox  and  leprosy 
causing  havoc  with  the  public  health :  many  pueblos  without  public  build- 
ings and  a  deficient  man  service.  The  steps  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
writer,  are  best  calculated  to  improve  the  conditions  of  the  province  have 
been  detailed  above. 

******* 

JULIO  LLORENTE, 
Governor,  Province  of  Cebu. 

REPORT  OF  THE  GOVERNOR  OF  MASBATE. 

JANUARY  10, 1902. 

******* 
Peace  is  so  completely  established  in  the  province  that  there  is  not  so  much 
as  a  gang  of  robbers  in  the  whole  territory.    The  provincial  government  and 
the  municipalities  are  doing  their  work  with  regularity,  and  the  people  are 
deeply  thankful  for  the  benefits  derived  from  the  civil  regime. 

******* 
All  the  pueblos  of  the  province  are  suffering  from  different  sorts  of  fever, 
and  the  death  rate  is  unusually  heavy. 

The  exploitations  of  the  forestry  products  are  the  life  of  the  province, 
and  commerce  is  prosperous  as  compared  with  former  years. 

In  the  pueblos  which  have  teachers  the  study  of  English  is  progressing. 
The  people  have  a  strong  desire  to  learn  the  language,  and  it  will  be  neces- 
sary to  send  teachers  to  all  the  pueblos;  there  are  only  6  teachers  for  17 
pueblos. 

******* 

BONIFACIO  SERRANO, 

Provincial  Governor. 

REPORT  OF  THE  GOVERNOR  OF  SORSOGON. 
PROVINCE  OF  SORSOGON,  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS, 

OFFICE  OF  THE  GOVERNOR, 

Sorsogon,  January  11,  1902. 

******* 
The  roads  throughout  the  province  are  in  a  very  bad  condition,  due  to  no 
repair  work  of  any  consequence  having  been  done  for  three  or  four  years, 
and  to  the  incessant  rains  of  this  locality  during  nearly  the  entire  year.    I 
very  strongly  recommend  that  all  persons  (males  and  able-bodied)  be  re- 
quired, for  the  coming  year  at  least,  to  do  at  least  one  day's  work  per  month 
*~~  on  the  public  roads,  same  as  prevailed  in  Spanish  times. 

******* 

AN  IDLE  PEOPLE. 

The  existing  price  of  hemp  in  this  province  is  so  high  that  an  industrious 
man  earns,  if  he  works  well,  $4  to  $5  Mexican  per  day.  The  result  is  not  sat- 
isfactory, as  the  wants  of  the  native  are  few,  and  having  earned  a  few  dol- 
lars he.  declines  to  work  nijuin  until  tin-  money  is  gone,  consequently  about 
two-thirds  of  the  population  is  always  idle — a  condition  most  undesirable. 

The  natives  of  this  section  are  pacific  and  desire  to  live  in  peace,  but  they 
are  not  industrious  and  it  is  impossible  to  secure  labor  for  public  or  private 
works  under  $1.50  to  $3  per  day,  and  even  at  that  rate  but  little  can  be  pro- 
cured. The  labor  question  is  a  very  serious  one,  and  unless  some  means  are 
found  to  indxice  the  native  to  work,  labor  will  eventually  have  to  be 
imported. 

Generally  speaking,  and  aside  from  the  idleness  of  the  people,  the  prov- 
ince is  in  excellent  condition  and  the  civil  government  appears  to  be  work- 
ing well.  The  intelligent  portion  of  the  population,  I  believe,  is  in  entire 
sympathy  with  it. 

******* 

J.  G.  LIVINGSTON,  Governor. 


THE    PHILIPPINE    SITTATIciN.  43 

REPORT  OF  THE  GOVEK.NOK   OF   II.OCOS  XOKTK,   Kf/oX. 

Annual  report  of  Ayuedo  Agbayani.  governor  of  the  pmrinci-  <•/  //</.-.,.<  Xorte, 

Luzon. 

LAOAG.  January  11.  190S. 

SIR:  As  it  wasto  be  hoped,  the  establishment  of  the  provincial  government, 
with  its  provincial  board,  and  the  municipal  governments,  with  their  mu- 
nicipal councils,  have  been  and  are  most  favorably  received  by  all  the  in- 
habitants, although  they  were  far  from  knowing.'when  they  Entrusted  to 
their  municipal  governments  the  absolute  management  of  the  pueblos,  that 
such  municipal  governments  must  be  composed  of  competent  and  intelli- 
gent men,  worthy  of  the  honor  which  is  done  them,  and  capable  of  per- 
forming the  duties  of  their  office,  as  the  most  powerful  element  for  obtain- 
ing the  prosperity  and  the  happiness  of  the  pueblos  is  now  intelligence  and 
not  force. 

POPCI.AK   ELECTION'S  CRITICIZED. 

Popular  election,  which  is  an  excellent  system  in  civilized  countries,  where 
the  rights  of  election  and  of  vote  are  well  known,  where  liberty  is  well  under- 
stood, and  the  necessity  for  intelligence,  and  not  force,  recognized  by  the 
citizens,  is  rather  premature  in  this  province,  where  what  happens  is  just 
the  opposite.  I  will  not  say  that  popular  election  is  a  bad  system  in  this 
province:  on  the  contrary,  it  is  excellent  for  the  people  to  learn  its  ad  vantages 
as  soon  as  possible:  but  for  tin's  /i»/-/>..sr  it  imuld  M  hotter  not  to  allot'-  the 
people,  for  xnnie  tiint-  tn  <;,uu'  nt  /i-nst.  to  flt-rt  tin-  it<niii<-i/Hil  officials,  such 

as  The  jiri'siiii-nt  'nil/  rii-f-j,ri:ti<l>-nt.  who  ought  to  be  appointed  after  proper 
investigation  of  their  character,  their  capacity,  and  their  legal  competency, 
although  the  municipal  councilors  might  be  "elected  by  popular  vote  as  a 
trial  and  for  the  instruction  of  the  people.  My  opinion  is  in  favor  of  the 
adoption  of  legislative  measures  in  that  regard. 

******* 

•  AQUEDO  AGBAYANI. 

Proviiu  in!  Hnrernor. 

REPORT  OF  THE  GOVERNOR  OF  ZAMBAI.K-. 

Annual  report  of  Potenciano  Ltsaca,  governor  of  the  province  of  Zumbales. 

IBA,  January  IS,  1901. 

When  the  civil  regime  was  organized  in  this  province  under  the  happy 
auspices  of  the  honorable  Civil  Commission,  it  could  not  be  established  in 
better  conditions,  and  a  most  grateful  impression  was  produced  in  the  prov- 
ince which,  thanks  to  theconcessions  already  granted  at  that  time  to  the  people 
of  the  archipelago  bv  the  Civil  Commission,  could  not  do  less  than  to  foresee. 
in  the  new  regime,  the  realization  of  its  legitimate  aspirations  after  a  period 
which  may  be  longer  or  shorter,  according  to  circumstances.  And  the  hopes 
of  the  inhabitants  are  the  better  founded  when  they  see  the  favorable  change 
which  has  been  made  in  all  the  branches  of  the  public  administration  after 
only  a  few  months  of  civil  government. 

They  see  with  the  greatest  satisfaction  that  the  funds  which  they  con- 
tribute, in  the  measure  of  their  forces,  toward  the  payment  of  the  public  ex- 
penses are  never  diverted  from  their  legitimate  object,  and  are  convinced 
that  the  law  in  all  its  rigor  would  be  applied  to  any  official  who  would  fail  to 
comply  with  his  duty  in  that  regard. 

They  remark  that,  luckily  for  the  province,  the  provincial  officials  are  no 
longer  what  they  used  tn  be  in  former  times,  in  consequence,  of  the  tradi- 
tional svsteni  or  for  their  own  profit,  when  they  were  real  despots,  who  tyr- 
annized" the  unfortunate  inhabitants,  disposing  of  their  persons  and  of  their 
property  in  an  arbitrary  and  cruel  manner.  /'•/<«  r>  «.•-•  tin  n>  n-  <>M<-inl.i  .limjily 
wont  for  thf  liiijijiiiii-xx  and  //<•  the  i>nn-iin->-.  «  ml  faithfully  perform 

tin  (hitii-s  of  tln'ir  r<'itfn't_-tir<-  offices. 

They  are  truly  happy  to  see  that  the  courts  of  justice  have  been  reorgan- 
ized. With  the  peculiarity  that  thev  are  now  a  sure  and  efficacious  guaranty 
that  the  law  shall  >M>  duly  complied  with  and  the  property  and  the  other  in- 
dividual rights  respected,  because  justice  is  administered  with  good  faith, 
rectitude,  and  impartiality,  and  is  no  longer,  as  in  former  times,  an  open 
market,  in  which,  with  incredible  and  scandalous  cynicism,  justice  was  bar- 
tered like  merchandise  and  sold  to  the  highest  bidder. 

This  explains  how.  notwithstanding  the  financial  crisis  through  which  the 
inhabitants  have  passed  and  are  still  passing,  and  the  loss  of  all,  or  of  the 
greater  part  of  their  property  in  consequence  of  the  war.  and  of  the  ravages 
of  the  rinderpest,  there  has  never  been  the  slightest  trouble  in  the  collection 
of  the  different  contributions  and  ta»es,  which  have  always  been  punctually 
and  exactlv  paid. 

POTENCIANO  LESACA, 

Pi-'irinciiil  Governor. 


-J.-J-  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

ANNfAI.    REPORT  OF  THE    PROVINCIAL  GOVERNOR    OF  AMBOS    CAMAKINES. 

NUEVA  CACEKES,  January  1',,  i:/o.: 

******* 
I  have  during  the  period  covered  by  this  report  made  official  visits  to  all 
the  organized  municipalities  except  a  few,  for  which  time  and  means  of 
transportation  have  not  yet  sufficed.  I  am  now  making  arrangements  to 
continue  the  semiannual  tour  required  by  law,  and  expect  to  complete  the 
same  before  the  end  of  this  month.  In  all  towns  visited  I  have  found  the 
local  officials  performing  their  duties  in  an  honest  and  satisfactory  manner, 
and  no  complaints  of  any  importance  have  been  received  against  any  inunic- 

' Absolute  peace  prevails  in  all  sections.    It  is  certain  that  there  is  not  an 


enced  by  people  in  i . 

these  have  not  been  of  a  serious  nature,  and  will  be  entirely  prevented  as 
soon  as  the  municipal  police  in  the  vicinity  of  the  mountains  are  sufficiently 
armed  and  equipped. 

It  has  for  some  time  been  evident  to  me,  and  the  opinion  has  been  strength- 
ened by  my  recent  tours  of  this  province,  that  the  people  of  Ambos  Cama- 
rlnes  are  for  permanent  peace  and  have  full  confidence  in  the  civil  govern- 
ment now  in  force  in  the  archipelago.  Very  little  is  said  hi  this  locality  as 
to  tin-  desire  of  the  people  c.s  to  the  fu  fare  form  of  government,  tin  unanimous 
sentiment  appearing  tn  !><•  to  strait  tin-  progress  of  events  with  full  confidence 
in  the  honor  and  justice  of  the  American  Government  and  people,  believ- 
ing that  the  future  will  be  properlv  provided  for  and  that  their  rights  and 
interests  will  be  safely  guarded.  I  am  sure  that  this  view  of  the  situation 
is  shared  by  all  fair  and  impartial  observers:  and  I  consider  it  unfortunafe 
that  there  "are  many  officers  of  the  military  establishment  who  are  ap- 
parently not  in  sympathy  with  the  existing  order  of  affairs,  and  who  seem 
to  regard  the  present  attitude  of  the  people  with  suspicion,  and  claim  to 
expect  treachery  and  bad  faith  from  persons  who  are  honestly  striving  to 
the  best  of  their  powers  to  repair  the  damage  wrought,  by  the  late  insurrec- 
tion, and  who  now  clearly  see  that  their  interests  and  those  of  the  country 
and  the  people  generally 'can  be  served  only  with  the  maintenance  of  abso- 
lute peace  and  by  keeping  faith  with  our  Government. 

******* 

SCHOOLS. 

A  good  start  has  been  made  in  educational  work.  During  the  period  cov- 
ered by  this  report  32  American  teachers  have  arrived  <»  the  province  and 
are  now  conducting  public  schools  in  17  toicns.  The  district  superintendent 
informs  me  that  hie  has  reported  fully  to  the  general  superintendent  of  pub- 
lic instruction  concerning  the  affairs  of  his  department.  In  all  t9wns  visited 
I  have  observed  that  where  American  teachers  are  engaged  in  work  the 
schools  are  well  attended.  Night  schools  for  adults  also  attract  many,  and 
a  desire  to  learn  English  is  everywhere  evident. 

******* 

FINANCES. 

The  province  is  in  good  financial  condition,  and  the  affairs  of  this  depart- 
ment are  admirably  administered  by  Treasurer  Braden  and  his  efficient 
corps  of  assistants.  The  total  receipts  from  all  sources  during  the  year 
ended  December  31,  1901.  including  the  loan  of  $2,500  under  act  No.  134, 
amounted  to  $44,907.53.  Total  disbursements,  including  repayment  of  said 
loan,  amounted  to  $31,988.47^.  leaving  a  balance  on  hand,  unappropriated,  in 
provincial  treasury  December  31.  of  $12,919.05J.  These  figures  do  not  include 
the  sum  of  $25,000  which  was  borrowed  from  the  insular  government  under 
the  provisions  of  act  No.  198,  for  the  purpose  of  building  and  repairing  roads. 
Out  of  this  fund  $1,021.25  had  been  expended  December  31,  and  the  additional 
amount  of  $10,000  appropriated.  The  reports  of  the  supervisor  will  give  the 
details  of  the  expenditure  of  this  fund  and  the  work  accomplished.  I  can 
state,  however,  that  the  work  is  progressing  in  a  very  satisfactory  manner, 
and  full  value  for  the  money  expended  is  being  secured  in  the  shape  of 
better  roads;  but  after  the  funds  arising  from  the  loan  are  exhausted  much 
necessary  road  and  bridge  work  will  still  remain  to  be  done,  for  which  pur- 
pose I  believe  the  provincial  treasury  will  be  able  to  supply  the  funds  as 
required. 

The  provincial  board  endeavors  to  conduct  the  affairs  of  the  province  in 
the  most  economic  manner  possible,  and  I  believe  they  have  succeeded  as  well 
as  could  be  expected.  Compared  with  the  cost  of  governing  a  community  of 
equal  population  in  the  United  States  the  expenses  of  this  province  during 
the  past  year  seem  very  small,  indeed. 


THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 


4:. 


All  officials  are  performing;  their  duties  in  an  honest,  faithful,  and  intelli- 
gent manner,  and  af  this  province  has  not  been  specially  favored  in  the  matter 
of  native  officials,  then  the  others  are  indeed  to  l>e  congratulated.  All  these 
men  have  displaced  in  their  work  the  most  commendable  zeal,  ability,  and 
integrity,  and  I  have  had  at  all  times  their  active  assistance  and  most  miquali- 
fled  support.  *  *  * 

I  am,  very  respectfully, 

JAMES  ROSS. 
The  CIVIL  GOVERNOR  OK  THE  PHII-IIMMNK  ISLANDS, 

Miinilii.  P.  I. 

Mr.  President,  the  strongest  testimony  on  the  result  of  Ameri- 
can local  administration  in  these  islands  is  the  financial  condition 
of  the  provinces.  I  present  a  statement  of  this,  winch  is  the 
most  eloquent  tribute  which  could  be  paid  to  American  manage- 
ment. It  must  be  remembered  that  this  financial  situation  exists, 
immediately  following  the  suppression  of  insurrection  and  mili- 
tary occupation,  and  is  the  result  of  American  control. 

in  luiitils  i  if  jiriiriiii-i'iil  tr<  -usurers  December  31,  1U01,  as  shown  by  1h>  •//• 


[United  States  currency.] 


Province. 


Amount  in 
treasury. 


Amount  of 

loans  by 

insular 

govern- 

mcnt  in- 

cluded in 

this  bal- 

•aea 


Abra 

Albay 25.ttt5.07  $2,500.00 

Ambos  Camarines 25,000.00 

Bataan :i.ni:>..> 

Batangas U'. 

Bohol ir,..v;i.2:<  2.:*«i.m 

Bulacan S.JC124    

Doilo...  16.H50.IW    

IlocosNorte....                                                      s.Wl.12  2,500.1X1 

IlocosSur 10,347.l.M 

Isabela 2,500.00 

Leyte 16,07").  45    

Marinduque 1.  !:.-.'  '.'<  2.500.00 

Masbate 1.0T>1.»><;  2.  "mm 

Occidental  Negros 2o.l-M.ii7  ... 

oriental  Negros...                                                   17. 742. 25  .. 

Pampanga l-.'.«4'.'..v,  2..v«i.m 

Rizal. 2..-OMH 

Sorsogon 12,*75.02  2,.lm.m 

Surigao 4.:J11.2i»  2.(JOO.OO 

Tarla<- HUlo.7f,    

Tavabas 11.424.27    

Union ...                                                               -  -.'.5m.«» 

Zambales 5..  :.:V«i.i«i 

December  16, 1'Ml. 

NuevaEcija l,128.»t<  2,000.00 

Xnvember  SO,  1901. 

Antique...  3,225.56  2,500.00 

Cagavan 9,6                  

Tiipiz...                                                                          2>.:*>4.77  2T..V«i.ni 

Cavite 4.-- 

Cebu.. 

Misamis 

Pangasinan 

Romblon 2.74-YW    

Total..                                                                      ..  964,515.02  104,000.00 


4(3  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

In  the  foregoing  statements  the  amounts  due  municipalities  are  deducted, 
•only  the  amounts  due  the  provinces  being  stated.  In  addition  to  theamqunts 
given  then-  are  yet  due  to  nearly  all  of  the  provinces  refunds  from  the  insu- 
lar treasury  on  account  of  internal  revenue  and  forestry  collections  made 
prior  to  the  date  of  organization.  These  refvmds  are  being  made  as  rapidly 
as  the  respective  amounts  are  ascertained. 

Mr.  President,  we  can  not  expect  that  these  financial  balances 
in  the  treasuries  of  the  provinces  will  continue.  Necessary  im- 
provements indicated  by  reports  of  the  governors  will  take  every 
cent  now  in  the  treasury  and  much  more;  but  the  above  showing 
is  conclusive  as  to  the  efficiency  of  our  administration. 

PETITIONS  OF  NATIVES  THAT  AMERICAN  OFFICERS  AND  SOLDIERS  REMAIN. 

It  is  asserted  that  the  natives  are  hostile  to  the  continuance  of 
our  troops  in  their  towns.  This  would  be  naturally  so  even 
among  ourselves.  But  such  has  been  the  conduct  of  our  officers 
'  and  men  that  it  does  not  appear  to  be  true  among  the  Filipinos. 
Proof  of  this  are  petitions  from  all  over  the  islands  that  the  offi- 
cers and  soldiers  in  various  towns  may  be  kept  there.  I  herewith 
.submit  some  of  these  petitions  as  an  illustration  of  expression  of 
natives  on  this  subject: 

DAVAO,  MINDANAO,  January  25, 1901. 

SIR:  We.  the  undersigned  members  of  the  municipal  council  of  Davao,  by 
ourselves  and  in  the  name  of  the  municipality,  do  hereby  request  and  state 
the  following: 

Having  initiated  in  this  district  the  means  that  lead  to  a  better  system  of 
government,  especially  the  municipality  which  we  represent,  we  believe  that 
for  its  continuation  the  commander  of  this  district,  Maj.  Hunter  Liggett,  is 
indispensable,  because  he  is  the  initiator  of  the  said  system,  knows  the  coun- 
try and  circumstances  of  the  inhabitants,  and  also  has  conscientiously  studied 
their  necessities. 

Major  Liggett  is  well  liked  and  a  very  popular  person  in  this  town,  espe- 
cially among  the  savages  who  inhabit  the  woods.  He  has  impressed  in  the 
hearts  of  all  the  u-ell  int-n  niny  of  the  benevolent  American  nation  in  such  a 
manner  that  the  in/niliitunts  fraternize  with  the  Americans,  and  to-day  they 
are  very  sorry  when  they  learned  that  the  soldiers  n'ere  soon  to  be  relieved. 

The  opening  of  the  roads,  the  formation  of  the  municipal  council,  and  the 
arranging  of  the  numerous  races  of  people  that  dwell  in  this  district  natur- 
ally need  a  commander  as  just,  strict,  and  of  the  knowledge  of  Major 
Liggett. 

It  is  unnecessary  to  remind  you  that  while  the  work  taken  up  by  the 
Americans  here  remains  unfinished  it  is  necessary  that  white  troops  should 
^  remain  here  for  its  protection,  and  we  hope  that  you  will  intercede  for  us  to 
the  proper  authorities  that  the  soldiers  who  are  going  to  leave  be  replaced 
by  others  of  equality;  that  is  to  say,  whites  and  no  others;  these  being  pref- 
erable for  their  impartiality,  which  is  necessary  to  exercise  in  a  town  of  in- 
ferior races  like  these. 

We  earnestly  request  that  you  may  consider  what  we  have  stated,  as  by 
doing  so  this  town  will  grow  and  we  will  love  the  nation  whose  starry  flag 
shelters  to-day  the  town  of  Davao. 
We  remain,  your  true  servants, 

THE  MUNICIPAL  COUNCIL, 

D.  SNARO,  Presidente. 

TOMAS  MONTEVERDE,  Vice-Presidente. 

T.  PALMA  GIL,.  Recorder. 

JORJE  SAAVEDRA,  Councilman. 

DINALUPIJAN,  June  22,  1901. 

SIR:  The  undersigned,  being  friends  of  peace  and  tranquillity,  which  they 
would  like  to  see  remain  with  the  town  in  which  they  were  born,  beg  to  ask 
you  that  if  it  should  be  considered  necessary  to  keep  a  garrison  in  this  town 
that  the  commanding  officer  of  the  same  may  always  be  Capt.  Clarence  S. 
Nettles,  who  is  at  present  in  command  of  the  garrison  here,  and  who,  besides 
showing  remarkable  talents,  has  always  been  as  kind  to  us  as  a  father  to  his 
family.  All  his  acts  were  prompted  by  kindness,  impartiality,  and  justice, 
and  at  all  times  he  has  been  anxious  to  further  the  moral  ana  material  im 
provement  of  this  town.  For  this  reason  he  has  gained  the  love  and  the  es- 
teem of  all  the  residents,  who  are  always  anxious  to  obey  and  respect  the 
orders  issued  by  the  established  government. 
Your  obedient  servants, 

RAYMUNDO  PAYUNO, 

Municipal  President?,  etc. 
MILITARY  GOVERNOR  OF  THESE  ISLANDS. 


THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  4:7 

C'AIH'VAO.  A"<iust  ',',  I'.ujl. 

Petition  of  presidente  and  4,s-proininent  citizens  of  Cabuyao  for  retention 
on  duty  there  of  First  Lieut.  H.  Clay  Evans,  acting  commissary,  it  being 
feared  liis  promotion  will  take  him  from  their  midst.  He  ha~  gained  through 
his  efforts  in  cleaning  and  improving  the  town,  providing  band  music,  etc., 
and  by  his  just  treatment  the  plaudits  of  the  natives 

Honorable  MAJOR-GENERAL  OF  THE  PHILIPPINK  ISLANDS.  MANILA: 

The  inhabitants  of  the  town  of  Bongabon.  province  of  Nueva  Ecija,  the 
undersigned,  with  due  respect  before  you,  present  themselves  and  depose: 
That  there  are  rumors  from  the  public  that  the  commanding  officer,  Capt. 
A.  A.  Cabanniss,  and  his  troops  are  going  to  In-  transferred  to  Humingen 
before  the  beginning  of  the  rainy  season,  on  account  of  the  difficulties  of 
rationing  and  clothing  them,  and  that  they  will  be  relieved  by  a  company  of 
Ilocano  soldiers. 

For  this  reason  the  people  of  the  town  before  you  depose:  That  since  the 
arrival  at  this  town  of  the  said  captain,  on  November  11,  I'.KKI.  last,  and  up  to 

this  date,  he  Im*  ln-i-n  in  perfect  harMOny    n-itli    tin-  /;<•<////<•   <,////••    tmrn  mill   tin 

iii'iifili-  n-it/i  him  through  his  wise  methods  of  ruling  and  the  fine  discipline  of 

nis  men:  l><:ti<li-n.  In-  k-noin:  hnn-  tn  /mnisli  ir  it  It  jnxtii-i-  iiiii/iini'  iflin  ritiiiiiiitrt  a  nil 

crime.  This  is  proof  that  he  performed  his  duty  witli  Impartiality,  and  for 
this  reason  this  town  has  greatly  progressed  in  the  short  timeof  his  presence 

here.       //<•  l-xtuhllsln-il  />lil,//r  sr/miils  ill   tin-  t'l/rii  us  in  II    llx    in    tin-  lnirfiiiK.    li'til 

the  streets  cleaned,  and  repaired  the  houses,  and  his  orders  /<•••/•,•  //•<•//  «//.-//.</. 

PCLILAN,  PROVINCE  OF  BULACAN, 

.limitary  21,  1901. 

The  MAJOR-GENERAL  COMMANDING  THE  PHILIPPINE  ISLANDS: 

The  municipal  officers  of  Pulilan,  in  the  name  and  in  behalf  of  the  citizens 
•of  the  same,  with  due  respect,  say: 

Learning  with  regret  tnat  the  soldiers  that  garrison  this  pueblo  are  to  be 
moved  to  another  point,  while  deferring  with  the  greatest  respect  to  your 
orders,  we  should  fail  in  our  loyalty  unless  we  represented  to  you  the  neces- 
sity of  these  troops  remaining  nere. 

The  officers  now  stationed  in  this  pueblo,  by  their  blameless  conduct  and 
uncommon  amiability,  Im i-<-  mrritrii,  n-itliout  solicit iny  it,  the  approbation  « ml 
i/onil  it-ill  <if  tin'  /ii'ii/ilf.  innl  thi-ir  tli'imrfitrc  is  tin'  <:nnsf  of  '/n-ot  snrjiris>-  nx 

well  us  i>n  i a .  We  also  desire  to  represent  that  this  pueblo  is  of  great  extent, 
and  the  officers  now  here  are  familiar  with  the  country,  and  by  their  ability, 
notwithstanding  the  small  number  of  soldiers,  have  been  able  to  frustrate 
the  intentions  of  those  who  wish  to  disturb  the  tranquillity  of  the  neighbor- 
hood, supplying  by  their  diligence,  ability,  and  valor  the  small  number  of 
soldiers.  These  officers  have  already  great  confidence  in  their  power  to  de- 
fend us  from  the  attacks  of  those  outside.  We  pray  that  it  will  not  be  neces- 
sary to  remove  these  officers,  in  view  of  the  critical  situation  in  which  we 
find  ourselves  and  the  peculiar  state  of  this  pueblo. 

LUCAS  DIZON,  Presidente  (16  others). 

HERMOSA,  June  11, 1901. 
Major-General  WH EATON. 

Command  in'/  iit-m  ml.  l>i  inn-fint'iit  Northern  Luzon,  Manila,  P.  I.: 

We,  the  undersigned  feminine  citizens  of  Liana  Hermosa  (Bataan),  with 
due  respect,  before  your  honor  depose:  That  in  view  of  the  reliable  news  that 
we  have  heard  concerning  our  captain,  commanding  officer,  and  lieutenant 
of  this  post,  that  they  will  be  transferred  to  another  place:  for  this  reason 
we  beg  to  remind  your  honor  that  since  the  arrival  here  in  this  town  of  the 
said  officers  they  p'ut  themselves  to  work  at  once  without  any  loss  of  time  on 
behalf  of  the  pacification  of  the  town  under  their  control  till  their  desired 
•end  was  obtained. 

Therefore  we  humbly  request  you,  if  you  should  think  proper,  to  permit 
the  said  commanding  officers  to  still  remain  in  this  town  for  the  benefit 
of  its  citizens,  and  also  in  order  that  the  agricultural  work  of  the  unfortu- 
nate farmers  may  continue.  (Signed  by  the  presidente,  Mariano  Nuguic, 
and  17  others. ) 

VILLASIS,  August  t,,  1901. 
The  GENERAL  COMMANDING  THIRD  DISTRICT, 

Depart  mi- nt  <>f  Northern  Luzon. 

HONORABLE  Sin:  The  undersigned,  the  president,  the  municipal  council, 
and  principal  inhabitants  o f  Villasis.  representing  the  whole  town,  present 
themselves  with  due  respect  and  state:  That  with  great  satisfaction  the  town 
authorities  have  been  aole  to  arrest  certain  persons,  members  of  that  illicit 
association  which  raised  up  the  town  of  Cabaruan,  and  they  wish  to  call  your 


4N  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

attention  to  the  fact  that  should  it  prove  true  that  the  military  detachment 
is  to  be  removed,  the  town  will  be  subject  to  the  revenge  of  the  friends  of 
those  who  have  been  arrested  and  who  are  now  prisoners.  This  is  the  more 
probable,  considering  the  reduced  number  of  the  local  police  and  the  system 
of  armament. 

We  therefore  wish  to  request  that  our  town  may  be  garrisoned  by  one 
company,  if  possible. 

i  Thirty-one  signatures  follow.) 

BIXAN,  LAGCNA  PROVINCE,  P.  I.,  September  2',,  1901. 

Since  Captain  Hunter  has  had  command  of  the  forces  in  this  town,  peace 
:ind  the  neighborhood  enjoys  an  enviable  tranquillity  at  the  same  time 
that  it  enjoys  the  benefits  of  civil  government. 

Such  are  the  motives  that  move  the  inhabitants  of  Binan  to  ask  that  Cap- 
tain Hunter  be  not  now  relieved  from  this  garrison,  and  we  do  not  doubt  that 
the  military  governor  will  take  them  into  account  before  confirming  the  an- 
nounced relief. 

Very  respectfully,  • 

(Follow" signatures  of  president,  vice-president, "and  counselors.) 

General  CHAFFEE, 

Military  Governor  of  the  Philippine  Islands. 

APALIT,  PROVINCE  OF  PAMPANGA,  P.  I., 

October  7,  7900. 

First.  That  Captain  Butler  and  Lieutenant  Pond  have  captured  the  guns 
that  were  used  by  the  ladrones  that  pillaged  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
this  pueblo,  and  at  the  same  time  the  principal  organizers  of  the  bands  of 
brigands  or  thieves  were  apprehended  by  these  officers,  whose  activities  ob- 
tained the  extinguishment  of  the  actions  of  the  bandits  and  assassins  that  fre- 
quently entered  the  bat rios  and  places  at  some  distance  from  the  pueblo,  and 
at  this  time  the  inhabitants  enjoy  tranquillity  and  freedom  from  injury  con- 
sequent, without  doubt,  upon  the  brilliant  services  of  these  untiring  and 
active  officers. 

N.  mini.  That  these  gentlemen  have  learned  to  obtain  the  good  will  of  the  in- 
habitants of  the  pueblo,  hurt-  attended  ir/tli  justice  to  the  smallest  complaint* 
that  hare  been  presenti-d  to  them,  hare  gicen  good  example  to  the  troops  that 
they  command,  correcting  irith  rectitude  whatever  abuses  their  subordinates 
may  have  committed,  and  hare  never  permitted  the  natives  under  their  juris- 
diction to  /«•  injured  I/;/  aniftine^  defending  them  with  all  the  rigor  of  the  laic. 

Third.  These  officers,  especially  Lieutenant  Pond,  in  his  capacity  as  pro- 
vost judge  of  the  pueblo,  took  the  most  energetic  interest  in  the'  pueolo, 
with  the  purpose  of  increasing  the  energies  of  the  pueblo  for  its  benefit,  es- 
tablishing primary  education  in  all  the  barrios,  and  at  the  instance  of  Cap- 
tain Butler  there  has  been  erected  a  public  school  for  both  sexes,  paid  for  by 
the  wealthier  and  other  inhabitants,  in  which  matter  these  officers  have  been 
of  the  greatest  direct  benefit  to  the  common  well-being  of  the  pueblo. 

We  therefore  beg  that  because  of  the  strong  reasons  on  which  we  base  our 
petition  that  Captain  Butler,  First  Lieutenant  Pond,  and  all  their  company 
be  continued  as  the  garrison  of  Apalit. 

MACARIO  ARUEDO. 
(And  15  others.) 

ALIAOA,  March  20,  1901. 
His  Excellency  the  GOVERNOR-GENERAL: 

The  undersigned,  alcalde,  treasurer,  and  municipal  counselors  of  the 
pueblo  of  Aliaga,  have  the  honor  to  say  that  they  have  heard  that  Lieut. 
Frank  A.  Jernigan,  commanding  the  detachment  here,  was  to  be  transferred 
to  another  post.  As  he  has  always  treated  the  people  right,  etc.,  we  have 
the  honor  to  request  that  he  be  allowed  to  remain  here. 

(The  signatures  follow.) 

Considering  the  great  benefits  to  t h  is  pueblo  that  followed  the  rapid  pacifica- 
tion of  the  country,  we  earnestly  supplicate  that  in  view  of  the  foregoing  that 
Capt.  Robert  Alexander  be  permitted  to  continue  his  valuable  services  to  the 
pueblo  for  the  complete  pacification  of  the  same  and  the  prosperity  of  this 
province. 

ELEGIO  RICALVE,  Municipal  Presidente. 
( And  t&  others.) 

GUINAN,  SAMAR,  December  15, 1901. 

SIR:  We,  the  undersigned,  presidente  and  municipal  counselors  of  this 
pueblo,  in  the  name  of  and  representing  the  people  thereof,  respectfully  state 
a  profound  regret  is  being  caused  in  the  people  in  the  notice  that,  is  beginning 
to  spread  concerning  the  departure  of  Company  H,  First  United  States  In- 
fantry, now  stationed  here. 


THE    PHILIPPINE    SITl'ATION.  49 

We  most  earnestly  beg  you  to  suspend  the  transfer  of  this  company  and 
that  it  be  permitted  to  remain  in  this  pueblo.  It  is  skilled  in  the  military 
operations  in  these  parts,  and  has  our  entire  confidence  in  being  energetic 
and  observing,  nnd  from  ihv  hii/hest  officer  to  tin-  last  on'rnti-  lain  so  conducted 
itself  a.*  to  im-rit  oiti-  rt'i/iiril  for  tln-ir  rjTorts  uml  luliorx. 

APOLIXARIO  MALABASAY. 
(And  21  others.) 

[Translation.] 

'  BULATAN.  .fiimiiii-i/ .;,  iDOi. 
To  the  l'niti-il  xtuf<  .*  n/ilituri/  i/on-i-nor  i,i  tin-  Philiji/: 

The  undersigned,  members  of  the  municipal  council  of  Bulacan,  state  that 
they  have  heard  a  rumor  that  the  American  garrison  stationed  in  their  town 
is  soon  to  be  relieved,  and  desire  to  state  that  Provost-Marshal  Day  has  won 
the  esteem  of  everybody  by  his  fine  qualities,  the  discipline  which"  he  main- 
tained among  his  command,  hi.*  i-m-ri/i-t/r  n-m-k  in  /<i>c.v«//i</  «T//  ilun-.*.  mul 

his  in  tiriti/  in   tin'  i-onxtriirtioii  of  si  I'l'n  ///•/</;/.  x.  ri.i  'in  nknn  n  t*.  unil   of/ 
lir  irorks. 

The  undersigned  respectfully  request  that  their  loyal  town  be  not  de- 
prived of  such  a  good  and  popular  officer. 

CARLOS  MORELOS,  ETC. 

MANILA,  P.  I.,  J«  .i»«r//.  r.  tool. 
Major-General  BATCS, 

('ontiiHiniliiii/  lii-oortim  nt  nt  Southern  Luzon: 

The  subscribers,  the  alcalde  and  municipal  counselors  of  the  pueblo  of 
Pateros.  province  of  Manila.  m»^t  raqpectfofiy  state 

That  it  has  come  to  our  knowledge  that  the  company  stationed  at  Taguig, 
commanded  bv  Captain  Parke.  will  be  relieved  during  this  week  to  be  sta- 
tioned in  another  pueblo,  we  most  respectfully  supplicate  that  if  convenient 
the  order  referred  to  be  suspended,  not  only  because  of  its  being  of  disad- 
vantage to  the  inhabitants,  but  also  that  Captain  J'm-!:i-  is  r>-ri/  kind  to  tin 
and  knows  them  very  well. 

XAZARIO  TAASOX 
(And  9  others.) 

PUEBLO  OF  LOBOE,  PKOVINCE  OF  BATAXGAS,  P.  I,, 

•  August  15,  1901. 

The  COMMANDING  OKKHKK.  h'<i1<in</ii*.  P.  I.: 

The  undersigned,  members  of  the  municipal  committee,  the  parish  priest, 
and  other  inhabitants  of  the  same  pueblo,  with  greatest  consideration  and 
respect,  pri-seiit  to  you  and  say: 

That  as  peaceful  inhabitants  and  lovers  of  complete  tranquillity,  not  only 
of  this  pueblo,  but  of  all  the  Philippine  Archipelago,  we  most  earnestly  pray 
that  you  will  be  pleased  to  remain  permanently  in  this  pueblo,  the  present 
garrison,  for  because  of  them  we  enjoy  this  trahquillitv. 

PABLO  DIZON, 

I'urish  Pi-iest. 
(And  10  others.) 

ZAMBOANOA,  April  «6, 1900. 
The  MAJOR-GEXERAL, 

l-'irxt  iii'ii'i/nti-  of  thf  Aiiii-rii'iin  Government o*  tin'  ArcM/peiagoi 
The  mayors,  justices  of  the  peace,  persons  of  signification,  and  landowners 
of  this  province,  by  themselves  and  representation  of  the  towns  administered 
by  them,  to  you,  with  the  greatest  submission  and  respect,  expose:  That 
having  had  notice  that  the  colonel  military  governor  of  this  town  has  been 
relieved  by  the  commander  of  troopsof  occupation  of  the  office  so  honorably 
fulfilled  by  him.  and  in  view  of  his  worthy  behavior  toward  the  people 
•  of  tin-  ii-ui-k.t  iloiif  hi/  him  in  so  short  n  s/i/n-r  of  time,  as  well  as  because 
of  his  affable  and  familiar  manners,  we  humbly  request  of  you  to  deign  re- 
order him  back  to  this  town  to  take  charge  again  of  the  office  he  was  so 
ellicaciouslv  fulfilling. 

Grace  which  we  do  not  doubt  to  reach  of  the  magnanimous  heart  of  you 
whose  life  may  God  keep  many  years  for  the  good  of  America  and  this  archi- 
pelago. 

I.  MEDEL,  Presidente. 
DATO  MANDI. 
(And  the  4  mayors,  the  4  justices  of  the  peace,  50  principals.) 

GENERALS  CHAFFEE  AND  BELL. 

Much  has  been  said,  Mr.  President,  concerning  General  Bell,  a 
man  whom  I  personally  know,  a  man  who  is  my  friend.  I  almost 

S.  Doc.  422 i 


50  THE   PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

felt  false  to  niy  friend,  when  I  heard  the  unworthy  attacks  upon 
him.  that  I  did  not  answer  them  instantly.  But  I  believed  that 
his  own  brilliant  record  would  be  his  best  defense,  for.  Mr.  Presi- 
dent. General  Bell  is  one  of  the  noblest  officers  who  ever  honored 
the  American  uniform. 

I  can  not  turn  at  the  moment  to  the  correct  report,  but  what  I 
was  about  to  read  was  a  statement  of  the  governor  of  a  province 
and  superintendent  of  instruction  there  that  General  Bell,  to  use 
his  language.  "  with  his  vivacious  enthusiasm  for  the  education  " 
of  the  people,  had  personally  attended  to  it  in  addition  to  his  mili- 
tary dutit-s. 

Yes,  here  it  is.  The  governor  of  Abra  speaks  of  the  harsh 
measures  he  advised  General  Bell  to  take.  General  Bell  followed 
his  advice.  The  insurrection  was  suppressed.  Thereafter  the  gov- 
ernor went  through  the  province  practically  without  escort. 
Then  what  followed?  Let  the  American  superintendent  of  edu- 
cation for  that  province  tell: 

Without  an  exception  every  schoolhouse  was  practically  without  furniture 
and  some  with  no  floor  and  such  a  roof  as  would  allow  the  rain  to  saturate 
almost  the  entire  interior.  But  having  on  hand  a  considerable  surn  of  money 
collected  as  tines  from  various  criminals,  and  desiring  to  spend  it  for  some 
good  purpose.  lit in n il  Hfll.  iritli  liix  rinirinii.t  i-iitlinsKi.-iii,  fur  ii/in-tit/ini  tin 
a-,  u  us  ii-/,iit<Ti'r  niiijht  IK-  fur  th<'  </e*i  red/  »>  /  fit  re  of  tin'  jn'i>j>lc.  sent  Captain 
Heard.  Third  United  States  Cavalrv.  to  make  a  thorough  inspection  of  the 
schools  in  this  province,  requesting  "him  to  especially  report  upon  the  dimen- 
sions of  each  building,  in  order  1  hat  he  might  know  how  much  sheet  iron 
would  be  required  to  roof  them.  This  being  acquired,  the  order  was  made 
to  the  States,  from  which  the  material  is  at  present  arriving. 

General  Bell  is  no  exception.  Whoever  has  toiled  and  fought 
and  suffered  to  suppress  this  insurrection,  which  Governor  Taft 
declares  is  "  a  crime  against  civilization,"  has  been  incessantly 
assailed  on  this  floor.  The  commanding  general.  General  Chaff  ee, 
with  whose  friendship  I  am  honored,  also  has  been  the  focus  of 
this  fire.  Biit  it  has  only  served  to  bring  into  bolder  relief  the 
character  and  career  of  this  superb  soldier.  Since  boyhood  he 
has  served  the  flag.  He  fought  to  save  the  Union.  Daily  for 
years  thereafter  he  risked  his  life  protecting  our  ever  broadening 
frontier.  And  now  he  gives  his  final  energies  to  upbuilding 
American  sovereignty  over  the  outposts  of  our  dominions  beyond 
the  sea.  He  is  all  that  a  soldier  and  gentleman  should  be.  He  is 
one  of  the  great  administrators  developed  by  our  new  duties  and 
responsibilities.  Ever  brave,  ever  calm,  ever  gentle,  ever  just, 
and.  above  all,  ever  loyal,  Chaffee  is  a  pride  to  the  Republic,  and 
Chaff  ee  is  as  firmly  intrenched  in  the  hearts  of  the  American  peo- 
ple as  his  place  in  history  is  secure. 

IV.— FILIPINO  SELF-GOVERNMENT  AND  EFFECT  OF  AMERICAN 
WITHDRAWAL. 

Mr.  President,  is  it  to  be  argued  from  these  reports  of  the  con- 
ditions in  the  Philippine  Islands  that  every  one  of  them  (except 
the  report  of  Major  Gardener,  which  is  left  out  for  the  reason 
that  it  has  been  presented  by  other  Senators,  and  for  other 
reasons,  which  make  it  most  unfair  that  it  should  be  offered  at 
all) ,  showing  that  the  conditions  there  are  satisfactory  to  a  degree 
that  is  almost  beyond  belief— is  it  to  be  argued  from  that  that 
those  people  are  therefore  capable  of  self-government? 

Mr.  President,  I  have  always  observed  that  the  people  who  re- 
main in  their  offices  and  studies  and  see  visions  and  dream  dreams 
and  formulate  theories  upon  them  are  not  as  apt  to  be  correct  in 
their  statements  as  those  who  go  upon  the  ground  and  examine  the 


THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION  51 

actual  conditions  for  themselves.  Therefore  I  present  the  begin- 
ning of  the  report  of  the  Schurman  Commission,  written  by  Pro- 
fessor Sclmrman  himself,  at  a  time  when  he  was  taking  part  in 
this  grand  and  noble  work,  and  at  a  time  when  he  himself  was 
one  of  the  active  and  constructive  agents  of  this  movement  of 
advancing  civilization.  It  is  more  valuable  than  what  he  says 
in  his  present  altered  attitude.  He  who  now  says  that  he  is  a  be- 
liever in  the  capacity  of  the  Philippine  people  for  self -government; 
he  who  now  declares  that  American  authority  should  be  with- 
drawn, officially  said  to  the  American  people  when  he  was  fresh 
from  the  Philippines  that — 

FIKST    KKl'OHT   OF   S(  MIKMAN    COMMISSION   (IN  CAI>A<   ITY  OK  KlI.Il'INos  FnK 
SKLF-<;oVKK.\MF.NT   AM)    K.KFKCT   OF    AMF.KK'AN    W1THHH  AWAI/ 

The  most  striking  and  perhaps  the  must  significant  fact  in  the  entire  situ- 
ation is  the  multiplicity  of  tribes  inhabiting  the  archipelago,  the  <li 
of  their  languages  (which  arc  mutually  unintelligible). and  tin-  multifarious 
phases  of  civilization— ranging  all  the  way  from  the  highest  to  the  lowest 

exhibited  liy  the  natives  of  the  several  prorinoes  and  islands.  In  spite  of 
the  general  use  of  the  Spanish  language  l>y  the  educated  classes  and  the  con- 
siderable similarity  of  economic  and  social  conditions  prevalent  in  Luzon 
and  the  Visayan  Islands,  the  masses  of  the  people  are  without  a  common 
s]»eech  and  tliey  lack  the  sentiment  of  nationality.  The  Filipinos  are  not  a 
nation,  but  a  variegated  assemblage  of  different  tribes  and  peoples,  and  their 
loyalty  is  still  of  the  tribal  type. 

"Their  lack  of  education  and  political  experience,  combined  with  their  racial 
and  linguistic  diversities,  disqualify  them,  in  spite  of  their  mental  gifts  and 
domestic  virtues,  to  undertake  the  task  of  governing  the  archipelago  at  the 

present     time.       '/'/«•    must    t/int    ri'n     In'    i.t-jiii-ti-il    iif   tin  in    ix    ti>    rnii/n  rilti-    ll'itfl 
till'  Aiiii-riciinx  in  flu1  iiiliiiiiiixtrntiiiii  of  HI-HI  nil  nffoif.  ,l'r»in   Miniiln  •' 
tiT.tiiul    tn     iiiulrrtiiki'.  miliji-ft    tn    .<  iin-ririiii    ninirnj   or   mi  iilu  art     <ns   mini   '"' 
Jiniiiil    niTi-xxiiri/i.  tin-    iiiiiiiinixtriitiiin    of    jii-ni-iiii-iiil    iniil    in  1111  iri/nil    tijf'uirs. 

Fortunately,  there  are  educated  Filipinos,  though  they  do  not  constitute  a 
large  -proportion  of  the  entire  population,  and  their  support  and  services  will 
be  of  incalculable  value  in  inaugurating  and  maintaining  the  new  govern- 
ment. As  education  advances  and  experience  ripens,  the  natives  may  be 
intrusted  with  a  larger  and  more  independent  share  of  government— self- 
government,  as  the  American  ideal,  being  constantly  kept  in  view  as  the  goal. 
In  this  way  American  sovereignty  over  the  archipelago  will  prove  a  great 
political  boon  to  the  people. 

And  listen  to  the  following  final  conclusion  of  Professor  Schur- 
man. No  orator  in  the  heat  of  campaign  has  put  the  sad  effect 
of  American  withdrawal  in  such  fervid  and  ultimate  terms  as  did 
Schurman,  when  fresh  from  the  field.  He  says: 

Xlniiilil  inn-  /„ in; T  hi/  mil/  r'ntiilitif  In'  ii-itliilrnn-ii.  tin-  C,i;,i  m  ix.-iiini  Inli.i;- 
flint  1/i"  i/'ii-i  rnini'iit  i if  tin-  PMUpptnca  n-i,nlil  speedily  lajixe  into  unm-i-li//. 
which  would  excuse,  if  it  did  not  necessitate,  the  intervention  of  other 
I  lowers  and  the  eventual  division  of  the  islands  among  them.  Only  through 
American  occupation,  therefore,  is  the  idea  of  a  free,  self-governing,  and 
united  Philippine  commonwealth  at  all  conceivable.  And  the  indispensable 
need  from  the  Filipino  point  of  view  of  maintaining  American  sovereignty 
over  the  archipelago  is  recognized  by  all  intelligent  Filipinos  and  even  by 
those  insurgents  who  desire  an  American  protectorate.  The  latter,  it  is 
true,  would  take  the  revenues  and  leavens  the  responsibilities,  .\en-rtlie- 
Irxx.  tin  ii  fii-iii/ni'.i-  tin'  indubitable  fm-t  that  tin'  Filipinos  can  n«t  xtm,ii 
ilium  .  Thus  the  welfare  of  the  Filipinos  coincides  with  the  dictates  of 
national  honor  in  forbidding  our  alwnaonment  of  the  archipelago.  We  can 
not  from  any  point  of  view  escape  the  responsibilities  of  government  which 
our  sovereignty  entails;  and  the  Commission  is  strongly  persuaded  that  the 
performance  o'f  our  national  duty  will  prove  the  greatest  blessing  to  the 
peoples  of  the  Philippine  Islands. 

DIAKY  OF  AGUINALDO'8  STAFF  OFFICER. 

Those  who  claim  that  the  Filipinos  are  a  single  people  are  con- 
fronted with  this  extract  from  the  diary  of  a  member  of  Agui- 
naldo's  staff,  written  during  Aguinaldo's  last  flight.  They  had 
reached  a  point  in  the  Igorrote  country  on  December  16,  and  the 
writer  of  this  diary,  speaking  of  the  situation,  says: 

Our  situation  here  in  Banane  is  very  dangerous,  because  not  only  are 
enemies  the  Americans  who  are  in  front  of  us  and  behind  us,  but  the  very 


52  THE    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION. 

Igorrotes  who  surround  us.  including  those  of  Banaue,  are  also  our  enemies. 
only  waiting  for  the  opportunity  to  cut  off  our  heads,  just  as  happened  to 
Captain  Villareal's  soldiers,  who.  sent  on  in  advance  to  the  settlements,  were 


Capt 

attacked  by  the  Igorrotes  of  Pagayapaig.  and  as  a  result  we  had  to  lament 
tin-  li»s  "1  tin-.---  irun-i  captured  by  the  Igorrotes.  besides  three  soldiers  and  a 
woman  w<  >unded. 

Following  that.  I  desire  to  present  the  testimony  of  Governor 
Taft.  the  testimony  of  General  Mae-Arthur,  the  testimony  of 
General  Hughes,  the  testimony  of  Professor  Barrows,  and  of 
others,  who  have  exhaustively  examined  the  situation  upon  the 
Spot.  These  are  not  reports  of  a  three  weeks'  holiday  trip,  as  was 
the  case  of  Officer  Sargent,  upon  whose  testimony  all  of  the  elo- 
quent argument  of  the  senior  Senator  from  Massachusetts  [Mr. 
HOAR]  was  based.  No,  these  are  the  mature  and  deliberate  state- 
ments of  men  who  have  studied  the  conditions  at  first  hand,  not 
for  weeks,  but  for  months  and  for  years.  Moreover,  some  of 
these,  like  Governor  Taft,  went  there  opposed  to  the  policy  of 
the  Government,  and,  after  having  examined  the  policy  in  its  ef- 
fect upon  those  people,  returned  to  this  country  its  most  earnest 
and  valuable  supporters. 

TESTIMONY  OF  GOVERNOR  TAFT  AS  TO  CAPACITY  OF  FILIPINOS  FOR  SELF- 
GOVERNMENT  AXD  EFFECT  OF  AMERICAN  WITHDRAWAL. 

Senator  CARMACK.  You  made  a  close  and  careful  study  of  the  conditions 
in  the  islands  and  the  character  of  the  people.  I  wish  to  ask  you  what  is 
your  opinion  of  the  proposal  that  the  Philippine  Islands  shall  be  made  an  in- 
tegral part  of  the  United  States—  leaving  out  for  the  present  the  question  of 
statehood—  giving  them  equal  constitutional  rights,  and  full  rights  of  citizen- 
ship to  the  people.  What  is  your  opinion  of  that  proposal? 

Governor  TAFT.  I  had  expected  to  treat  of  that  subject  generally,  but  I 
have  no  objection  to  answering  the  question  now. 

The  condition  of  the  people  of  the  Philippine  Islands  to-day  is  such  that 

the  extension   of  tlt>-  constitutional  restrictions   irl,icli    apjili/  i»  "  Xtfiti'  in»il<l 

very  much  interfere  irith  the  establishment  of  a  ntnhii-  and  successful  government, 

A  government  ought  to  be  established  under  American  guidance  which 
shall  form  a  stable  government,  by  which  and  under  which  the  Filipinos 
shall  gradually  improve  their  knowledge  of  what  is  individual  liberty  and 
what  is  a  constitutional  government,  and  subsequently  the  time  -will  "come 
when  the  United  States  and  the  Filipino  people  together  can  agree  upon  what 
their  relations  shall  be. 

Whether  a  colony  —  I  mean  a  quasi-independent  colony,  as  Australia  and 
Canada  are  to  England—  an  independent  state,  or  a  State  of  the  Union,  is  a 
question  so  far  in  the  future,  dependent  upon  the  success  of  the  operation  of 
the  stable  government,  that  I  have  not  myself  reached  a  conclusion  on  the 
subject. 

<>>rKSTION  OF  STATEHOOD. 

Senator  CARMACK.  You  think,  then,  it  is  an  open  question  whether  the 
people  of  the  Philippine  Islands  —  islands  populated  with  eight  or  ten  million 
Asiatics  —  should  be  admitted  to  the  full  rights  of  American  citizenship  or 
whether  or  not  an  archipelago  so  populated  should  be  admitted  to  statehood 
in  the  Union:-  You  think  it  is  an  open  question* 

Governor  TAFT.  I  think  it  is  a  question  that  I  would  not  answer  two  or 
three  generations  before  it  will  arise.  I  think  the  great  evil  to-day  is  the 
discussion  of  something  that  is  utterly  impossible  of  settlement  "to-day. 
The  thing  the  Filipino  people  need  to-day  is  a  stable  government  under  tne 
guidance  of  American  control,  teaching  them  what  individual  liberty  is  and 
training  them  to  a  knowledge  of  self-government,  and  when  they  have  that, 
the  question  of  what  relations  shall  then  exist  between  the  islands  and  this 
country  may  be  settled  between  them  and  the  citizens  of  the  United  States. 

But  to  attempt  to  decide  in  advance  something  that  it  is  utterly  impossi- 
ble wisely  to  decide  now.  it  seems  to  me,  with  deference  to  those  who  differ 
with  me,  very  unreasonable. 

Senator  CARMACK.  I  was  speaking  of  it  from  the  standpoint  of  the  people 
of  the  United  States,  as  to  whether  you  thought  it  was  a  question  of  possi- 
bility - 

Governor  TAFT.  What  the  people  of  tin-  I'nitcil  stairs  mat/  think.  <rr  what 
they  ou</ht  to  think,  fifty  or  a  hundred  years  from  now  I  do  not  venture  to  sou 

Senator  PATTERSON.  It  is  a  century  problem  * 

Governor  TAFT.  It  is  quite  possible,  as  we  s«i/  in  ,,>,,-  n-j,ort.  that  it  may 
MM  "  generation,  or  two  generations;  but  no  matter  how  long  it  is.  it  is  in 
my  judgment  the  duty  of  the  United  States  to  continue  a  government  there 
which  shall  teach  those  people  individual  liberty,  which  shall  lift  them  up 


THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  53 

to  a  point  of  civilization  of  which  I  believe  they  are  capable,  and  which  shall 
make  them  rise  to  call  the  name  of  the  United  State-  bles-ed. 

I  have  thought  over  this  subject  a  great  deal:  we  have  become  intensely 
interested  in  the  problem,  and  of  course  motives,  the  charge  of  which  we 
can  not  avoid,  are  given  to  us  in  reaching  such  a  conclusion:  but  if  I  ever 
was  convinced  of  anything  in  my  life  it  is  that  the  problem  which  the  United 
States  there  has  is  a  great  problem  worthy  of  its  solution,  and  which,  when 
solved  by  e.-tablishing  a  stable  government  there  under  the  guidance  of 
American  control,  will  redound  to  the  honor  and  the  benefit  of  this  country, 
and  I  am  proud  to  have  to  do  with  that  work. 

Senator  CAKMACK.  You  say  the  great  trouble  in  all  this  matter  has  been 
that  we  are  thinking  about  what  may  happen  a  generation  or  two  genera- 
tions from  now.  It'  the  posse—ion  of  the  Philippine  I-lands  by  the  United 
States  involves  the  possibility  of  an  archipelago  T.ixm  miles  away,  inhabited 
by  people  of  an  Asiatic  race,  becoming  a  State  of  the  Union  fifty  or  a  hun- 
dred years  from  now.  do  you  not  think  it  is  a  question  which  deser\ 
sideration  now.-  Do  you  not  think  we  ought  to  consider  what  may  happen 
fifty  years  from  now: 

Governor  TAVT.  -\'».xir:  ami  /  n-m  .«///  »7///.    \othi, n/  timt  run.  tn-day  be 

Mtirl  to  the  f-'ilijiino  jii-iijili-  in   flu-  nut  nre  of  n  /n-iiniixi   us  to  tin form  of  i/<>r,  ,-,(- 

iii'  at   H-II it-it  until  tula-  iiltin-.  ufter  tut  enabuthed  xtu/i/e  government  shall  >»' 

tin-unit,  enii/il    In-    titltf  rii- iff    Unix    in  islt  ililinlj   to   them    mill  euiifiixinij    ill    estub- 
lixhiiKJ  tlmt  i/orern  in,  ut. 

It  irtntltl  ut  mire  lieij/ii   (lit-  iii/itn  t ioit  it  inniitj  Ilitisi-  li'ho  ilrxift-  tllilt  sejiu  ru  t  ion 
to  /Hire  tllilt  xi'iitiriltioil.  /leennse.   in    tll'-if  Ojiiniltn.  the!/  ure  fitteil  fur  it  lit  oiiei-. 
It  irinilil  ilrire  inriii/  from  tin-  xitji/mrt  of  tin    x/uliie  ;/'"'•  I'niin  ut  Unit  OO1 
tii-i    i  him  ut   n-},, i    ure  xfrtiitf/li/   ill  furor  of    .(inei-ien  n    i/n  ii/ii  nre   innl    euntrol. 
In  ni  list-  tin  I/  n-'i'i/t/  itlltirijiute  nil   i-il  fll/  eliuinle. 

'I'hi-i/  iniidd  think  tin-//  n-onlil  1'iirlij  /i,    li  it   ii-itlnmt  th<'   sn/ijiort    irhii-li   the 
'     of  tin-   Alio-ri'-il  n    (ioriTiiuniit    HI-'-' xxi  irili/   i/ii-'s.    null    tllf   Jintin  ixf   of 

tomething in  tin  future,  inxti-mi  of/nl/iiin/  to  ••xtniilixh.  imnlil  n-nder  unstable 
nni/  am-'  i  null-lit  H-hirii  n-dx  attempted  to  be  estitbiix/,- 

EFKKCT  OF  COLONIAL  ESTABLISHMENT.        V 

Senator  PATTKHSON.  Then  this  statement  by  the  Fetleral  party,  of  which 
three  inembersof  the  United  States  Commission  are  active  members,  is  false? 

"To  make  of  the  Philippines  a  colony  of  the  United  States  or  to  grant  inde- 
pendence to  the  Philippines  would  be  to  hand  the  islands  over  to  disorder  and 
to  anarchy,  to  destruction  and  to  chaos." 

Governor  TAFT.  True  as  of  what  date? 

Senator  PATTKKSON.  As  of  the  date  of  the  petition? 

Governor  T  A  FT.  True  as  of  now.    It  is  just  as  true  as  gospel. 

Senator  PATTERSON.  It  is  just  as  true  as  gospel  that  to  make  the  Philippines 
a  colony  of  the  United  States  is  to  hand  the  islands  over  to  disorder  and  to 
anarchy 

Governor  TAFT.  No. 

Senator  PATTERSON.  To  destruction  and  chaos? 

Governor  TAFT.  No. 

Senator  PATTERSON.  That  is  exactly  what  this  party  states  to  the  Con- 
gress of  the  United  States. 

Governor  TAFT.  To  yit'c  tin  m  iinli-nt-inh-m'1  m>n-.  it  in  true. 

*  *  ***** 

Governor  TAFT.  I  doubt  if  the  people  can  establish  a  stable  government 
I  a-suine  that  this  is  without  the  aid  of  American  guidance  and  control.  If 
it  is  with  the  aid  of  American  guidance  and  control,  then  the  time  taken  must 

lie  iinli-iiiiitrli/  in  tin' fiitnri'. 

Senator  M<  COMAS'.  Generations,  probably': 

Governor  TAFT.  Yes.  sir. 

tor  M< COMAS.  That  was  to  be  my  next  question— how  many  years 

we  miiNt  <•<  intinue  t cupy  and  govern  tne  archipelago  until  the  people  had 

e-tul>li<hed  a  stable  government.    You  have  said  many  generations. 

Governor  TAFT.  Yes.  sir:  I  think  if  it  means  what  it  may  be  inferred  to 
mean,  it  means  that  the  generals  of  the  insurrecto  forces  shall  call  together 
a  number  of  delegates  and  shall  go  through  the  form  of  making  a  govern- 
ment, and  then  when  that  government  has  its  offices  filled,  at  once  the  trans- 
fer of  sovereignty  shall  take  place. 

Tlterr  inmlil  n'sult  utter  thut—it  in  if/hi  luxt  xi.r  inoi(thx.  it  nti(/ht  last  a  year, 
hut  thin  irniilrl  r.-xult  anarchy  </n,l  int- •/•/"<  i->-i^;-  irith  tin-  i-it/htx  of  mil, 


•Ill  III  III 
ir/,'  /••    it  ii-us  tn-ii  ;ifii rx  U'/u. 

EXPERIENCE   OF   THE    Af.IMN  A1.HO   CJOVEHXMENT. 

I  make  that  statement,  first,  on  the  experience  of  the  Aguinaldo  govern- 
ment.   For  eight  months  Aguinaldo  had  a  government  in  Luzon.     It  <-on- 
•  f  the  congress  at  Malolos,  the  members  of  which  were  appointed  by 


5i  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

him.  many  of  them  distinguished  lawyers  and  educated  men,  from  Manila 
largely. 

Thereupon  he  appointed  governors  for  various  provinces,  and  the  outrages 
that  were  committed  l>y  those  governors  in  the  conduct  of  government  and 
the  collection  <»f  tares,  the  corruption  which  existed  through  the  territory 
over  which  he  had  control,  leave  no  doubt  as  to  what  the  result  would  be, 
that  a  similar  government  would  be  established—  and  I  assume  that  is  what 
this  substitute  'means—  within  a  short  period  of  time,  and  would  be  followed 
by  the  withdrawal  of  American  sovereignty. 

'  Secondly.  the  local  control  which  tin-  educated  people  of  each  province 
have  over  the  ignorant  people  there  would  enable  disappointed  politicians  in 
any  particular  province  to  set  up  a  little  force  by  itself,  and  that  inevitably, 
in  'tin1  course  of  one  or  two  years,  would  produce  the  state  of  anarchy  of 
which  I  have  spoken. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  Do  you  think,  in  this  connection,  we  having  withdrawn 
and  a  state  of  anarchy  ha  viiig  arisen,  it  would  probably  lead  to  the  partition 
of  the  islands  among  'other  powers* 

Governor  TAFT.  Of  course  that  is  a  question  - 

The  CHAIRMAN.  It  is  a  mere  question  of  opinion. 

INTEREST  FOREIGNERS  TAKE  IN  THE  ISLANDS. 


.  It  is  a  question  of  opinion  as  to  the  interest  which  for- 
eigners take  in  the  islands.  They  are  called  among  foreigners  whom  I 
know  in  Manila  the  gems  of  the  Orient.  The  interest  that  Japan  has  taken 
in  the  islands  the  records  of  the  military  department  will  show.  The  inter- 
est that  other  governments  would  take  in  the  islands  may  be  judged  of  by 
reference  to  the  foreign  capital  invested  there.  The  Germans  have  a  great 
deal  of  capital.  The  English  have  a  good  deal. 

v  Senator  MCCOMAS.  You  have  comprehended  in  your  answer  other  ques- 
tions which  I  had  contemplated  asking.  Could  we  in  any  way,  at  anv  time, 
in  your  opinion,  obtain  sufficient  guaranties  for  the  safety  of  the  inhabitants 
who  have  adhered  to  the  United  States? 

Governor  TAFT.  I  think  it  would  be  exceedingly  difficult.  If  I  may  be 
permitted  — 

EFFECT  OF  AMERICAN  WITHDRAWAL. 

Senator  McCoMAS.  What  would  happen  to  them  if  we  withdrew  in  this 
fashion? 

Governor  TAFT.  The  personal  hostility  between  leading  Filipinos  at  times 
has  been  so  great  as  to  lead  to  bloody  measures.  How  far  they  icould  be  carried 
here  I  have  no  idea.  That  is  conjectural. 

I  should  like  to  say,  if  I  may,  although  I  had  not  expected  to  come  to  this 
part  of  the  discussion  now,  that  it  is  a  very  logical  and  reasonable  proposition 
on  its  face  to  say,  will  not  the  insurrection  come  to  an  end;  will  not  there  be 
general  peace  and  tranquillity  if  you  promise  to  give  these  people  independ- 
ence when  they  shall  be  fitted  for  it?  That  proposition,  put  in  that  way, 
seems  to  have  a  great  deal  of  force. 

Practically  the  effect  of  such  a  promise  would  be  exactly  the  opposite  from 
that  which  the  argument  presupposes.    The  promise  to  give  them  independ- 
ence when  they  are  fit  for  it  would  be  accepted  by  them  as  a  promise  to 
give  them  independence  certainly  during  the  lifetime  of  the  present  gener- 
ation.   It  would  at  once  bring  into  a  discussion  of  every  issue  the  question 

drive 
it  of 
______   ___________  Filipino 

people  much  of  our  nope  of  progress  must  depend. 

In  addition  to  that,  by  reason  of  the  constant  agitation  as  to  the  (/ranting  of 
this  independence  in  a  year  or  two  years  or  three  years  or  a  decade,  it  -would  at 
once  discourage  the  sincere  efforts  of  the  educated  Filipinos  who  are  with  us 
to-day  in  /inildini/  up  a  stable  government.  For  these  reason*  I  think  surli  n 
promise  as  that  would  be  a  great  mistake. 

Senator  McCoMAS.  If  we  later,  according  to  the  proposition  you  have  in 
your  hand,  leave  the  control  and  sovereignty  to  the  inhabitants,  to  which 
tribes  could  we  safely  intrust  it.  and  would  not  we  for  many  years  necessa- 
rily continue  a  de  facto  sovereignty  as  does  England  over  Egypt  or  Austria 
over  Bosnia?  Could  you,  in  deciding  the  question  of  leaving  the  sovereignty 
of  the  islands,  determine  now.  from  your  several  years'  experience  there,  to 
which  inhabitants  you  would  leave  it,  with  their  rivalries  and  confusions  of 
tongues? 

Governor  TAFT.  Of  course,  if  you  left  the  islands  to  anybody  you  would 
leave  them,  I  assume,  to  some  sort  of  a  committee  or  parliament."  appointed 
or  selected,  who  would  be  dominated  probably  by  those  whose  violent 
methods  have  continued  the  guerrilla  warfare:  and  that  such  a  body  could  be 
created  by  proclamation  within  a  reasonable  time  I  have  no  doubt."  But  that 

if  iniiilil  nut  i-imxtitiifi-  it  .ttahli-   '/uri-i'ii  i,n-,i  f.  thill  it  inmlil   «//;•<•  rise  to  anarchy 

and  division  between  the  tribes  a  ml  lulu-mi  tndividualt  of  power  and  force.  1 
have  no  doubt. 


THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  55 

EFFECT  OF   A   GOVKK  N.M  F.XT  OK  THE  TAGALOGS. 

Senator  McCoMAS.  What  would  be  the  effect  of  such  a  governmeut  of  the 
Tagalogs  over  the  other  tribes  and  people  there  in  respect  of  the  inhabitants 
themselves? 

Governor  TAFT.  It  would  probably  lead  to  a  division  l>otween  the  Yisayans 
and  the  Tagalogs,  as  disappointed  officeholders  or  persons  disappointe'd  in 
the  policy  agreed  upon  by  Manila  might  lead  them  on. 

iMi-ossiKLio  KOK  KII.IIMNOS  TO  <;OVKK.N   MOKOS. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  Would  the  Moros  submit  to  such  government? 

Governor  TAFT.  So  far  as  the  Moros  are  concerned  they  are  entirely  out 
of  this  question.  It  is  utterly  impossible  for  the  Filipinos  to  govern  the 
Moros. 

llo\V    MOROS  COULD   UK  GOVERNED. 

Senator  ( '  A  i<  M  A  <  K  .  Would  it  be  possible  for  us  to  govern  them* 

Governor  TAFT.  It  is  possible  for  us  to  govern  them  as  we  govern  the 
Indian  tribes.  They  are  nowhere  near  so  amenable  to  education,  to  com- 
plete self-government  by  way  of  partial  self-government,  as  are  the  Chris- 
tian Filipinos.  The  Moros  have  no  desire  for  popular  government.  They 
are  arranged  in  tribes,  real  tribes  as  distinguished  from  the  linguistic  tribes 
of  Christian  Filipinos.  They  are  arranged  in  real  tribes,  in  the  sense  that 
every  Moro  is  under  a  dato's  control,  and  he  does  not  desire  to  be  governed 
except  through  a  dato. 

Senator  MCCOMAS.  A  clan? 

Governor  TAFT.  By  way  of  a  clan. 

Senator  RAWLINS.  You  think  it  would  be  unsafe  to  accord  them  independ- 
ence at  present? 

Governor  TAFT.  Yes,  sir. 

Senator  BAWLINS.  Because  they  have  not  the  habit  of  self-government. 

Governor  TAFT.  Yes,  sir. 

Senator  BAWLINS.  The  Filipinos,  desiring  some  definitive  policy  declared 
with  reference  to  them,  if  we  fail  to  do  that  and  proceed  to  deal  with  them 
and  legislate  for  them  as  if  they  were  a  dependent  colony,  to  be  treated  like 
other  subject  colonies,  would  it  not  be  a  constant  source  of  trouble? 

WHAT  THE  FILIPINOS  DESIRE. 

Governor  TAFT.  I  think  not,  if  you  show  by  your  legislation,  AS  I  hope  you 
may,  that  yoxi  are  really  extending  to  them  the  means  of  self-government. 
What  they  desire  definitively,  as  I  understand  it,  isa  declaration  that  ( '<  mgress 
expects  to  establish  a  civil  government,  and  to  say  what  kind  of  a  civil  gov- 
ernment it  is.  They  also  point  out  that  they  would  like  to  know  where  the 
Filipinos  stand  with  reference  to  the  rights  under  the  Constitution  and  with 
reference  to  the  United  States  in  the  relation  of  the  islands  to  the  United 
States. 

I  think  it  would  te  well  to  reiterate,  in  a  law  like  this,  the  rights  set  forth 
in  the  President's  instructions  to  the  Commission,  which  include  everything 
secured  by  the  bill  of  rights  except  the  right  to  bear  arms  and  the  right  to 
a  trial  by  jury.  I  see  no  objection— although,  of  course,  it  follows  without 
such  a  statement,  because  of  the  relation  that  the  treaty  establishes-^to  a 
declaration  that  the  citizens  or  residents  of  those  islands,  owing  allegiance 
to  the  United  States,  shall  have  the  same  protection  with  respect  to  foreign 
countries  that  a  citizen  of  the  United  States  has. 

OBJECTION  TO   EXTENDING  CONSTITUTIONAL  RIGHTS  TO  FILIPINOS, 

My  objection  to  extending  those  personal  rights  contained  in  the  Constitu- 
tion is  chiefly  based  on  the  fact  that  I  do  not  think  they  are  ready  for  trial 
by  jury.  I  do  not  think  that,  educated  in  an  entirely  different  system  of  law 
ancf  having  the  defects  which  I  have  already  pointed  out,  they  are  ready  for 
trial  bv  jury,  and  then  I  do  not  think  that  the  Filipinos  themselves  would 
ask  to  have  the  right  to  bear  arms.  The  right  to  bear  arms  conferred  upon 
a  people  in  which  ladronism  is  so  chronic  would  lead  to  oppression  of  the 
Filipinos,  and  the  Filipinos  would  be  the  last  to  desire  to  have  it.  If  there  is 
in  the  law  a  declaration  of  the  rights  I  have  mentioned,  I  should  think  it 
would  help  us. 

******* 

EFFECT  UPON  THE  FILIPINOS  OF  CESSATION  OP  AGITATION  HERE. 

Senator  BEVERI  DGE.  What  would  be  the  effect  upon  the  people  and  condi- 
tions there  if  agitation  here  upon  this  question  should  cease,  or  any  encour- 
agement to  those  in  insurrection  should  cease,  and  the  people  of  the  islands 
should  be  given  to  understand  that  just  such  a  government  as  you  describe, 
and  just  such  a  course  of  action  as  you  have  indicated,  will  be  firmly  and 
unalterably  pursued » 

MEANING    OF   TERM  -1  I  XI>KI>KX  I  >K.N  r  K  "  TO   FILIPINOS. 

Senator  ALLISON.  There  are  Filipino  people,  and  I  suppose  very  intelli- 
gent people,  from  what  I  hear,  who  want  independence.  Do  they  mean  by 
•independence  "  that  they  shall  establish  there  a  government  of  their  own, 


56  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

which  shall  be  responsible  for  domestic  tranquillity  and  also  take  care  of  all 
their  relations  with  the  governments  of  the  world,  and  that  they  shall  be  cut 
loose  entirely  from  the  friendship  and  protection  of  the  United  States?  Is 
that  the  kind  of  independence  they  are  talking  about,  or  is  it  an  independence 
that  shall  rest  upon  some  stronger  power  to  help  them  maintain  themselves? 
I  should  like  to  know  just  what  is  the  idea  of  the  intelligent  people  and  also 
of  the  other  90  per  cent  when  they  talk  about  independence. 

Governor  TAFT.  It  is  very  difficult  to  answer  that  question  with  exact- 
ness. The  term  "independence."  when  used  by  the  insurgents,  wassupposed 
to  indicate  something  very  good,  without  any  definition  of  what  it  was:  so 
that  many  of  the  troops.  as'Professor  Worcester  tells  me,  for  I  am  not  myself 
an  authority  on  that  question,  in  cheering  said  "dependencia"  instead  of 
"independencia."  On  the  other  hand,  there  are  intelligent  people  who  use 
the  expression  ••independence ''  in  an  oratorical  way  without  having  thought 
out  what  the  giving  of  it  involves. 

*****  *  * 

Senator  ALLISON.  You  said,  in  response  to  questions  by  Mr.  Rawlins  and 
Jlr.  Culberson.  that  you  do  not  regard  the  people  as  now  prepared  for  inde- 
pendence? 

Governor  TAFT.  I  do  not. 

Senator  ALLISON.  When  you  speak  of  that,  do  you  mean  that  they  are  not 
prepared  to  maintain  a  national  government  of  their  own,  without  any  con- 
trol by  any  other  nation,  strong  or  weak? 

Governor  TAFT.  I  do. 

Senator  ALLISON.  Or  do  you  mean  also  that  thev  are  not  able  to  protect 
domestic  order  throughout  the  islands  by  means  of  their  own  government, 
whatever  it  may  be,  without  the  aid  of  some  other  government? 

Governor  TAFT  I  mean  both.  I  mean  that  they  are  neither  able  to  main- 
tain a  national  gorernment  irhich  irould  bestable.  nor  are  they  able  to  maintain 
a  government,  looking  at  it  from  the  domestic  point  of  vieir.  irhich  irould  be 
stable  enough  to  protect  life  and  property. 

WHAT  THE  COMMISSION  IS  PREPARING  THE  FILIPINOS  FOR. 

Senator  ALLISON.  Now,  is  it  for  that  kind  of  a  government  that  you  are 
preparing  them?  Are  you  preparing  them  so  that  that  alternative  may  at 
some  time  be  presented  to  them,  or  the  other  alternative  of  which  Mr.  Raw- 
lins speaks? 

Governor  TAFT.  We  are  preparing  them,  or  we  hope  we  are  preparing 
them,  for  a  government  in  Which  the  rights  of  the  minority  will  be  respected 
under  the  rule  of  the  majority,  an  idea,  permit  me  to  say.  which  as  yet  ob- 
tains in  the  minds  of  a  very  few  of  them.  We  hope  to'prepare  them  for  a 
condition  where  they  will  be  able  to  maintain  a  stable  government  to  protect 
life,  liberty,  and  property,  and  if  they  desire  ultimately— it  is  in  the  distant 
future — to  maintain  a  national  government  of  their  own. 

Senator  ALLISON.  If  they  want  it? 

Governor  TAFT.  If  they  desire  it. 

Senator  BEVERIDOE.  You  are  preparing  them  for  the  best  of  which  they 
may  be  found  capable? 

Governor  TAFT.  That  is  what  we  are  trying  to  do. 

EFFECT  OF  TURNING  OVER  THE  GOVERNMENT  TO  NATIVE  LEADERS. 

Governor  TAFT.  I  wish  to  impress  the  fact,  that  were  the  government 
turned  over  to  those  who  profess  to  be  the  leaders  in  the  insurrection  to-day, 
among  the  irreconcilables  or  intransigentes,  though  not  in  arms,  the  idea  of 
civil  liht-i-ty  ii-nitlil  In-  tltf  l<ixt  idea  irhich  n;,uhl  be  practictttly  carried  into  effect. 

Senator  ALLISON.  That  is,  liberty  regulated  by  law* 

Governor  TAFT.  Yes,  sir. 

Senator  ALLISON.  Established  by  law? 

Governor  TAFT.  Yes,  sir.  The  tendency  of  all  governments  under  them 
would  be  "toward  absolutism,  an  oligarchy  which  would  mean  that  the  pres- 
ident* of  the  village  would  control  absolutely  the  village:  the  governor 
would  control  the  province,  and  the  head  of  the  government  would  control 
thegovernors.  The  idea  of  elevation  and  protection  to  that  indifferent  mass 
of  tXJper  cent  would  be  possibly  professed,  but  would  fall  far  short  of  actual 
realization:  and,  therefore,  offering  to  them  independence  now  is  offering 
to  them— that  is,  to  90  per  cent  of  the  people  to  whom  I  have  referred— a 
condition  of  things  which  would  be  as  far  from  enjoyment  of  free  institu- 
tions as  it  is  possible  to  imagine. 

TESTIMONY  OF  GENERAL,  MACARTHUR  ON  CAPACITY  OF  FILIPINOS  FOR 

SELF-GOVERNMENT  AND  EFFECT  OF  AMERICAN  WITHDRAWAL. 
Questions  l»y  Senator  BEVERIDGE.  What,  in  your  judgment,  would  be  the 
effect  if  a  Filipino  government  of  any  kind  were  established.  American 
authority  and  sovereignty  entirely  withdrawn,  and  they  left  to  themselves? 


THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  5T 

i 

AMERICAN   WITHDRAWAL   MEANS   "ABSOLUTE  CHAOS." 

General  MACARTHUH    T<>  tin*";-,-  t/,,,t  >,ri<-ti>/  <i,,,i  m, «.•/.•«•///.  1  xixmiti  xui/ 
absolute  clmus.    I  should  like,  however,  at  the  next  session,  to  elaborate  iny 
views.    I  should  like  to  explain  how  I  reach  that  conclusion,  briefly. 
******* 

The  Filipino  people  certainly  have  rudimentary  republican  ideas  and 
aspirations,  and  are  theivfc  >re  in  an  essentially  plastic  condition,  which,  under 
the  tuitionary  control  of  the  United  staie*.  in  my  opinion,  would  admit  of 
rapid  molding  of  the  body  politic  into  a  consistent,  self-supporting  common- 
wealth. On  the  other  hand.  whil':-  the  existence  <  >f  d'-mentary  republicanism 
is  apparent  to  the  sympathetic  investigator,  it  is  equally  apparent  that  oven 
the  most  advanced  thinkers  among  the  Filipino*  have  no  conception  what- 
ever of  the  practical  mechanical  methods  whereby  the  results  they  are  all 
anxious  to  attain  can  be  suc< ••  •mpl>h"d. 

"FAILURE   OF    HEPUHLICAXISM    IX    THE    EAST     IK    WE   WITHDRAW." 

American  withdrawal  from  the  islands,  then-tore,  would,  in  my  opinion, 
result  in  permanent  failure  of  republicanism:  in  the  Kast  and  the  devasta- 
tion of  the  archipelago  by  inte.-i.ecine  and  fratricidal  war,  which  would 
continue  indefinitely  until  suppiv*se.d  by  some  external  force.  That  such 
force  would  be  applied  there  can  be  no  doubt.  . 

The  incalculable  and  indescribable  value  of  the  archipelago,  strategically  1 
and  commercially,  has  attracted  the  attention  of  constructive  statesmen 
throughout  the  world.  Many  nations  are  looking  in  that  direction  with 
longing  eyes.  The  islands  in  case  of  our  withdrawal  would  unquestionably 
become  the  theater  of  gigantic  political  and  warlike  operations.  The  in- 
evitable collision  which  would  result  from  such  an  American  policv  could 
not  be  confined.  It  would  resound  on  all  the  shores  of  the  Pacific  and  affect 
the  commerce  of  the  world.  It  would  bring  the  powers  of  the  world  face  to 
face  and  prematurely  initiate  a  struggle  for  supremacy  in  the  East  from  the 
consequence  of  which  America  could  only  protect  herself  by  participation 
in  the  general  conflict  which  would  result  directly  from  her  own  efforts  to 
escape  from  the  pressure  of  circumstances  which  are  carrying  her  to  a  mag- 
nificent destiny.  We  would  thus  not  only  sacrifice  the  Filipino  people,  but 
would  bring  upon  ourselves  staggering  responsibilities,  in  respect  of  which 
the  present  problems  in  the  Philippines  would  appear  as  mere  child's  play. 

In  the  belief  that  history  never  goes  backward,  a  broad  generalization  is  ' 
reached  to  the  effect  that  enlightened  self-interest,  sound  economy,  and  pura 
morals  agree  in  their  judgments,  and  corroborate  each  other,  and  suggest 
that  we  must  retain  the  archipelago  as  a  tuitionary  annex:  that  there  we 
must  plant  our  institutions:  there  we  must  contest  for  commercial  power, 
and  perhaps  combat  for  political  supremacy. 

To  overcome  the  inherent  difficulties  of  the  situation  will,  of  course,  re- 
quire the  most  profound  efforts  of  constructive  statesmanship,  but  the  event 
of  introducing  our  civilization,  our  institutions,  and  our  commerce  into  Asia 
is  fraught  with  such  gigantic  consequences  that  it  is  calculated  to  fix  the  at- 
tention of  the  most  careless  observer  and  to  warm  the  fancy  of  the  most  in- 
different. 

That  is  the  general  basis  upon  which  I  reach  the  conclusion  that  chaos 
would  result  in  the  Philippine  Islands  if  we  left  them. 

AGUIXALDO  SAID  IMPOSSIBLE  FOR  FILIPIXOS  TO  ESTABLISH  INDEPENDENCE. 

General  MACARTHUK.  I  might  say  in  that  connection  of  self-government 
that  in  one  of  the  last  interviews  I  had  with  Aguinaldo— and  my  intercourse 
with  him  was  exceedingly  agreeable  and  very  much  to  his  credit — he  told 
me  that  he  was  satisfied  thatne  had  been  misinformed  as  to  the  character  of 
the  American  people  and  the  purpose  of  the  American  Government,  and 
that  la-  irus  <ils<>  mttisrit-il  tinit  it  irmilil  he  iMi><>ssihU-  /it  this  stage  of  their 
i  fiihitii'n  fur  hi*  Him  jii'<i/>ii-  in  i-stdlilislt  a  stulilt .  independent  government. 
Now,  that  is  entitled  to  just  as  much  credence  as  gentlemen  choose  to  give 
it.  It  was  a  voluntary  statement  on  Aguinaldo's  part,  however. 

TKVHMOXY  OF  GENERAL  HUGHES  AS  TO  CAPACITY  OK  FILIPINOS  FOR  SELF- 

GOVEHXMKNT  AXD  EFFECT  OF  AMERICAN  WITHDRAWAL. 

VISA  VANS'  CAPACITY  FOR  CIVIL  GOVERNMENT. 

The  CHAIR  M  A  N  .  What  do  you  think  of  their  capacity  for  civil  government? 

General  HUGH ES.  My  personal  opinion  is  that  it  will  be  a  long  time  before 
they  are  qualified  to  run  a  civil  government  of  their  own.  I  understand 
your  qxiestion  to  relate  purely  to  the  Yisayan^: 

The  CHAIRMAN.  That  is  what  I  mean. 

General  HUGHES.  I  slmulil  SHI/  not  insiilc  «f  tim  i/i-iu-i-iitiuiis.  The  people 
have  no  earthly  idea  of  equity.  They  simply  know  their  own  wishes,  and 
they  have  no  regard  for  the  wishes  of  others. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  If  left  to  themselves  what  sort  of  government,  in  your 
opinion,  would  they  establish? 


58  THE   PHILIPPINE   SITUATION. 

General  HUGHES.  Thev  would  trv.  undoubtedly,  to  establish  a  republic  of 
some  kind,  and  they  would  do  it.  T he  ordinary  Tao  of  the  Visayans  is  9ne 
of  the  most  gullible  creatures  the  world  contains.  He  will  believe  anything 
he  is  told  bv  his  acknowledged  superior,  no  difference  how  absurd  the  state- 
ment is.  and  there  is  the  great  strength  that  their  leaders  have  over  them— 
the  enormous  lies  that  are  published  to  them  as  to  their  plans  and  what  is 
going  to  take  place.  They  gull  them  right  along. 

The  latest  I  got  hold  of  from  Lukban  to  his  people  was  that  a  German 
fleet  would  be  in  those  waters  at  such  a  date  to  blow  the  Americans  out, 
and  that  they  would  then  secure  their  independence.  That  was  the  last  one 
I  heard. 

VISAYAN  CONCEPTION  OF  INDEPENDENCE. 

Senator  CULKERSON.  Do  you  mean  by  that  to  suggest  that  the  Visayans 
desire  independence? 

General  HUGHES.  These  people  of  whom  I  speak — the  Taos — do  not  know 
what  independence  means.  Tin •>/  probably  think  it  is  something  to  eat.  They 
have  no  more  idea  what  it  means  than  a  sltepherd  dog. 

"WE  WILL,  TAKE  OFF  HIS  HEAD." 

The  CHAIRMAN.  Are  they  pretty  generally  hostile,  or  are  there  among 
them  many  friendly  to  us? 

General  HUGHES.  You  will  find  a  very  great  deal  of  good  will  in  all  the 
provinces  where  absolute  peace  has  been  established. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  Do  you  think  if  they  were  left  to  themselves  they  would 
submit  to  a  Tagalo  government  in  Luzon? 

General  HUGHES.  I  think  probably  they  would  submit  for  a  while,  until 
some  of  their  leaders  did  not  get  what  they  wanted.  Then  they  would 
probably  take  the  course  as  to  which  one  of  their  great  advocates  remarked  on 
one  occasion.  Thev  were  discussing  what  could  be  done  as  a  republic,  and 
he  and  his  friends  had  their  ideas,  and  thev  said  they  would  do  so  and  so.  A 
man  who  was  discussing  the  matter  with  them  suggested  that  there  might  be 
a  good  deal  of  opposition  to  that.  "  ATo,"  said  he,  "  if  anybody  opposes  it  ice 
mil  take  off  his  head.  That  is  all." 

The  CHAIRMAN.  You  think  the  tendency  would  be  to  break  up  into  sepa- 
rate republics? 

General  HUGHES.  I  do  not  think  it  would  live  long  enough  to  break  up  into 
different  republics.  I  think  the  islands  would  be  taken  possession  of  by 
'  somebody  else. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  You  think  the  islands  would  be  taken  possession  of  by 
some  other  power? 

General  HUGHES.  Yes,  sir. 

TESTIMONY  OF  PROFESSOR  BARROWS  AS  TO  CAPACITY  OF  FILIPINOS  FOR 
SELF-GOVERNMENT  AND  EFFECT  OF  AMERICAN  WITHDRAWAL. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  Just  one  other  question,  and  then  I  shall  have  no 
more.  I  have  been  impressed  by  your  clearly  acute  observations  of  these 
people  and  their  conditions,  and  that,  too,  from  a  favorable  point  of  view  to 
them.  What  have  you  to  say  about  the  present  or  the  immediately  near 
capacity  of  those  people  for  self-government,  as  that  term  is  understood  in 
America?  Are  they  capable  of  such  at  the  present  time? 

Mr.  BARROWS.  That  is  the  whole  question,  I  suppose,  Senator.  I  would 
say  this,  in  speaking  upon  it  for  a  moment  or  two.  I  think  the  last  twenty- 
five  or  thirty  years  in  the  Philippine  Islands,  which  are  the  years  that  have 
seen  the  introduction  of  the  Filipino  to  superior  education  and  to  superior 
advantages,  have  been  very  encouraging  as  revealing  his  aptitude  and  intel- 
ligence. 

******* 

But  this,  of  course,  is  to  be  remembered,  that  political  self-control  and 
political  experience  sufficient  to  govern  a  great  population,  and  including  a 
great  number  of  tribes  lower  than  the  Christianized  Filipino  is  himself,  is 
about  the  last  thing  that  a  man  or  a  race  attains.  I  look  forward  with  some 
confidence  to  a  time  in  the  near  future  when  the  Filipino  will  be  making  re- 
searches in  science  and  will  be  making  contributions  along  different  lines, 
much  as  the  Japanese  are.  *  *  * 

Now,  Mr.  President,  to  call  the  attention  of  opposition  Senators 
to  Professor  Barrows 's  conclusion.  He  continues: 

But  I  do  not  see  any  immediate  prospect,  and  I  never  expect  to  live  to  see 
the  day  when  he  can  govern. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  Just  a  question  cognate  to  that.  What  would  you 
say  would  be  the  result  on  the  islands  and  the  people  themselves  if  a  system 
of  self-government  was  put  upon  them  and  they  were  left  to  themselves? 

Senator  ALLISON.  Do  you  mean  locally  or  nationally? 

Senator  BEVEHIDGE.  Locally  or  nationally. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  The  whole  thing. 

Senator  DIETRICH.  With  absolute  independence. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  What  would  be  the  effect  of  that?  You  may  couple 


THE   PHILIPPINE   SITUATION.  59 

it,  if  you  please,  with  the  proposition  upon  our  part  that  as  to  the  external 
world  we  will  protect  them:  I  mean  to  say  by  our  navies,  etc.  What  would 
be  the  effect  upon  the  people  of  the  islands? 

EFFECT  OF   AMKKICAN   A  HAXDON.M  KNT  OF  ISLANDS. 

Mr.  BAHROWS.  The  Filipino  has  no  tribal  allegiance,  no  chieftains,  no  cus- 


would  simply  break  up  into  little  bits  of  groups.  A  little  leader  would  start 
up  here,  and  another  there,  and  another-  here,  and  the  people  would  fall  bark 
in  their  political  grade.  They  would  lapse  downward. 

Senator  BKVKKI  IK, K.  What  would  be  the  effect  upon  their  social  and  in- 
dustrial conditions? 

Mr.  BARROWS.  Their  culture  would  have  to  sink  with  it. 

Senator  BKVKRIDGE.  Retrograde? 

Mr.  BARROWS.  Retrograde. 

Senator  BKVKKI  IH;K.  What  would  be  the  industrial  conditions  a^  the 
result  of  such  action? 

Mr.  BARROWS.  It  would  interfere  with  commerce.  It  would  destroy 
everything  except  small  native  bartering. 

Senator  BKVKKI  IH;K.  I  understand  you  to  say  that  you  never  expect  to 
live  to  see  the  day  when  the  Filipinos  would  be  capable,  as  a  people,  of  self- 
government,  as  we  understand  it.  Is  that  understanding  of  your  answer 
correct? 

The  CHAIRMAN.  Do  you  mean  internationally? 

FILIPINO  NOT  BORN    WHO   CAN   (iOVKIIN. 

Mr.  BARROWS.  /  d<>  not  think  the  l-'ili/iinn  ix  i/ft  hunt  >rho  will  control,  to 
say  nntli  i  mi  of  governing  jvftty,  tl«-  I'liilijijiiue  Islands. 

That,  Mr.  President,  from  as  friendly  a  man  to  the  Filipinos  as 
can  be  found,  is  conclusive,  is  it  not?  Yet  Senators  talk  of  inde- 
pendence, self-government,  legislatures,  and  the  like. 

TESTIMONY  OF  GENERAL  OTIS  AS  TO  CAPACITY  OF  FILIPINOS  FOR  SELF- 
GOVERNMENT  AND  EFFECT  OF  AMERICAN  WITHDRAWAL. 

Senator  BEVEKIIHJE.  What  have  you  to  say  as  to  the  capacity  of  those 
people  as  a  whole,  if  left  to  themselves,  for  self-government? 

General  OTIS.  They  are  not  fitted  for  self-government. 

Senator  BKVKKI  IK ;K.  How  soon  will  they  be.  (ieneral? 

General  OTIS.  I  could  not  answer  that  question.  It  depends  upon  educa- 
tion. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  A  considerable  length  of  time,  you  think? 

General  OTIS.  In  the  case  of  several  of  their  officers  wno  surrendered  their 
troops— -one  very  able  man.  especially,  expressed  himself  in  this  way.  He 
said:  "I  know  that  we  are  not  ready  for  self-government.  It. has  been  a 
failure." 

Senator  BEVEHIDGE.  I  will  ask  you,  General,  what  your  opinion  is  as  to 
the  conditions  that  would  result  if  the  American  authority  were  withdrawn 
and  the  islands  were  turned  over  to  the  natives. 

"ANARCHY  OR  A  MILITARY  DESPOTISM." 
General  OTIS.    //   irunld  /«•  <ni<ir<-li//  «/•  «   military  despot  i  urn.  inul  tln-i/  nil 

n>«li-rst<iiiil  it.  There  is  not  a  Filipino  or  anybody  else  over  there  who  desires 
self-government. 

When  Mabini  came  in  I  said  to  him,  "You  know  the  United  States  is 
essential  to  the  welfare  and  integrity  of  the  island."  He  said,  "I  know  it." 
I  said.  "  What  are  you  fighting  for?"  He  replied,  "We  are  fighting  in  order 
to  make  the  best  terms  possible." 

Aguinaldo  himself  never  wanted  self-government  without  outside  protec- 
tion. You  understand  that  they  know  very  well  that  other  nations  would 
divide  up  those  islands  if  we  let  them  go.  We  had  long  conferences  before 
the  war  broke  out.  General  Torres,  a  very  able  man,  who  was  at  the  head 
of  Aguinaldo's  commission,  was  one  of  those  with  whom  we  were  in  confer- 
ence: but  all  they  said  was  this:  They  wanted  the  protection  of  the  United 
States,  and  they  wanted  to  control  the  internal  affairs  of  the  island,  and 
they  would  turn  over  to  us  the  custom-houses  in  payment  for  the  protection 
which  we  would  give  them  on  the  outside. 

TESTIMONY  OF  CAPT.  LEE  WRIGHT  HALL  AS  TO  CAPACITY  OF  FILIPINOS 
FOR  SKLF-UOVERNMENT  AND  EFFECT  OF  AMERICAN  WITHDRAWAL.     . 

Questions  by  the  CHAIRMAN: 

O.  What,  in  your  judgment,  would  be  the  effect  of  our  leaving  the  islands 
to  themselves? 

A.  I  don't  know  what  would  be  the  effect.  Unless  somebody  took  them  up, 
there  is  no  telling  what  would  come.  It  iroiild  be  chuox.  that  U  nil. 

Q.  Chaos  unless  somebody  took  possession? 

A.  Yes;  which  they  would  do. 


60  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

STATEMENT  OF  DK.  HAZLETT,  REPRESEXTIXU  WOMAN'S  CHRISTIAN  TEM- 
PERANCE Uxiox.  AS  TO  CAPACITY  OF  FII.IPIXOS  FOR  SELF-GOVERNMENT 
AXI>  KITK.  r  o»  AMKKICAX  WITHDRAWAL. 

WASHINGTON. D.  C.,  April  .'i.  i:«>;. 
The  CHAIRMAN.  I  have  some  papers  here  from  the  War  Department. 

Thev  send  a  copy  of  a  rei>ort  from  Mr.  Lester  Hazlett,  who  was  sent  out  by 

the  Woman's  Cliristian  Temperance  Union.    * 

A  VIEW  OF  THE  MoKAI.  <  OMMT1ONS  EXISTING   IN  THE  PH1L1PPIXES. 

[By  A.  Lester  Hazlett.  A.  M..  Ph.  D.] 

I  went  to  the  islands  an  ardent  antiexpausionist:  I  returned  a  firm  believer 
in  the  polk-v  of  the  Administration.  I  frankly  confess  that  I  had  a  wrong 
idea  of  conditions  in  tin-  archipelago.  I  believed  the  people  ready  for  self- 
government:  now  I  know  that  while  some  of  them  are,  the  great  mass  of  the 
people  are  not  capable  of  it;  but  they  will  be,  and  that,  perhaps,  before  a  gen- 
eration shall  have  passed.  The  Filipino  is  fully  as  bright  as  the  Japanese. 
They  learn  quickly,  and  are  extremely  anxiou*  to  acquire.  God  has  given 
us  a' wonderful  opportunity,  for  which  lam  sure  He  will  hold  us  strictly 
accountable.  To  refuse  to  accept  this  heaven-bestowed  privilege  to  elevate 
to  a  like  plane  with  ourselves  a  people  ready  to  learn  and  anxious  to  secure 
all  that  is  requisite  for  the  building  of  a  nation  is  to  prove  unworthy  of  so 
high  an  honor. 

/  /'•<  nt  t<i  Manila  irith  the  IhiiiHjht  that  Admiral  Iti-ire;/  should  have  sailed, 
airai/ after  the  destru<-tion  of  tin-  S/ianish  fleet,  hut  inn  no/r  con  rineeil  th<it 
future  i/eitfi  -utiuiis  i  if  American*,  mid  Filipinos  as  n-i'll.  "-ill  arise  to  bless  and 
fiiniiir  lii in  heransc  hi-  did  nnt. 

PROTECTORATE  IMPOSSIBLE. 

A  protectorate  could  not  have  fulfilled  the  end  of  our  responsibility,  and  to 
dispose  of  the  islands  at  this  time,  by  sale  or  otherwise,  would  be  not  only 
ignoble,  but  to  prove  un  worthy  of  the  trust  reposed  in  us  by  the  God  of  nations. 
I  desire  to  be  understood  as  saying  that  I  do  not  believe  the  Filipino  is  ready  for 
absolute  self-government.  The  form  of  civil  government  that  has  recently 
been  inaugurated,  in  which  leading  men  of  that  people  are  employed  in  bear- 
ing a  part  of  the  burden,  is  making  a  good  impression.  When  I  speak  of  the 
Filipino  as  incapable  of  self-government,  I  speak  of  the  people  as  a  whole.  I 
have  had  the  pleasure  of  meeting  and  have  been  entertained  by  the  best  peo- 
ple of  the  islands— those  who  have  received.the  highest  culture. 

But.  ah!  how  few  in  the  midst  of  the  swarming  thousands  are  those  who 
think  clearly  and  are  intelligent,  even  to  a  degree.  Those  who  are  superior 
form  but  an  insignificant  minority:  the  mass  of  the  people  have  been  kept 
in  ignorance;  they  do  not  even  know  the  meaning  of  '•  independentia."  At 
least  6',000,000  of  the  jieo/il,-  <u;-  I,H  t  ch  ildren,  who  must  sit  at  our  feet  and  learn 
those  lessons  of  self-government  which  I  believe,  more  than  any  other 
nation,  we  are  capable  of  imparting.  I  have  faith  in  my  country:  I  am  sure 
we  will  not  leave  this  interesting  people  to  war  among  themselves  or  fall  an 
easy  prey  to  designing  demagogues,  but  will  give  them  such  a  form  of  gov- 
ernment as  shall  oe  commensurate  with  their  needs  and  fitness  to  receive. 

WILL  IT  PAY? 

Will  it  pay  to  hold  the  Philippines?  We  have  no  right  to  ask  that  question: 
in  the  attempt  to  solve  so  great  a  problem,  for  this  is  not  a  matter  of  dollars 
with  the  American  people,  but  one  of  justice.  We  can  not  now  desert  them 
and  be  guiltless.  Anarchy  would  immediately  result.  By  our  present  course 
ice  will  li  are. -Hived  a  people  from  thenis,-li-es:  in  this  rase,  their  on-ii  irorst  enemy. 

But  it  will  pay  to  retain  the  islands  from  a  mercenary  standpoint.  In  the 
years  to  come  they  irill  reimburse  us  muni/  times  over.  Tne  natural  resources 
are  wonderful.  I  have  seen  veritable  gold  mines  on  top  of  the  earth  in  the 
immense  forests  of  precious  woods;  here  are  large  bodies  of  ore — gold,  silver, 
iron,  copper,  etc..  and  cropping  out  of  the  ground  near  Cavite,  and  also  close 
to  the  sea  in  southern  Luzon  may  be  seen  veins  of  coal  of  fair  quality,  at  least 
sufficiently  good  for  smelting  purposes.  The  rubber  industry  of  the  southern 
group  is  waiting  to  be  developed  into  vast  possibilities,  some  of  the  finest 
rubber  in  the  world  being  found  there. 

It  has  been  argued  that  in  our  expansion  we  will  expose  ourselves  to  that 
national  death  that  overtook  the  Roman  Empire.  The  Scriptures  assert  that 
"  it  is  given  unto  men  once  to  die."  This  may  just  as  truly  be  said  of  nations; 
we  shall  hardly  escape  the  general  fate  of  other  peoples.  'i'h<  nations  that 
u-ere  not  a</;/rexxn-e  have  JIM  us  sm-eli/  /,,-rixhed  <  is  hux  that  ironderfulty  aggres- 
sive stat,-  whose  sent  <>f  /..<»>•/•  inis  In-side  the  Tiber;  but  she  has  also  enriched 
.the  world,  while  they  have  not;  she  has,  after  all,  made  life  more  tolerable 
for  man. 

Her  institutions  of  art  and  literature,  her  code  of  civil  jurisprudence  have 
made  her  to  be  honored  and  rememl>ered.  So  that  it  is  better  that  we  take 
our  place  in  the  forepart  of  the  twentieth  century  onward  movement  for 
the  elevating  and  strengthening  of  the  weak  and  the  advancement  of  a 
higher,  truer  civilization,  so  that,  departing  in  God's  own  time,  we  shall 
leave  behind  us  a  name  "to  have  lived." 


THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  61 

I  also  present  the  testimony  of  Bishop  Jaiues  Thoburn,  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  who  spent  forty-five  years  in  the 
Orient  and  fifteen  years  among  the  Malays  of  the  Straits  Settle- 
ments, and  made  two  visits  to  the  Philippine  Islands. 

TESTIMONY  OF  BISHOP  JAMKS  THOWKN.  OK  THK  MK.TI -r  KIM-  m-.M. 

CHUH<  H.  AS  in  CAPACITY  OK  Fn.ii'ixos  KOK  SKI.K-UOYKKXMEXT  AND 
EFFECT  OF  AMKHICAX  WITHDRAWAL. 

Questions  by  the  CHAIRMAN.  Bishop  Thobnrn.  the  committee  have  asked 
you  to  be  kind  enough  to  come  before  them,  as  they  heard  you  have  been  in 
the  Philippine  Islands.  Is  that  true? 

Bishop  TuoBrRN.  Yes:  I  have  been  there. 

The  CHAIRMAN    And  when  were  you  there'- 

Bishop  THOBUHX.  I  might  say  I  have  charge  of  a  mission,  and  am  super- 
intendent of  a  mission  at  Singapore*  That  is  the  headquarters  of  the  mission. 
I  go  there  once  a  year. 
"Senator  BKVKKMXJK.  You  are  bishop  of  a  Methodist  Church? 

Bishop  TIIOIU  UN.  For  India  and  Malaisia:  yes.  But  I  have  been  in  the 
Philippine  Islands  myself  only  twice  -the  first  time  in  March,  isws.  and  the 
second:  time  in  March,  1M».  At  that  time  I  could  only  irointo  the  immediate 
vicinity  of  Manila.  We  were  not  allowed  t<>  iro  out  into  the  islands. 

The'Cn  AIRMAX.  That  was  while  the  war  was  still  in  progress? 

Bishop  THOBTRX.  Yes. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  Th  -re  were  very  few  provinces  pacified  then? 

Bishop  TuoBi'itx.  But  there  is  a  government  prohibition,  and  we  are  not 
allowed  to  go  out  even  at  our  own  risk,  because  tne  authorities  did  not  want 
us  t<>  make  trouble  for  them. 

The  CHAIHMAX.  How  long  were  you  in  Manila  at  that  time? 

Bishop  THOBfRX.   Two  weeks 

The  CHAIRMAN.  Did  you  make  any  inquiriesasto  the  state  of  affairs  there, 

and  the  condition  of  the' natives,  and  so  on? 

Bishop  THOHTRX.  Certainly,  as  far  as  I  could. 

The  CHAIHMAX.  Would  you  kindly  state  to  th mmittee  what  your  im- 

pre—.ions  are  and  the  result" of  your  inquiry? 

Bishop  TIIOKTHN.  In  what  special  direction? 

The  CM  AIRMAN.  In  any  direction,  as  what  it  is  best  for  us  to  do  there; 
what  the  capacity  of  the  natives  for  self-government  seems  to  be;  anything 
in  that  direction." 

"WE  CAN  NOT  LEA V] 

Bishop  THOBI-KX.  I  certainly  think  that  we  find  ourselves  there  very 
unexpectedly  and  that  we  can  not  leave 

Senator  Dniois.  If  you  will  pardon  me,  would  it  not  be  better  for  the 
Bishop  to  tell  what  he  knows  from  observation  as  to  the  intelligence  and 
moral  capacity  of  the  nativ 

The  CHAIKMAX.  Certainly:  any  line  that  is  desirable. 

Bishop  THoBfRX  If  you  will  give  me  questions,  I  will  be  very  glad  to 
answer  them.  • 

Senator  DrBOis.  I  would  like  to  have  your  judgment  as  to  the  moral  and 
intellectiial  capacity  of  the  natives. 

Bishop  THOBUKX.  The  natives  are  very  much,  in  many  respects,  like  our 
American  Indians,  it  strikes  me.  They  have  no  cohesion  whatever  among 
themselves.  Wherever  I  meet  the  Malays  I  find  they  live  to  themselves:  they 
go  off  into  tril.es  and  clans,  and  the  biggest  man  is  called  a  sultan,  and  his 
jurisdiction  is  limited. 

The  CHAIHMAX.  You  are  familiar  with  the  Malays  of  the  Straits  Settle- 
Bishop  THOBI-KN.  Of  the  Malay  Peninsula:  yes.  sir.  I  have  been  up  and 
down  the  peninsula.  They  are  bright  fellows,  but  I  should  say  not  profound. 
They  learn  a  thing  on  the  surface  very  readily.  I  am  afraid  they  are  a  treach- 
erous people. 

Senator  DfBOis.  Idonot  want  to  disturb  you  at  all,  but  you  compared  them 
a  moment  ago  with  the  North  American  Indians. 

Bishop  THOBURX.  In  that  one  respect. 

Senator  DCBOIS.  In  that  they  went — 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  In  that  they  lack  cohesion. 

Senator  DUBOIS.  They  went  <  iff  in  t  ril  >es  and  clans,  and  some  one  is  the  head 
of  the  tribe.  In  respect  'to  their  intellectual  capacity,  would  that  comparison 
with  the  North  American  Indian  still  hold? 

Bishop  THOBUKX.  They  are  bright  fellows. 

Senator  DUBOIS.  Would  the  comparison  with  the  North  American  Indian 

Bishop  THOBI-RX.  Thev  are  brighter  than  the  North  American  Indians. 
Senator  BEVERIDGE.  Your  comparison  with  the  North  American  Indian 
was  with  reference  to  their  lack  of  cohesion? 
Bishop  TuoBfHX.  Yes,  sir. 


62  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

"THIRTY-SIX   DIFFEHEXT   LAXGU  AG  ES." 

The  CHAIUMAN.  They  are  of  the  same  race  of  the  Malays  of  the  peninsiila, 
are  they  not  : 

Bishop  THOBUHX.  They  are  known  to  one  of  our  missionaries  who  has 
looked  the  matter  up.  He  has  found  »>  different  languages,  and  each  lan- 
guage represents  a  tribe  or  is  called  a  little  state,  and  these  people  are  un- 
doubtedly Malays  belonging  to  the  general  family.  Their  straight  hair  shows 
that,  and' many 'of  their  features  and  their  language. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  Of  the  same  stock? 

Bishop  THOBUKX.  Of  the  same  stock.  I  had  this  man  look  this  up  carefully, 
and  he  gave  me  a  great  list  of  words  which  are  identical  in  those  different 
languages. 

Senator  BEVEKIDGE.  You  are  familiar  with  the  Malays  in  those  different 
settlements;1 

Bishop  THOBUKX.  Yes. 

Senator  BKVKKI  IHII:.  You  have  examined  those  questions  and  have  gone 
among  them  for  years'- 

Bishop  THO  BURN.  Yes.  and  I  have  known  them  for  forty  years.  There  is  a 
settlement  of  them  in  Calcutta. 

Senator  BEVEKIDGE.  From  your  decades  of  experience  with  the  Malays  of 
the  different  states  and  your  two  trips  to  the  Philippines  and  the  ethnolog- 
ical status  which  you  have  had  prosecuted  you  identify  these  people  as  all  of 
the  same  general  familv? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  I  do. 

*KOT  CAPABLE  OF  SELF-GOVEKXMEXT. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  What,  Bishop,  is  your  opinion  as  to  the  capacity  of 
the  Malay  for  self-government  in  the  large  or  general  sense? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  TIV//.  /  think  hi-  i.i  wry  defective  in  that  point;  indeed, 
very  defective. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  Do  you  attribxite  that  to  the  point  in  which  you  com- 
pared him  to  the  American  Indian,  to  wit.  the  lack  of  cohesion? 

Bishop  THOBUHX.  Largely  that:  and  he  is  a  restless  man.  I  ought  to  say 
the  Malays  are  in  three  different  classes:  There  are  the  agriculturists,  and 
the  business  men — the  traders — and  the  seafaring  men.  including  the  fisher- 
men. These  seafaring  men  have  been  pirates  From  time  immemorial.  In 
fact,  in  my  day  the  English  have  sent  an  expedition  against  them  on  account 
of  there  being  piracy  off  the  coast  of  the  peninsula.  This  roving  nature  is 
deep  in  that  class  of  them,  and  they  dominate  the  agriciilturists,  who  are 
quieter  men. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  Is  piracy  now  wiped  out? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  It  is  wiped  out  there,  but  it  is  not  wiped  out,  I  believe 
in  the  big  island  of  Mindanao. 

Senator  BEVEKIDGE.  Is  it  wiped  out  in  the  Straits  Settlements? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  Completely. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  And  it  has  existed  there  within  your  time? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  It  has  existed  there  within  my  time;  yes. 

HISTORY  OF  MALAYS  IN  STRAITS  SETTLEMENTS. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  As  a  matter  of  history  it  is  true,  is  it  not,  that  piracy 
was  very  rife  in  the  Straits  Settlements  about  sixty  years  ago? 

Bishop  THOBUKX.  Certainly. 

Senator  BEVERI  DOE.  Singapore  is  not  much  older  than  sixty  years,  is  it  not, 
as  a  city 

Bishop  THOBURN.  It  is  a  new  toicn,and  was  founded,  almost  in  opposition 
to  the  ti-ixhes  of  the  English  Government,  by  people  u-ho  satr  that  that  rcas  the 
tin  I;/  n-nij  to  settle  that  country. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  And  it  is  note  a  flourishing  place? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  It  is  the  most  flourishing  in  that  part  of  the  icorld. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  And  you  say  piracy  has  been  wiped  out  during  your 
time? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  Yes. 

Senator  BEVEHIDGE.  And  a  state  of  peace  and  prosperity  e.ristsf 

Bishop  THOBUKX.  It  /*  the  most prosperotu  region  in  the  East. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  Do  people  submit  to  the  English  domination  there? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  Absolutely. 

Senator  BEVEHIDGE.  And  there  is  no  difficulty? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  There  is  no  difficulty. 

Senator  BEVEHIDGE.  At  first  there  was  sharp  fighting? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  Yes:  they  had  to  take  several  regiments  there  from 
Calcutta.  They  took  them  there  in  1875. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  There  is  nothing  there  of  that  kind  now? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  No.  sir. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  The  number  of  soldiers  with  which  England  holds 
the  Straits  Settlements  in  Singapore  is  comparativly  small  now? 


THE    PHII.IITINK    >IH. \TION.  63 

Bishop  THOBURX.  Yes:  the  soldiers  are  held  not  onaccountof  the  Malays, 
but  on  account  of  the  European  governments.  That  is  a  key  t<  >  the  situation. 

Senator  BEVERI  IK;E.  You  say  piracy  has  not  been  entirely  exterminated 
in  the  island  of  Mmd&nai  >': 

Bishop  THOBURX.  A>  a  matter  of  informatio: 

Senator  BKVBBIDGK.  And  you  know  it  has  existed  in  the  islands  within 
the  lifetime  of  men  now  living » 

Bishop  TIIOBUKX.  I  have  no  doubt  it  exists  where  there  is  no  military 
power  to  restrain  them  now. 

A   CRIME  TO  ATTEMPT  WITHDRAWAL. 

Senator  BEVKI:HH;K.  What  would  you  say  would  be  the  result  in  the  Phil- 
ippines if  a  native  government  was  ~et  up  t  here  and  American  authority  and 
power  were  withdrawn? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  <  )ver  the  whole  of  the  islands? 

Senator  BEVKH i  IK;  K.  V-  •- 

Bishop  THOBURX.   /  think  itimnld  6c  a<-riiu>-  to  utti-mjit  it.     It  n;,itl<I  l,rnii/ 
an  airful  state  of  thiitij.*  "it  (In-  irlt,,l,   islmtil.i.  l«  <  IM/.S.   it  imnld  throir  th- 
utti  r  iiiitiri-lty. 

Senator  BEVZRXDGB.  What  would  you  say.  from  your  point  of  view,  in 
your  field  of  labor  over  there,  which  includes  Malaisia.  is  the  duty  of  the 
American  Government  in  refereiu-e  to  continued  occupation  and  govern- 
ment of  the  Philippine  Ar«-hii>elfiKo? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  Well,  we  are  there,  and  I  think  we  ought  to  do  our 
duty  the  best  we  ean— if  you  will  allow  me  to  speak  as  a  missionary,  I  would 
say — in  the  field  God  has  put  us.  We  did  not  seek  it. 

Senator  BEYER i IK; K.  \outhink  it  is  the  duty  of  the  American  Govern- 
ment to  continue? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  I  certainlv  do.  I  think  it  would  be  assuming  a  very 
grave  responsibility  to  lift  our  hand  from  that  place.  I  think  it  would  put 
back  the  civilization  of  the  big  island  of  Mindanao  two  hundred  years  for 
us  to  let  them  go  to  their  own  ways. 

*  *  *  *  *  * 

I  have  been  in  the  East  for  forty-three  years.  I  have  been  going  there 
since  1885— to  Singapore  and  Penang  and  what  we  call  the  Straits  Settlements, 
which  include  the  Malay  Peninsula.  I  have  been  there  a  great  deal  and  been 
among  the  Malay  people  a  great  deal. 

*  *  »  *  *  *  * 
Senator  CULBERSOX.  Coming  back  to  my  question,  I  would  like  you  to  be 

kind  enough  if  you  would  give  me  your  views  about  it— whether  you  believe 
the  American  people  ought  to  absorb  and  take  into  the  body  politic  of 
the  American  Government  a  race  incapable  of  self-government. 
"NOT  ix  TEX  OR  FIFTY  YEARS." 

Bishop  THOBURX.  If  you  mean  by  that  they  ought  to  take  them  in  as  I  am 
in,  so  that  when  I  come  "here  I  become  a  citizen  and  a  voting  citizen,  I  should 
sav  no;  but  if  you  take  them  in  in  the  other  sense,  I  would  say  yes. 

"Senator  CUL.BKRSOX.  The  other  sense  is  that  they  would  be  held  as  a  sub- 
ject race? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  ,4  .-n'lijict  ,-<i<;  n,,,l,  r  ii.r,  ii  rigM»  tlmt  are  assured  to  them. 

Senator  CUI.BKRSOX.  Do  you  believe  that  the  American  Constitution 
ought  to  be  extended  over  the  Philippines? 

*  *  *  *  *  *  * 
Bishop  THOBURX.  You  mean  in  the  sense — 

Senator  CULBERSOX.  I  mean  in  the  broad  sense;  the  Constitution,  with  its 
benefits. 

Bishop  THOBURX.  According  to  my  meaning  they  have  already  done  it. 
We  are  ready  to  defend  the  Filipinos  against  the  world  now. 

Senator  CDIiBBBSOV.  Do  you  think  that  is  all  there  is  in  the  Constitution 
for  them,  that  we  shall  defend  them  against  the  world* 

Bishop  THOBURX.  No.  sir:  I  think  we  ought  to  help  them  in  every  way  and 
teach  them  how  to  govern  themselves,  and  in  order  to  do  that  we  have  a  very 
great  task  before  US.  But  in- can  not  <ln  it  in  ti-it  years,  nor  injit't;/  years. 
In  the  history  of  the  world  you  will  not  find  that  any  nation  has  ever  been 
developed  at  "that  rate.  But  I  think  that  is  the  mission  that  Providence  has 
given  us. 

AMEHirAXs    NOW   "OOIXO  TOO   I 

Senator  BEVEHIDGE.  What  do  you  think  about  the  progress  we  have 
already  made? 

Bishop  THOBUKX.  JIV  <"•»  <i<>in<i  too  fast;  if  anything,  ire  are  going  too  fast. 

Jl'.   " /•(    ,,'it  iininij  tn'i  slntr.  that  ix  I'l'i'til  in . 

Senator  CULBERSOX.  You  do  not  believe,  I  think  you  said,  that  we  ought/ 
to  take  the  Filipino  people  into  our  Government  as  you  are  in  it;  in  other 
words,  thev  ought  to  oe  held  as  a  subject  race? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  I  do  not  like  your  term  "subject  race."  A  protected 
race,  I  would  say. 


64  THE   PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

Senator  CIT.HKKSOX.  A  protected  race.  You  think,  then,  we  ought  to 
establish  a  protectorate  over  the  Philippines? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  I  like  the  word  "protectorate." 

Senator  Cri.HKusox.  Not  constitute  that  country  an  integral  part  of  the 
United  States  or  the  people  a  part  of  the  citizenship  of  the  United  States, 
Lut  simply  extend  an  American  protectorate  oyer  those  people? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  That  is  my  idea,  although  I  might  define  it  a  little  dif- 
ferently. 

The  CHAIRMAN.  What  do  you  mean  by  a  protectorate? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  A  protectorate  in  the  sense — I  am  a  Britisher  to  some 
extent,  having  lived  over  there  so  long— in  the  sense  we  use  it  in  the  English 
possessions. 

Senator  BEyKKiDGK.  In  the  administration  of  the  government? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  In  the  administration  of  the  government. 

Senator  CULBERSOX.  You  want  the  United  States  to  adopt  the  English 
policy  in  governing  the  Malay  people? 

Bishop  THOBUHX.  /  n-mild  Inn-c  UK-HI  ii'lupt  the  spirit  of  the  English  policy 
null  in-i-nrilinii  tn  Anicriciin  iilfdlx.  I  should  /iore  them  do  it  a  little  better, 
JK  -i-lHtpx.  But  I  think,  if  you  will  allow  me  to  say  it.  that  that  is  the  tendency 
of  the  world  to-day;  that  all  outlying  uncivilized  or  half-civilized  eovmtries 
are  going  to  come  under  English  jurisdiction  within  the  next  one  hundred 
years. 

Senator  BEVEKIDGE.  Or  American  jurisdiction? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  Or  American  jurisdiction. 

Senator  CULBERSOX.  Passing  from  the  matter  of  government  to  another 
phase  of  the  question,  do  you  believe  the  Filipinos  are  equal  as  a  race  to  the 
American  people— the  Anglo-Saxons? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  Do  you  mean  in  capacity  or  in  rights? 

Senator  CULHERSOX.  I  mean  in  capacity. 

Bishop  THOBURX.  No:  they  are  not. 

Senator  CULBERSOX.  In  intellectual  and  moral  capacity? 

Bishop  THOBUHX.  No;  they  are  not. 

*  *  *  *  *  *  * 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  You  said  fifty  years  a  minute  ago;  that  we  could 
not  do  it  in  fifty  years. 

THREE  GENERATIONS  BEFORE  FILIPINOS  CAN  GOVERN  THEMSELVES. 

Bishop  THOBURX.  I  should  say  three  generations:  that  three  generations 
tniijlit  l»-  <iblc  In  ilo  it.  But,  in  the  first  place,  the  present  generation  will 
never  get  rid  of  their  old  instincts  and  ideals;  the  second  generation  will  be 
educated  half  and  half;  they  will  still  have  a  great  deal  of  the  old  ideal— 
that  is,  I  am  taking  it  as  things  have  gone  in  the  past— and  the  third  genera- 
tion will  be  altogether  new. 

Senator  BEVEHIDGE.  They  may  be  ready  for  business? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  Ready  for  business. 

Senator  CULBERSOX.  How  many  years  will  that  be? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  Seventy-five  years  at  least.  A  generation  is  supposed  to 
be  thirty-three  years.  Out  there  it  is  shorter. 

******* 

Bishop  THOBURN.  The  present  generation  in  India  do  not  know  that  the 
English  Government  was  engaged  in  conquest.  They  have  never  seen  war.  Tr<> 
have  in  India  $)0,0<JO,<J<Xt  people  living  in  absolute  peace.  They  have  not  had  an 
opportunity  of  seeing  irarfur  f<>rh/-five  years. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  And  is  not  this— this  long  period  you  speak  of— the  first 
time  in  the  history  of  India  that  that  hasbeen  so? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  Yes;  that  is  something  worth  studying. 

******* 

FILIPINO  FEELING  NOW  MORE  FRIENDLY  THAN  BEFORE  WAR. 

Senator  CARMACK.  Very  well;  I  am  done  with  it.  I  want  to  ask  you  this 
question:  Do  you  think  the  people  of  the  Philippine  Islands  are  better  dis- 
posed now  to  receive  mission  work  from  the  United  States  than  they  were 
at  the  end  of  the  war  with  Spain? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  I  think  they  are. 

Senator  CARMACK.  You  think  their  temper  and  disposition  more  favorable 
to  the  reception  of  Christian  missions  at  the  hands  of  the  United  States  than 
at  the  close  of  the  Spanish  war? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  I  think  so,  undoubtedly. 

Senator  CARMACK.  You  think  they  feel  more  kindly  to  the  American 
people  now  than  they  did  before  this  American  war  began? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  I  think  so. 

Senator  CARMACK.  You  think  that  at  the  time  when  the  power  of  Spain 
was  first  broken,  when  the  Americans,  say,  first  landed  in  Manila  or  when 
they  destroyed  the  Spanish  fleet,  do  you  think  the  feelings  of  the  Filipinos 
at  that  time  were  less  kindly  toward  the  Americans  than  they  are  to-day? 
ii.  Bishop  THOBURN.  I  certainly  do. 


THK    PHU.II'I'INK    SITUATION.  65 

Senator  CARMACK.  You  think  that  the  people  there  now  are  very  kindly 
disposed  toward  Americana! 

Bishop  THOBI'KX.  I  can  only  judge  from  what  we  >ee  in  our  iui>si.  ,n  work. 
We  can  not  furnish  preachers  enough  to  preach  to  the  audiences  who  with 

to  hear  onr  preaching:  we  can  not  half  meet  the  demand.  When  I  wasth.-re 
at  first  it  would  have  In  en  difficult  to  have  collected  an  audience  of  100. 
Now  we  are  preaching  to  Ix'.iui  people  in  Manila  and  vicinity  every  Sunday. 
Then  in  the  provinces  outside  we  can  not  meet  the  demand  at  all:  nor  can 
we  meet  the  demands  for  schools. 

FILIPINO    MA>-I.~      ••  <j[   IK  I  \  i:-S    AXD  PEA<   I 

Senator  CAKMACK.  You  think,  then,  the  opinion,  if  it  prevails  any  where, 
that  the  overwhelming  majority  of  the  people  of  the  Philippine  Islands  are 
at  heart  hostile  to  the  people  of 'the  United  States  is  a  mistaken  notion:- 

Bishop  THoiH'H.v.  \  es:  I  think  it  is.  among  the  tjuiet  people. 

Senator  CAKMACK.  Do  you  think  that  tin-  large  majority  of  the  people  are 
really  intensely  loyal  to  the  Government  of  the  Uni1 

Bishop  THOBUKX.  I  do  not  know  that  I  would  say  intensely  loyal:  that  is 
a  pretty  strong  phi-.i--. 

Senator  CAKMACK.  Entirely  content,  then': 

Bishop  THOBl'RX.    /  inix  uliui't   tosiii/thut   I  th  ink  tln'i/  inint   i/ni>  tut-as  and 
above  OU   tltiniix  jiture.  <i,«l   tln-i/  m->-  thankful  tnliiii'i    it  i-ium-  in  tin'**/ 
tin  nut  knon-  irhi-thi  r  tht-ij  linn   tlmni/lit  nut  tltt-  />ro/>l>  /,i  iinn-!'  nlxiiit  the  future. 
1  am  spf<ikin<i  < if  tin-  rank  tntil  tilt-  "/  th<-  111  n/ili  . 

Senator  D I' B'O is.  When  you  speak*  Bishop,  of  your  preaching  to  li.(««i 
every  Sunday.  I  think  you  said — 

Bishop  THOBFRX.  Yes:  that  is.  the  audiences  average  that. 

Senator  Drums.  Does  that  include  the  missionaries  of  all  denominations, 
or  simply  your  own? 

Bishop  THOBUBjr.  simply  our  own. 

Senator  Drums.  Just  the  Methodist:- 

Bishop  Tnoitrn.\.  Yes.  sir. 

Senator  BKVKKI  IH;K.  In  Manila? 

Biahop THOBUBH.  And  vicinity. 

Senator  DTBOIS.  I  did  not  know  whether  he  meant  just  his  own  church. 

Bishop  TH  <  >  BT  H  x .  M  y  own  church.    There  are  three  or  four  missions  there. 

PEOPLE  WANT  PEACE. 

Senator  CARMACK.  You  think,  then,  the  temper  of  the  majority  of  the 
people  in  Manila  is  toward  quietude:  that  there  is  no  deep-seated  feeling  of 
hostility  toward  the  United  > 

Bishop  Tmtiu'KX.  It  s<>.  it  is  very  BOCOeflBfolIy  concealed.  /  think  n-hut 
tin  ii  iriint  ix  ifiiii  ; ,  Tin-;/  ii-iint  tn  i/i-t  .i<-ttli-il  in  tht-ir  mirk. 

Senator  ( ' A  K M  ACK.  Do  you  regard  them  as  a  treacherous  people  or  other- 
wi-o— a  pe<iple  that  profess  to  be  friendly  when  they  are  really  hostile:- 

Bishop  THOBl'KX.  I  do  not  like  to  sjieak  broadly  in  reply  to  that  ques- 
tion, but  I  am  afraid  I  will  have  to  say  I  do. 

Senator  CAHMACK.  Speaking  of  the  broad  principle,  I  believe  ycm  said 
that  you  do  not  think  it  would  be  wise  for  us  to  incorporate  the  Filipinos 
into  the  body  of  our  citizenship. 

Bishop  THOBI-HX.  I  have  hesitatedover  that  question  a  good  deal  to  know 
exactly  what  v<>u  mean  by  that.  That  is,  in  the  sense  to  say  lam  in  the 
citizenship.  I  do  not  think  it  would  be. 

•  Senator  CAKMACK.  You  think  they  should  be  governed  as  a  dependency, 
somewhat  after  the  Crown  colonies  of  Great  Britain* 

Bish<  'i  i  T 1 1  o  M  r  K  x .  Speaking  broadlv.  I  do. 

Senator  CAKMACK.  Do  you  think  the  Filipinos  will  be  satisfied  with  that 
form  of  government? 

Bishop  THOBI'RX.  Provided  you  hold  out  before  them  continually  and 
practically  the  idea  theyare  going  to  have  broader  privileges  as  time  passes. 

Senator  CAHMACK.  What  do  you  mean  by  broader  privileges  r  Do  you 
believe  they  will  b?  satisfied  with  a  vague  and  indefinite  statement  as  to 
broader  privileg 

Bishop  THOBUKX.  I  would  give  them  a  larger  share  in  the  government. 
I  think  i/on  Imi-i  >i«n<  n  little  too  fast. 

IXDEPKXDKXCE   MEAXS  CIVIL  WAR — WHAT  AGUIXALDO  SAID. 

Senat<  >r  M<  < '"  M  A  -  I  would  like  to  ask  you  one  question.  I  want  to  read 
you  from  page  3017  of  the  testimonv  in  this  committee  an  extract  from  the 
diary  of  Dr.  Villa,  who  was  chief  or  staff  to  Aguinaldo.  In  this  diary,  under 
Match  -'.  l'.*Ki.  he  says  this: 

"After  luncheon  and  during  the  hour  of  rest  the  honorable  president 

That  is  Aguinaldo— 

"had  a  conversation  with  B.  and  V.  about  our  situation  and  the  present 
war  against  the  Americans,  saying  that  even  though  greater  sufferings 
should  come  than  those  we  now  have,  he  would  endure  and  accept  them  with 

S.  Doe.  422 5 


66  THE    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION. 

pleasure  until  the  realization  of  the  independence  of  our  country.    He  fears 

tlii-n    irill  In   ii  firil  inir  iif'ti'rii-tirtlx." 

I  want  to  know  from  you  whether  you  agree  in  that  opinion  of  Aguinaldo 
and  in  the  fear  that  then-  would  be  a  civil  war,  as  he  indicates,  after  the  in- 
dependence t»  which  he  aspires. 

Bishop  THOIH'KX.  /  a  in  re,-//  .si'/v  t/tfrf  iniuld  In-  n  riril  irar  if  independence 
i.i  i/ii'i  a  tin-in . 

Senator  Me  COMAS.  And  if  he  had  succeeded,  would  there  or  would  there 
not  have  been  a  civil  war.  as  he  feared,  in  the  Philippines? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  I  think  so. 

Senator  Mt COMAS.  Not  only  a  civil  war  in  Luzon,  but  in  all  the  main  is- 
lands? 

Bishop  TuoBrnx.  All  ore)-  the  itiltnids. 

Senator  Mrt'oMAS.  Not  easily  ended,  and  the  people  not  easily  pacified? 

Bishop  THOBUHN.  No. 

Senator  CARMACK.  I  will  ask  you  if  you  do  not  think  there  were  grave 
apprehensions  of  a  civil  war  in  the  United  States  immediately  following  the 
Revolutionary  war? 

Bishop  THOBUHN.  There  may  have  been. 

Senator  BEVEKIDGE.  There  was  grave  danger,  and  it  was  only  prevented 
by  the  peculiar  cohesive  qualities  of  our  people. 

'  On  the  line  on  which  Senator  CARMACK  was  questioning  you.  I  think  you 
stated  yesterday  that  vou  have  considerable  personal  familiarity  with  India? 

Bishop  THOB'I  UN.  ^es:  I  have. 

Senator  BKVKHIIH;K.  Would  you,  as«  person  interested  in  civilization,  be 
willing  to  see  England  withdraw  from  India? 

Bishop  THOBTHX.  I  should  be  very  sorry. 

X.    IF  ENGLAND  SHOULD  WITHDRAW  FROM  INDIA. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  What  do  you  think,  Bishop,  would  occur  if  England 
were  to  withdraw  from  India,  and  all  other  control  except  the  chiefs,  the 
people  themselves,  withdrawn,  and  they  left  to  themselves? 

Bishop  THOBUKN.  We  would  have  a  state  of  chaos. 

Senator  BEVEKIDGE.  Are  you  familiar  with  the  Straits  Settlements? 

Bishop  THOBUKN.  Very. 

Senator  BE  VER  i  DOE.  Would  you  be  willing,  as  a  person  interested  in  civil- 
ization, to  see  England  withdraw  from  Singapore  and  the  Straits? 

Bishop  THOBUHX.  I  should  be  extremely  sorry. 

Senator  BEV  KK  i  ix;  K.  I  think  you  testified  yesterday  that  under  England's 
control  of  the  Malay  Straits  Settlements  there  is  industry,  prosperity,  and 
law  and  order? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  Perfectly. 

Senator  BEVEHIDGE.  The  city  of  Singapore  is  a  great  and  flourishing  port, 
is  it  not? 

Bishop  THOBUHN.  It  is  one  of  the  most  wonderful  cities  in  the  world. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  The  commerce  of  the  world  converges  there,  does 
it  not? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  Every  European  vessel  going  to  China  must  pass  it. 

Senatar  BEVERIDGE.  It  is  one  of  the  great  commercial  focusing  points  of 
the  world? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  If  I  may  use  the  expression,  it  is  the  great  nerve  center 
of  commerce. 

SINGAPORE  A  JUNGLE  SEVENTY  YEARS  AGO. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  Not  more  than  sixty  or  seventy  years  ago  the  island 
nil,  re  >•//(.'/"/""'''  """'  xtdiiila  iras  a  jungle,  and  the  Malay  Straits  Settlements, 
iniii'  jiftiffful.  ii-t-re  infested  by  pirates,  were  they  not? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  Pirates  and  tigers. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  You  have  been  in  Hongkong? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  Yes. 

Senator  BEVEHIDGE.  What  kind  of  a  city  is  Hongkong? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  It  is  a  hustling  city. 

Senator  BEVEHIDGE.  Is  it  substantial? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  It  is  a  substantial,  prosperous,  rich,  and  thriving  city. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  Personal  rights  m  the  sense  of  the  individual  liberty 
of  people  l>eing  protected,  Chinese  and  others,  exists  there? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  Certainly. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  In  the  highest  form? 

GOVERNMENT  OF  HONGKONG. 

Bishop  THOBURN.  In  the  highest  form.  There  is  more  protection  to  a  poor 
man  there  than  in  Chicago. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  Are  the  courts  open  to  all,  Chinese  included? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  Everybody. 

Senator  BEVERIDGE.  And  schools  there  are  attended  by  Chinese  children? 

Bishop  THOBURN.  Yes;  attended  by  Chinese,  and  I  have  employed  some 
of  the  graduates. 


THE    PHILIPPINK    SITUATION.  67 

Senator  BEVEHIDGE.  Would  you  state,  if  you  know,  the  condition  of  the 
rocky  mountain  on  which  Hongkong  stands,  less  than  two  generations  ago? 

Bishop  THOBUBIC.  That  I  could  not  say. 

Senator  BKVERIIKJE.  You  do  not  know  alx.mt  its  h> 

Bishop  Tuoiu'HX.  Xo. 

Senator  BEVERIIM;E.  I  can  state  for  the  benefit  of  the  Senator  from 
Texas— if  the  Senator  reads  books  I  can  certainly  make  statements— that  the 
place  where  this  English  city  now  stands  was  a  barren  mountain  with  a 
miserable  little  Chinese  fishing  village  at  its  base. 

******* 

Senator  BEVKHII«;K.  You  sjxiki-  yesterday  of  the  question  of  self-govern- 
ment, that  a  lack  of  cohesion  was  one  of  their  characteristics. 

Bishop  THOBURX.  Yes.  sir. 

Senator  BEVERIIXSE.  That  lack  of  cohesion  is  common  every  where  among 
them? 

Bishop  THOHCRX.  Yes. 

******* 

Senator  CAHMACK.  You  say  that  personal  rights  are  more  secure  in  Hong- 
kontr  than  in  the  city  of  Chicago,  you  think? 

Bishop  THOBI-RX.  I  think  so. 

Senator  CARMACK.  Is  that  due.  do  you  think,  to  the  government* 

Bishop  THOIU-RX.  I  think  it  iso.ue  largely  to  the  fact  that  the  government 
is  not  only  not  like  the  government  <  >f  Chlcagi  >.  but  thev  have  a  stronger  arm. 

Senator  CARMACK.  Do  you  think  the  difference  in  the  security  of  personal 
rights  in  Chicago  and  Hongkong  is  due  to  the  difference  in  the  form  of 
government? 

Bishop  THOBI-KX.  I  suy  it  is  due  to  the  difference  in  the  administrators  of 
the  government. 

******* 

Senator  BKVKHIIXJK.  In  answer  to  Senator  CAKMACK  you  speak  of  the 
difference,  that  there  was  something  of  the  stronger  hand  there. 

Bishop  THOBI-RX.  Yes. 

Senator  BKVKUIIXJK.  That  strong  hand  is  exercised  impartially  and 
promptly  for  the  administration  of  justice  to  the  humblest  and  poorest,  is  it 
not  r 

Bishop  THOBVKX.  I  think  it  is. 

Senator  DIETRICH.  Is  it  your  understanding  that  Aguinaldo  and  his  fol- 
lowers, who  were  almost  exclusively  Tagalos,  were  the  Tagalos  who  were 
very  bitter  against  the  Catholic  Church* 

B"i-hop  TuoBi'HX.  Were  they  the  ones? 

Senator  DIETRICH.  Yes. 

Bishop  THOHI-RX.  They  were  bitter,  but  they  are  not  by  any  means  the 
only  ones. 

Senator  DIETRICH.  Do  you  believe  that  Aguinaldo  and  that  portion  of  the 
Tagalo  tribe  could  have  subjugated  the  Maeabebes.  the  Visayans,  the  Pam- 
pangans.  the  Moros,  and  all  the  balance  of  the  islands? 
at  or  BEVERIIXJE.  And  the  Igorrotes? 

Senator  DIETRICH.  And  the  Igorrotes,  to  his  rule,  and  could  have  made 
out  of  them  an  independent,  prosperous  republic  or  country? 

AGCINALDO  COULD  NOT  HAVE  ESTABLISHED  INDEPENDENCE. 

Bishop  THOBI-RX.  No.  I  expressed  myself  yesterday  on  that.  He  cer- 
tainly could  not  have  done  it. 

Senator  DIETRICH.  He  certainly  would  have  had  to  fight  the  power  of  the 
Catholic  Church. 

Bishop  THOIH-RX.  Yes:  and  he  would  have  had  to  take  up  all  these  dif 
ferent  races  that  have  been  named,  and  he  would  have  commenced  with 
the  Macatebes.  I  do  not  say  that  Aguinaldo  himself  meant  that,  but  it 
would  have  been  inevitable. 

Senator  DIETRICH.  It  woxild  have  been  impossible  for  him.  under 
situation,  vou  believe,  to  have  brought  about  an  independent  government? 

Bishop  THOIH-RX.  Utterlv  impossible. 

Senator  CIM.BERSMX.  I  a-k  this  from  your  statement  made  yesterday  that 
you  think  the  Government  of  the  United  States  ought  to  hold  the  Philip- 
pines Do  you  believe  that  a  whole  people  like  the  Filipinos  ought  to  be 
subjugated' by  another  government  than  their  own  without  their  consent, 
by  r<  • : 

"  Bishop  THOBUHN.  It  depends  upon  circumstances. 
*  *  *  * 

Senator  C  r  i .  B  K  K  si  >  \ .  I  ask  if  the  fundamental  doctrine  of  the  church  is  not 
moral  suasion  rather  than  physical  force  in  accomplishing  any  purpose? 

Bishop  THOBURX.  In  reference  to  Christian  work,  undoubtedly  it  is  moral 
suasion:  but  the  doctrine  of  the  Bible,  as  I  understand  it.  is  that  we  ought  to 
uphold  the  civil  government,  and  your  question  applies  to  the  civil  govern- 
ment, which  the  responsibilitv  of  the  church  can  never  assume. 


68  THE    1'HII.IIM'INK    SITUATION. 

"WK   ALWAYS  UPHOLD   Till-;   rivil.  GOVF.HXMKXT."1 

Senator  CUI.HKKSON.  Ymt  flunk  it  n-oitld  be  tit?  duty  »f  the  church  to  uphold' 
thf  r/r(7  yoi-i-riinii  nt  ni/ii  rii/i  *x  of  tin  juxtiri'  i  if  tin'  uctx  t<>  perform? 

Bishop  THOHTKX.  Certainly:  it  in  our  duty  ultra  ytt  to  he  obedient  to  the 

jioinrx  t/itit  lit',  tu  jiay  our  tu.rcx  lik<    ntln-r  j'eujili'.  jirai/for  tin'  Pn  x^ih  ,it  or  the 

Kiny.  nr  iriioi-ri'i-  ix  in  authority.     TlY  <t!irayx  ii/ihold  the  ciril  government, 
Senator  n  I.HKKSON    Dot's  that  necessarily  mean  that  you  should  indoise 

the  government:- 

Bishop  TiioHrux.  Xo:   that   does  not  make  us  responsible;  it  does  not 

belong  to  us  at  all:  it  belongs  to  the  civil  authorities. 

Senator  CCLBERSOX.  I  will  ask  you  then,  aside  from  your  sacred  calling. 

if  you  believe  as  a  citizen  that  a  whole  people  like  the  Filipinos  should  be  sub- 

jected to  a  different  government  than  that  which  they  desire,  without  their 

consent  and  by  forcer 

Bishop  THO  Hint  X.  H>  /«/(•<•  acted  on  the  theory  for  a  hundred  //inr.-t.  ii'ith 
regard  to  the  American  Indians.  thut  no  mutter  trhut  they  iritth  or  irhat  ;/<<(•- 
•  i-nini  nt  tln-y  desire  ire  irill  holil  tin-in  hi/  force. 

Senator  CULBKRSOX.  You  think  we  ought  to  apply  the  doctrine  which  we 
have  applied  to  the  Indian  to  the  Filipino: 

Bishop  THOBUKX.  There  is  a  stronger  claim  in  the  case  of  the  Filipinos. 
They  have  fallen  to  us  by  what  we  call  the  fortunes  of  war.  and  we  have  a 
responsibility  that  we  can  not  shake  off  without  incurring  a  liability  to 
greater  evils',  as  I  explained  yesterday. 

This  is  not  all.  These  are  Americans;  and  it  might  be  said  that 
they  are  partial  witnesses.  I  have  here  the  testimony  of  two  wit- 
nesses who  are  not  partial,  one  of  them  a  man  who  has  spent  eight 
or  ten  years  in  these  islands,  and  who  first  gave  to  the  world  any 
authentic  information  concerning  the  characteristics  of  the  Phil- 
ippine people.  That  is  Mr.  John  Foreman  in  his  book  entitled 
''The  Philippine  Islands."  I  desire  to  print  excerpts  from  that 
book,  giving  his  judgment  at  the  beginning  of  this  difficulty  as 
to  the  quality,  character,  and  characteristics,  good  and  bad,  of 
those  people. 


V.—  FOREIGN   TESTIMONY  ON    FILIPINO    CHARACTEP   AND    THE 
SITUATION. 

EXTRACTS  FROM  "THE  PHILIPPI  X  K    ISI.AXDS." 

[By  John  Foreman.] 

Several  writers  have  essayed  to  correctly  depict  the  Philippine  native 
character,  but  with  only  partial  success.  Dealing  with  such  an  anomalism, 
the  most  eminent  physiognomists  would  surely  differ  in  their  speculations 
regarding  the  Philippine  native  of  the  present"  day.  That  Catonian  figure. 
with  placid  countenance  and  solemn  gravity  of  feature,  would  readily  deceive 
anyone  as  to  the  true  mental  organism  within. 

The  late  parish  priest  of  Alaminos,  in  Batangas  province  —  a  Spanish  Fran- 
ciscan friar,  who  spent  half  his  life  in  the  colony—  left  a  brief  manuscript 
essay  on  the  native  character.  I  have  read  it.  In  his  opinion,  the  native  is 
an  incomprehensible  phenomenon,  the  mainspring  of  whose  line  of  thought 
and  the  guiding  motive  of  whose  actions  have  never  yet  been,  and  perhaps 
never  will  be,  discovered.  A  native  will  serve  a  master  satisfactorily  for 
years,  and  then  suddenly  abscond,  or  commit  some  such  hideous  crime  as 
conniving  with  a  brigand  band  to  murder  the  family  and  pillage  the  house. 
"GENEROSITY  REGARDED  AS  WEAKNESS." 

He  is  fond  of  gambling,  profligate,  lavish  in  his  promises,  but  lache  in  the 
extreme  as  to  their  fulfillment.  He  will  never  come  frankly  and  openly  for- 
ward to  make  a  clean  breast  of  a  fault  committed  or  even  a  pardonable  acci- 
dent, but  will  hide  it  until  it  is  found  out.  In  common  irith  many  other  non- 
European  races,  an  act  of  generosity  or  a  voluntary  concession  of  hist  ice  is  re- 
garded a-s  a  xiyn  of  wealcneu.  Hence  it  is  that  the  experienced  European  is 
often  compelled  to  be  more  harsh  than  his  own  nature  dictates. 

"GIVE  AN  INCH,  HE  WILL  TAKE  AN  ELL." 

Even  the  best  class  of  natives  neither  appreciate,  nor  feel  grateful  for  nor 
even  seem  to  understand  a  spontaneous  gift.  Apparently,  they  onlv  com- 
prehend the  favor  when  one  yields  to  their  asking.  The  lowest  classes  never 
give  to  each  other,  unsolicited,  a  cent's  worth.  If  an  European  ma/c,  .-•  oolun- 
tary  qratuitii'*  to  tin-  nutii-cx  /,,  /.s  rnnxidered  a  fool:  they  entertain  u  contempt 


THE    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION.  69 


fin-  him.  u-li  it-it  ili-i-i-lujif  intn  intnli-niiili-  imin-rtini'iice.  The  saying  "Give 
him  an  inch  and  he  will  take  an  ell"  can  truly  be  applied  to  the  Filipinos. 
They  are  void  of  all  feeling  of  magnanimity,  and  do  not  understand  chivalry 
toward  the  weak  or  the  fallen  foe. 

FILIPINOS  CAN  COPY   BUT   NOT    I.WKNT 

Tin-  f-'ilijiillii.  lii.'i-  must  Ih'ii-ntnlx.  in  tli/mul  i  in  i tlltar.  lillt  h  il  I'ill'l  im  initillt  in- 
ill  niua  in-  in  nut  i-fiirii-nt  in  11,11,'tliinij.  If  you  give  him  a  model  he  will  copy  it 
any  number  of  times,  but  you  can  not  get  him  to  make  two  copies  so  much 
alike  that  the  one  is  undistinguishable  from  the  other.  He  has  no  attach- 
ment for  any  occupation  m  particular.  To-day  he  will  be  at  the  plow:  to- 
morrow a  coachman,  a  collector  of  accounts,  a  valet,  a  sailor,  and  soon:  or  he 
will  suddenly  renounce  social  trammels  in  pursuit  of  lawless  vagabondage.  I 
once  traveled  with  a  Colonel  Marques,  acting  governor  of  Cebu,  whose  valet 
war-  an  ex-law  student. 

The  native  is  indolent  in  the  extreme,  and  never  tired  of  sitting  still,  gaz- 
ing at  nothing  in  particular.  If  familiarity  be  permitted  with  a  native, 
there  i  s  no  limit  to  his  audacity.  The  Tagalog  is  docile,  but  keenly  resents 
an  injustice. 

NATIVE  IS  srPKKSTITIOUS. 

Native  superstition  and  facile  credulity  are  easily  imposed  upon.  A  re- 
port emitted  in  jest  or  in  earnest  travels  with  alarming  rapidity,  and  the 
consequences  have  not  unfn  quently  1  een  -eriou-.  He  rarely  sees  a  joke, 
and  still  more  rarely  makes  one.  He  neve'-  reveal-  aimer,  but  he  will  with 
the  most  profound  i':«h"  •  himself, awaiting  patiently  the  opportu- 

nity to  use  his  bohie  knife  with  effect.  Mutilation  of  a  vanquished  enemy  is 
common  among  these  islanders. 

t  I!   Ml'INO    "AVKKSK  TO   SOCIAL   nlMiKlt." 

The  native  is  so  contumacious  to  all  biddi:  rder. 

that  he  can  only  be  ruled  by  coercion  or  by  the  demonstration  of  force. 
Men  and  women' alike  find  exaggerated  enjoyment  in  litigation,  which  may 
keep  up  for  year.-.  AIH«HII  tl  ''(••//  <n-<-  tr/rn  nun-til.  They  have  no 

real  aentiment,  honor,  or  magnanimity,  and  apart  from  their  hospitality,  in 
which1  a!ly  theTaj  •  xcel  the  European, all  their 

appear  to  be  only  guided  by  fear  or  interest  or  l>oth. 

FILIPINO    !'  \S    MANY    (iTHKK    F.XfKI.I.KNT    Vl'Al.li 

But  the  Filipino  has  many  excellent  qualities  which  go  far  to  make  amends 
for  his  shortcomings.  He  is  patient  ana  forbearing  in  the  extreme,  remark- 
ably -ober.  plodding,  anxious  only  about  providing  for  his  immediate  wants. 
and  seldom  feels  the  canker  of  ambitious  thoughts.  In  his  person  and  his 
dwelling  h.  •  as  a  pattern  of  cleanliness  to  all  other  races  in  the 

tropical  East.    '//.  lum  littl<-  ."(«-".•// '  /<«-//<>/«/  //«•  /<!•.,-,•./»•.  „,,,/  //„•,-. 
i-in-ks •  It  i.- 1"  -"  '  tin-  fur  fut  a  1 1  in  the  political  loorldor  any  other 

tphere.  He  indifferently  leaves  everything  to  happen  as  it  may.  with  sur- 
prising resignation. 

The  Tagalog  in  particular  has  a  genial,  sociable  nature.  The  native,  in 
gen'-rai.  will  iro  without  food  for  many  hours  at  a  time  without  grumbling; 
and  fish.  rice.  Vtel  nut,  and  tobacco  are  his  chief  wants.  He  is  never  longm 
a  great  dilemma.  If  his  hut  is  about  to  fall,  he  makes  it  fast  with  bamboo 
and  rattan  cane.  If  a  vehicle  breaks  down,  a  harness  snaps,  or  his  canoe 
;•  upsets,  he  lias  a!  wa\  s  IPS  remedy  at  hand.  He  bears  misfortune  of 
all  kinds  with  the  greatest  indifference  and  without  the  least  apparent  emo- 
tion. I'mli-i-  tin  i-i/i- at' lu'x  iiinxti  i- In-  is  tin  must  tractable  oj  nil  IM-IIUJS.  He 
never,  like  the  Chinese,  insists  upon  doing  things  his  own  way,  but  tries  to 
do  just  a>  he  is  told,  whether  it  be  right  or  wrong. 

A  native  enters  your  service  as  a  coachman,  and  if  you  wish  him  to  pad- 
dle a  In  >at  i •<  ••  ik  a  meal  fix  a  lock,  or  do  anv  other  kind  of  labor  possible  to 


never  pay  it.  So  long  as  he  gets  his  food  and  fair  treatment.  an<T  his  stipu- 
lated wages  paid  in  advance,  he  is  content  t<>  a  al  utility  man.  If 
n«  't  pressed  t«  «>  hard  he  will  follow  his  superior  like  a  faithful  dog.  //  treated 
iritli  ki, nl in  88,  iii'i-n,-(liii<i  tn  Kin-inii'ini  uotinns.  in-  is  luxt.  Lodging  he  will  find 
for  himself  The  native  never  looks  ahead:  he  is  never  anxious  about  the 
future:  l>nt.  if  It-rt  t<>  liiiii.n -If.  hi-  n-ill  tlo  nil  noris  «</  imprudent  tlnnys,/rom 
/,,,;,  „/,  tl'f  >"•  I'"!.*  it.  "In*  head  is 
h»t"  f, -•'•it  •  -•"  t"  <<"><  • 

FILIPINOS  HAVE  NO  IDEA  OF  ORGANIZATION. 

The  native  has  no  idea  of  organization  on  a  large  scale,  hence  a  successful 
revolution  is  not  possible  if  confined  to  the  pure  indigenous  population  un- 

«/(/«(?  l>i/  ntln-i-.i.  sni'l,  us  an  "I'-*  mill  fun  I'm.  i-*.    He  is  brave,  and  fears  no  con- 


70  THE   PHILIPPINE   SITUATION. 

sequences  when  with  or  against  his  equals,  or  if  led  by  his  superiors,  but  a 
conviction  of  superiority— moral  or  physical— in  the  adversary  depresses  him. 
An  excess  of  audacity  calms  and  overawes  him  rather  than  irritates  him. 

MUSICIAN'S,  BUT  NOT  fOMPOSKKS 

The  native  has  an  inherent  passion  for  music.  Musicians  are  to  be  found 
in  every  village,  and  even  among  the  poorest  classes.  There  was  scarcely 
a  parish"  without  its  orchestra,  and  this  natural  taste  was  laudably  encour- 
aged by  the  priests.  '/'/«•;•••  are  mi  tmiiv  oonutoten—then  <"•<•  but  imitators. 
There  "is  an  absence  of  sentimental  feeling  in  the  execution  of  set  music 
i  which  is  all  European >.  and  this  is  the  only  drawback  to  their  becoming 
fine  instrumentalists.  For  the  same  reason  classical  music  is  very  little 
in  vogue  among  Philippine  people,  who  prefer  dance  pieces  and  ballad 
accompaniments.  In  fact,  a  native  musical  performance  is  so  void  of  soul 
and  true  conception  of  harmony  that  at  a  feast  it  is  not  an  uncommon  thing 
to  hear  three  bands  playing  clo'se  to  each  other  at  the  same  time:  and  the 
mob  assembled  seemed  to  enjoy  the  confusion  of  the  melody.  There  are  no 
Philippine  vocalists  of  repute. 

SUPERSTITION — "AXTING-AXTIXG.'' 

The  most  ignorant  classes  superstitiously  believe  that  certain  persons  are 
possessed  of  a  diabolical  influence  called  ni<tin<j-nn  tint/,  which  preserves  them 
from  all  harm.  They  believe  that  the  body  of  a  man  so  affected  is  even  re- 
fractory to  the  effects  of  bullet  or  steel.  Brigands  are  often  captured  wear- 
ing medallions  of  the  Virgin  Marv  or  the  saints  as  a  device  of  the  nntini/- 
aiitiinj.  In  Maragondon,  Cavite  Province,  the  son  of  a  friend  of  mine  was 
enabled  to  go  into  any  remote  places  with  impunity,  because  he  was  generally 
supposed  to  be  possessed  of  this  charm.  Some  highwaymen,  too.  have  a  curi- 
ous notion  that  they  can  escape  punishment  for  a  crime  committed  in  Easter 
week,  because  the  thief  on  the  cross  was  pardoned  his  siiis. 

MARAUDERS     HAUNTS— PIRATES. 

Within  a  half  day's  journey  from  Manila  there  are  several  well-known 
marauders,  haunts,  such  as  San  Matep.  Imus,  Silan,  Indan.  the  mouths  of  the 
Hagonoy  River,  which  empties  itself  into  the  bay,  etc.  In  1881 1  was  the  only 
European  among  20  to  25  passengers  in  a  canoe  going  to  Balanga.  on  the 
west  shore  of  Manila  Bay.  when  about  midday  a  canoe,  painted  black  and 
without  the  usual  outriggers,  bore  down  upon  us.  and  suddenly  two  gunshots 
were  fired,  while  we  were  called  upon  to  surrender.  The  pirates  numbered  8: 
they  had  their  faces  bedaubed  white  and  their  canoe  ballasted  with  stones. 
There  was  great  commotion  in  our  craft:  the  men  shouted  and  the  women 
got  into  a  heap  over  me,  reciting  Ave  Marias,  and  calling  upon  all  the  saints 
to  succor  them. 

Just  as  I  extricated  myself  and  looked  out  from  under  the  palni-leaf  awn- 
ing, the  pirates  flung  a  stone  which  severely  cut  our  pilot's  face.  They  came 
very  close,  brandishing  knives,  but  our  crew  managed  to  keep  theni  from 
boarding  us  by  pushing  off  their  canoe  with  the  paddles. 

When  the  enemy'came  within  range  of  my  revolver,  one  of  their  party, 
who  was  standing  up  waving  a  bohie  knife,  suddenly  collapsed  into  a  heap. 
This  seemed  to  discourage  the  rest,  who  gave  up  the  pursuit,  and  we  went 
on  to  Balanga. 

I  follow  the  extracts  from  Mr.  Foreman's  book  with  testimony 
upon  that  subject  from  a  foreign  and  impartial  observer,  perhaps 
the  very  greatest  oriental  authority  in  the  world— Mr.  Archibald 
Colquhoun.  Mr.  Colquhoun  has  spent  years  in  the  Orient  and 
written  many  books  on  oriental  subjects.  He  was  British  com- 
missioner to  Burma,  correspondent  of  the  London  Times  at  Pe- 
kin.  and  is  concededly  better  informed  than  any  other  living  man 
on  Eastern  character,  government,  and  conditions.  The  book 
from  which  these  extracts  are  taken  is  just  out  of  press  and  is  the 
latest  and  most  authoritative  statement  of  Philippine  conditions 
by  an  impartial  observer. 

[Extracts  from  "  The  Mastery  of  the  Pacific,"  by  Archibald  Colquhoun.] 
.  In  all  discussions  as  to  Filipino  character  it  is  this  point  to  which  every- 
thing is  focused,  the  capacity  for  self-government,  for  that  signifies  many 
qualities,  and  on  it  practically  hangs  the  future  of  the  race.  Masses  of  evi- 
dence have  been  collected  on  the  subject,  much  of  it  very  contradictory,  and 
it  is  difficult  to  decide  where  doctors  disagree.  But  if  one.  n>,\xi,],-,-x  tl\<-  dif- 
(••!•••  nt  riii-i-K  irh  ifii  iiiK-f  /,1-i'n  blended  i»  tln-st-  ixiitiuis.  <iml.  /<•;,//(<  remembering 
th>  ir  ,-,  ,;,</„  ,';,•</  ,;ii'i,ii  c&onMteruftci.  makes  due  allowances  for  the  modifi- 
cations produced  by  so  great  an  admixture  of  blood,  we  shall  be  able  to  ac- 


THE    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION.  71 

count  for  many  contradictions.  It  is  important  tiln-iii/x  to  reinvinln'i-  tlmt  tit? 
people  of  the  Philippine*  m-i'  not  homoaeneov*!  imt.  n-iiili-  tln-rf  nn-  n-:,i,  ./,//./•- 

ences  of  speech  <ln(l  ilixjHisition  in  tin'  tnhabitOfltt  Of  nmni/of  tin-  ixlnml.t.  «  ~r,  •;•// 

large  proportion  <ir<-  /iinni-uti-il  n-ith  u  Mn/ni/  ili-nont.  Such  islands,  indeed. 
are  populated  with  almost  pure  Malays.  Of  tin-  other  native  races,  the  In- 
donesian tribes  are  found  in  the  mountains,  whither  they  had  been  driven 
by  the  advancing  tide  of  Malays:  and  the  Negritos,  the  origin*]  inhabitants, 
are  an  inconsiderable  and  vanishing  race,  of  no  political  importance, 

CHARACTKHISTK'S    UK    MALAYS      "NO    \I\I.\V     N\TI»\.' 

What,  then,  are  the  chaiwteristicsand  possibilities  of  the  Malays,  as  shown 
hitherto  in  their  relations  with  European--.' 

******* 

Other  deficiencies  in  their  mental  and  moral  equipment  are  a  1m -k  of  or- 
ganizing power.  -V"  Mnlni/  nation  hat  ever  emerged  from  tin-  iio,,/,,^  »<  tlmt 
/•tin'  irhii'li  )i< ire  sjii-i'iiil  ,,r, -r  tin-  islmuls  of  tin-  1'ni'ific.  Wherever  they  are 
found  they  have  certain  marked  characteristics,  niid  of  these  the  mo>t  re- 
markable is  their  lack  of  that  spirit  which  goes  to  form  a  h<  >m<  >genei  >us  peo- 
ple—to  weld  them  together.  The  Malay  is  always  provincial:  more,  lie  rarely 
rises  outside  the  interests  of  his  own  town  or  village.  He  is  never  honest, as 
we  count  that  virtue,  never  truthful,  and  never  industrious  or  persevering. 
This  is  his  dark  side,  but  it  is  with  that  we  are  concerned.  The  two  points 
which  are  most  inimical  to  progress  are.  as  already  indicated,  tin-  luck  of 
11  n it;/  ""'I  tin--  lin-l;  of  /,1-rxisti-in-e.  The  Malay  is  the  lax.iest  of  ( >rieiitals.  and 
the  Filipino  is  the  least  lazy  of  Malays.  The  Malay,  in  short,  is  a  creature 
of  limitations. 

FILIPINOS  SO   "HETEKCXiKNKOfS  AS  TO  DEFY   ANALYSIS." 

On  this  stock  has  been  grafted  many  shoots,  and  the  result  in  the  Philip- 
pines is  a  population  so  heterogeneous  as  almost  to  defy  analysis,  since  it  is 
impossible  to  trace  the  infinite  gradations  of  color,  or  t.i  decide  in  what 
proportion  the  half-caste  blood  is  mixed.  The  principal  elements  in  this 
mixture  are  Spanish  and  Chinese.  The  Chinese  mestizos,  or  half-breeds, 
have  the  reputation  of  being  amongst  the  most  brainy  and  also  the  most  <lii 
tici/i-  of  the  natives,  and  a  very  large  proportion  of  the  insurgents  belonged 
to  this  class.  The  Chinese  character  is  so  involved  and  so  impossible  t*  gen- 
eralize that  it  is  difficult  to  suggest  the  possible  modifications  it  would  make 
on  the  Malay:  but  when  we  remember  the  strong  conservatism  of  the  Chi- 
nese, and  their  intense  superstition,  we  can  not  oe  surprised  at  the  promi- 
nence of  these  two  qualities  in  the  Filipino  descendants. 

Some  of  the  traditions  current  in  the  Philippines— for  instance,  the  idea 
that  mines  could  not  be  opened  without  the  application  to  the  ''veins"  of  an 
unguent  composed  of  old  women's  eyes,  and  a  report,  as  late  as  !>:<n.  that 
children  were  seized  that  their  Mood 'might  water  the  gold  and  silver  mines 
of  Spain,  a  report  which  occasioned  considerable  disturbances  these  un- 
characteristically Chinese.  The  Chinese  indifference  to  human  suffering  and 
cheap  estimate  of  human  life  have  also  mad"  their  mark,  being  only  exag- 
gerated forms  of  ideas  common  to  all  Orientals.  Tin-  artistic  and  creative 
qualities  of  the  ( 'hinese  are  those  which  have  left  least  impression,  for  reasons 
to  be  suggested  later  on.  • 

FILIPINO  "OLIUM  -- 

The  Spaniards  have,  of  course,  exercised  a  double  influence,  not  only  that 
of  intermarriage,  but  through  their  position  as  the  governing  and  civilizing 
element.  The  faults  and  peculiarities  of  Latin  races  are  exaggerated  and 
burlesqued,  and  athin  veneer  of  Western  cult  are  is  spread  over  the  passions 
and  emotions  of  these  Orientals.  The  Filipinos  have  in  particular  assimilated 
certain  qualities  which  appeal  to  their  sense  of  odor-  to  their  love  of  show. 
The  glibness  of  the  delegates  who  attended  the  United  States  commissions 
was  remarkable,  when  one  considered  that  in  many  cases  they  were  drawn 
from  humble  pueblos- mere  villages— and  that  their  education  must  have 
been  of  the  most  elementary  character. 

These  wordy  speeches,  when  translated  or  put  into  cold  print,  contained 
but  the  smallest  degree  of  matter,  but  their  delivery  and  the  promptness  of 
replies  to  questions  are  characteristic  of  the  eloquent,  wordy,  frothy  Latin 
rai  es.  among  whom  every  lounger  at  the  village  hostelry  is  at  once  an  orator 
and  a  politician— great  iii  words,  but  not  in  deeds,  for  his  patriotism  seldom 
gets  beyond  the  taking  stage.  Whatever  may  be  lacking  in  the  new  govern- 
ment, tnere  will  inevitably  be  plenty  of  discussion. 

BAD  INFLUENCE  OF  SPAIN   ON   MALAY  CHARACTER. 

It  is  the  well-known  tendency  of  the  Latin  races  to  be  "intoxicated  with 
the  exuberance  of  their  own  verbosity."  and  when  their  dangerous  facility 
of  speech  is  transmitted  to  a  people  who  have,  by  reason  of  their  race  and 
history,  even  less  mental  ballast,  it  is  to  be  feared  that  with  increased  liberty 
will  arise  a  class  of  windy  politicians  whose  influence  will  be  inimical  to  peace 
and  tranquillity,  since  a"  grievance  is  necessary  to  point  their  penods. 


7l'  THE    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION'. 

The  intellectual  subtlety  of  the  Latin  has  also  been  curiously  grafted  onto 
the  simplicity— which  is  not  stupidity— of  the  Malay.  The  result  isapeculiar 
leaning  toward  abstract  ideas,  a  love  of  the  purely  theoretical  side  of  learn- 
ing, with  a  corresponding  inability  to  apply  those  theories,  which  are  to  them 
things  apart  from  real  life— things  they  have  learned  or  read,  and  not  evolved 
from  life  itself. 

FII.lIMNos  "  Won, I>N'T    KNOW   -INDIVIDUAL  RIGHTS'   IF  THEY   >IKT  HIM   IX 
THE  STREET." 

Thev  begin  with  the  abstract  and  fail  to  work  down  to  the  concrete,  instead 
of  taking  the  concrete,  and  so,  through  circles  of  thought,  reaching  the  ab- 
stract. Their  knowledge  of  rhetoric,  logic,  and  philosophy  is  of  little  use  to 
them,  therefore;  and  even  as  an  intellectual  exercise  it  fails  of  its  purpose,  be- 
cause it  has  no  sure  end  or  aim. 

A  witty  American,  who,  beinga  fluent  Spanish  scholar,  had  conversed  with 
hundreds  of  the  better  educated  Filipinos,  said  of  them:  "They  will  write 
you  essays  on  individual  rights  until  you  are  tired,  l»/t  if  thi-i/ mi't  Jndii-id- 
'inil  RigKts  in  tin-  ftrt-ct  Hit  //  inmldu't  k'nnir  him  fi'mn  Admit.  This  is  the  in- 
evitable result  of  Spanish  influence.  No  race  is  less  fit  to  amalgamate  with 
or  govern  such  people  as  the  Filipinos  than  a  decadent  Latin  one,  whose 
shallows  have  a  brilliance  attractive  to  a  child-like,  color-lo ving  race:  whose 
faults  are  principally  the  result  of  a  lack  of  mental  and  moral  rigidity, 
therefore  equally  congenial  to  people  who  know  nothing  of  discipline:  and 
whose  virtues  are  the  result  of  a  long  period  of  civilization  and  culture,  and 
can  not  be  acquired  ready-made  by  even  the  quickest  and  most  adaptive  of 
nath 

It  is  curious  that  the  chief  glory  of  Spain,  her  preeminence  in  painting 
and  sculpture,  has  found  no  echo  in  these  islands:  but  the  fact  emphasizes 
what  has  been  said  as  to  the  predominance  of  the  Malay  element.  The  Ma- 
lays have  not  produced  artists  in  any  of  the  countries  to  which  they  have 
spread,  and  though  at  times  they  produce  pretty  decorative  work,  it  has  lit- 
tle individuality  and  is  usually  copied  from  Chinese,  Hindoos,  or  whatever 
race  has  rome  in  contact  with  them.  Despite  the  wonderful  carvings  of  the 
Hindoo  temples  in  Java,  where  the  Malays  reached  their  highest  point  of 
indigenous  civilization,  there  is  no  such  thing  as  native  carving  to  be  seen  in 
that  island.  They  had  not  even  the  desire  to  emulate  what  their  Hindoo 
conquerors  had  done. 

THE  MALAY  HAS  NO  CREATIVE  ABILITY. 

The  artistic  element  in  Spanish  civilization  seems  to  have  been  incom- 
municable, at  any  rate  so  far  as  creation  is  concerned.  This  want  of  origi- 
nality is  so  marked  a  feature  of  Filipino  character  that  it  is  as  though  we 
ran  our  heads  against  a  dead  wall  in  Malav  characteristics.  The  Malay  has 
no  creative  ability.  Ages  agoheevolved  liis  idea  of  a  house,  and  that  house 
can  be  seen  now  in  any  of  the  islands  to  which  he  has  penetrated— •oZteajp  tin: 
ai  i  mi .  The  sameness  of  his  musical  instruments,  his  ornaments,  his  wi- 
is  remarkable,  especially  when  we  consider  the  wide  range  of  Malay  invasion 
and  the  lack  of  communication  bet  ween  the  different  islands  over  which  that 
invasion  spread. 

Tin-  niixUHi-dtioiix  nidnrid  in  fin-  race  '<//<'  mrietf  of  climate  and  conditiont 
liin-i  ,n it  affected  UK-  i-lt-nn-utnl  characteristics  <>f  the  Mulni/  at  nil.  <nnl  vf 
these  tin-  imift  xtrikiny  /s  flu-  Itickaf  initiatirr.  the  absence  of  that  iji'<itif/i  n-hiiii 
marks  certain  ,m,i  out  and  makes  them  /«/•<».•>•  ,i,,ii  leaders.  The  Malay  race, 
it  has  been  said  with  a  good  deal  of  justice,  has  only  produced  one  man* whose 
ability  deserves,  and  has  acquired,  a  world-wide  celebrity— Rizal.  The  in- 
surgent leaders,  especially  Aguinaldo.  have  acquired  notoriety,  but  not  fame. 
This  state  of  affairs  can  not  be  wholly  fortuitous,  nor  can  it  be  attributed  to 
deficiencies  of  opportunity  or  to  unfavorable  circumstances,  since  these 
were  ever  the  hotbed  of  genius.  We  are  compelled  to  acknowledge  the  limi- 
tations of  the  Malay,  ana  to  suspect  that  wherever  his  race  is  predominant 
it  will  be  rare  indeed  to  find  an  individual  triumphing  over  these  trammels. 

To  this  universal  mediocrity  is  no  doubt  due  the  v«ry  slight  degree  of 
civilization  ever  attained  by  the  Malays  without  outside  influence,  and  also 
their  political  inefficiency.  <in-ut  i,it>  lii-rtiinl  .,»•  i,,,,,-<il  <«  ,,mi  ,•«?- 

quire  for  their  consummation  n  certain  preparedness  on  the  part  of  thf  majority 
of  the  people  they  affect,  but  nil  mn  h  m-,-d  to  lit-  initiated  by  smut-  miixtvr  mind. 
Luther  had  been  compared  to  the  match  that  fired  the  mine,  but  without  him 
who  can  doubt  that  the  Reformation  would  have  been  delayed  and  might 
have  been  stultified? 

The  occidental  races  are  rich  in  individuals  of  superior  power,  courage, 
and  attainments.  Anglo-Saxons,  in  particular,  owe  the  luster  of  their  history 
largely  to  the  great  deeds  of  single  men.  often  private  individuals— not  so  the 
Orientals.  There  have  been  heroes  in  the  past,  but  most  belong  to  the  age  of 
myth,  and  for  many  centuries  China,  one  of  the  greatest  and  most  civilized 
of  oriental  countries,  has  been  waiting  in  vain  for  a  God-sent  leader. 


THE   PHILIPPINE    SITUATION.  73 

There  are  few.  even  among  the  Filipinos  themselves,  who  really  denv  the 
elementary  propositions  set  forth,  but  there  are  a  great  many,  including  a 
number  of  Americans,  who  believe  that  education  will  remedy  these  char- 
acteristic defects  in  Filipino  evolution. 

CAN  EDUCATION  REMEDY  THE  DEFECTS." 

The  question  is,  whether  this  power  of  initiative,  which  involves  not 
only  ability,  courage,  and  frequently  self-devotion,  but  alsoa  peculiar  tenacity 
of  purpose,  is  a  quality  that  can  be  inculcated,  or  whether  it  is  innate.  We 
can  not  argue  from  previous  experience,  for  nowhere  are  the  conditions 
precisely  similar:  but  it  must  be  remembered  that  one  of  the  chief  ingre- 
dients in  the  character  of  men  who  have  made  history  is  their  independence 
of  outside  conditions.  *  *  *  This  is.  of  course,  no  argument  against  the 
best  and  highest  education— o?i/v  «  <<«//</,•<;/  tlmt  ax  nmxt  ,<,,/  i-.i-j^ct  toomuch 
from  it. 

OUR    "(iKEAT   EXPERIMENT." 

The  United  States  have  resolved  to  make  a  great  experiment  in  the  Phil- 
ippines. *  c  To  fit  that  coming  generation  for  its  future,  education  of 
the  most  advanced  and  up-to-date  type  is  to  be  introduced  into  the  islands 
at  one  coup,  and  by  the  salutary  effects  of  training,  the  evil  tendencies  of 
the  Filipino  race— half  hereditary,  half  the  results  or  misgovernment— are  to 
"be  reduced  to  a  minimum. 

A   BEAUTIFUL  THEORY. 

It  is  a  beautiful  theory  and  a  beautiful  scheme,  but  unfortunately  it  in- 
volves an  entire  subversion  of  the  laws  of  nature.  To  educate  a  nation  is  a 
grand  and  noble  aim,  HUT  IT  CAN  NOT  HE  ACCOMPLISHED  IN  ONE  GENERA- 
TION oii  KVEN  i.\  TWO.  And  here  the  task  is  complicated  by  the  fact  that 
THE  FILIPINOS  AUK  NOT  A  NATION.  "The  United  States/'  said  a  prominent 
American,  "has  fought  her  way  through  centuries  of  progress  toward  the 
goal  of  universal  snifrage  and  democratic  government."  but  he  forgot  to  add 
that  long  before  the  United  States  began  that  fight  the  ancestors  of  Ameri- 
cans were  .<;frti<ji/liii<i  s/nir/i/  Imt  sun- 1 1/  through  tin-  mixtn  of  byyone  ages  toward 

fl-l'l  (/,l,H    ,l,ul  lilifi-tl/  'if  f/iuill/llf  II, I'l  urtil, H. 

It  ('.•>•  tin'  results  of  these  <•<  aim  •/<•*  i//.s//-»</<//<  <>,nl  ///•<;<//•<•.«  tlmt  thfy  propose 

to  thrnxt  nt  inti-i'  ri-inhj-niiiili-  an  tin-  half-fledged  l-'i/i/iinn. 

THE  FILIPINO  "A  HALF-C1 VI  LI/ED  CHILD." 

If  the  little  brown  brother  were  altogether  simple  and  amenable  the  dan- 
ger would  lie  less,  though  still  considerable:  but  he  is  neither.  He  ia  a  half- 
civilized,  clever,  irresponsible  child  who  has  warped  ideas  as  to  right  and 
wrong.  IF  UNNATURALLY  STIMULATED  HE  MAYCKOW  UP  INTO  A  FRAXK- 

KNSTKIN. 

The  proper  education  of  the  Filipino,  if  not  unduly  hurried,  will  prove  in 
the  long  run  an  untold  benefit  to  the  race.  Those,  however,  n-ho  initiate  it 
i-iin  nut  inijii-  fn  /ir,  tn  .<.  e  it"  Imi'iH.-st  t'fffrtx.  In  mere  knowledge  a  very  few 
years  will  probably  make  an  enormous  difference  and  will  turn  the  mass  of 
Filipinos,  who  have  hitherto  learned  little  more  than  the  catechism,  into  a 
horde  of  precocious  youngsters  with  all  the  text-book  facts  at  their  ringer 
tips.  But  true  education  n-hidi  affrrtx  tin-  rlinnirti-r.  n-lu'i-h  ti-ai-fu-x  u  man  to 
tit  ink  fur  liinixi-lf.  tn  ilixi-i  ,-,,  In  In-,  •  ,i  trii,'  ,nnl  nutria',  tn  xfi-k  in  i  n-ri/tliimj  thv. 
hii/ln-xt-  flu  ,  iliinitiiiii.  in  fin-t.  i if  it  nation  >ij,  to  the  standards  of  true  citizen- 
ship— Tiir>i  AN  NOT  ui:  i  n  A  M  MI:I>  IN  A  KKW  YEARS. 

THE  FILIPINO   HAS  SO  MUCH  TO  UNLEARN. 

The  Filipinos  labor  under  one  tremendous  disadvantage — they  have  so  much 
to  unlearn.  The  system  under  which  they  have  lived  for  nearly  three  cen- 
turies has  confirmed  them  in  habits  of  mind  which  can  not  be  eradicated  at 
once.  Nominally,  fairly  good  provision  was  made  for  primary  instruction, 
but.  like  many  others,  it  was  never  carried  into  force.  The  proportion  was 
something  like  1  T'-acher  TO  i-ach  4.<M».  and  ther  •  were  no  proper  school- 
houses.  no  furniture,  no  text-books.  The  schools  met  in  the  teacher's  house, 
i  >r  si  mietimes  even  in  the  stables  or  coach  house  of  the  conventos,  and  the 
teachers,  wretchedly  paid  and  badly  treated,  were  often  quite  unfit  for  their 
tasks. 

OUR   EDUCATIONAL  WORK. 

From  all  this  to  a  modern  scientific,  practical  education  is  a  long  step,  but 
the  United  States  are  sparing  neither  time  nor  money,  and  the  reforms 
instituted  are  to  be  drastic  and  instantaneous.  School-teachers  of  both 
sexes  are  being  brought  from  the.  States,  and  normal  colleges  for  training 
native  teachers  in  modern  methods  established,  for  the  first  essential  is  to 
provide  a  staff  of  thoroughly  competent  assistants.  Education  will,  of 
course,  be  entirely  nonreligious  and  will  be  as  practicable  as  possible,  while 
special  schools  for  technica  training  will  be  established.  Attendance  at 


74  THE    PHILIPPINE   SITUATION. 

primary  schools  will  be  compulsory  between  the  ages  of  6  and  12.'Ulti- 
mately'it  is  hoped  to  affiliate  the  colleges  with  those  of  the  United  States. 
and  til  en  the  whole  scheme  of  education  will  be  complete  and  thorough. 

"NO  FILIPINO  TONGUE  AS  THERE  IS  NO  FILIPINO  NATION." 

The  Filipino  showed  from  the  first  the  greatest  desire  to  benefit  by  the 
more  enlightened  instruction  given  in  the  schools,  frequently  by  military 
schoolmasters,  after  the  American  occupation,  and  the  night  schools  opened 
in  Manila  have  been  crowded  by  men  and  W9men  anxious  to  learn  the  Eng- 
lish language.  The  intention  is  to  make  this  the  school  language  and  ulti- 
mately the  universal  medium  throughout  the  islands.  This  is  a  most  impor- 
tant step  and  one  fraught  with  many  consequences,  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that 
its  first  result  will  be  to  bind  the  Filipinos  more  closely  together.  Hitherto, 
although  Spanish  was  nominally  to  be  learned  in  all  the  schools,  many  of  the 
country  pi'onlc  could  .•.•/»•<//,•  nothimj  but  their  turn  iliali'ct.  irhich  m  many  cases 
7C«.s  unintelligible  to  tkote  dn-i'lliity  in  th>-  nc.ft  island. 

The  measure  is  certain,  however,  to  meet  with  a  great  deal  of  criticismjin 
various  quarters,  but  those  who  decry  it  can  not  suggest  any  other  language 
which  could  with  equal  advantage  be  made  a  universal  medium,  and  they 
can  not  deny  that  some  such  medium  is  absolutely  necessary.  THERE  is  NO 
FILIPINO  TONGUE  AS  THERE  is  NO  FILIPINO  NATION,  and  as  the  aim  of  all 
well-wishers  of  the  little  brown  brothers  is  to  break  down  the  barriers  that 
have  hitherto  hedged  them  in  and  weld  them  into  an  organized  and  civilized 
nation,  it  must  be  conceded  that  in  spreading  the  great  lingua  franca  already 
spoken  all  over  the  East  to  the  remotest  corner  of  the  archipelago,  the 
United  States  are  conferring  upon  them  a  strong  weapon  and  a  useful  tool. 

OUR  DANGER  IS  OUR  "DESIRE  TO  HAVE   EVERYTHING   DONE  RATHER 
SOONER  THAN   IMMEDIATELY." 

It  is  an  ungracious  task  to  find  fault  with  a  scheme  so  generous  as  that  of 
the  United  States  for  the  education  of  the  Filipinos.  The  writer  is  inclined 
to  think  that  thev  themselves  are  largely  attracted  to  the  United  States  by 
the  prospect  of  these  educational  advantages,  and  that  they  will  take  every 
opportunity  of  profiting  by  them.  The  Filipinos  are  not  at  all  apathetic  or 
stupid,  and  they  are  as  eager  as  children  to  try  a  hew  method  or  hear  fresh 
ideas.  The  danger  lies  in  their  cleverness  and  shttri>i<i'ss,  and  in  the  desire  of 
the  Americans  to  have  everything  done  rather  sooner  than  immediately. 
"  GO  SLOW!  DON'T  HURRY!" 

With  the  spread  of  education  it  will  be  necessary  to  open  certain  posts  to 
Filipinos,  which  must  be  done  with  extreme  caution;  but,  indeed,  the  writer  finds 
throughout  th  is  dissertation  that  he  is  constantly  obliged  to  reiterate  that  /'•«  en  - 
ing:  Go  SLOW!  DON'T  HURRY!  Let  things  work  out  gradually.  It  is  the  best 
advice  that  can  be  given,  FOR  THERE  is  NO  SHORT  CUT  TO  SUCCESS. 

FILIPINO  RELIGIOUS  CONCEPTIONS. 

The  Filipino's  Christianity  is  a  thing  about  which  his  best  friends  disagree. 
Some  say  it  is  deep  and  sincere,  others  that  it  is  a  mere  matter  of  outward 
show  and  superstition. 

******* 
A  great  many  old  pagan  beliefs  and  customs  are  said  to  survive,  even 
after  centuries  of  Christianity,  and  these  have  a  hold  on  the  people  that 
their  religion  could  never  obtain. 

"AMERICAN  PRIESTS  ARE  SAINTS." 

It  remains  to  be  seen  what  can  be  effected  by  the  personal  influence  and 
example  of  disinterested  men,  for  much,  both  in  the  erroneous  conceptions 
and  indifference  of  the  Filipinos,  was  owing  to  the  defects  of  the  old  system 
of  religious  teaching  and  to  the  tyranny  of  the  friars.  The  people  have  been 
much  struck  already  u-itli  the  conduct  of  the  American  priests  who  accompanied 
the  Army.  'That  is  a  saint— no  priest,"  they  said  of  one.  '-He  goes  to  an// 
One  Who  semis  for  him,  minittert  to  sick  and  di/ini/  and  o.s-A-.s  nofee.'n  The  poor 

ilipino  might  certainly  be  forgiven  if  he  failed' to  appreciate  the  ethical  side 
of  religion  when  he  knew  that  the  man  who  was  for  him  the  mouthpiece  of 
the  Christian's  God  would  mulct  him  to  the  last  penny  for  every  rite  per- 
formed. When  marriage,  baptism,  and  burial  were  made  opportunities  for 
extortion,  it  must  have  been  difficult  to  realize  their  spiritual  significance. 
T-T-  sudden  break  between  church  and  state  will  inevitably  affect  the 

ilipino  deeply,  and  many  thoughtful  people  are  inclined  to  believe  that, 
suddenly  released  from  all  religious  trammels  save  those  he  voluntarilv  as- 
sumes, he  will  relapse  into  a  state  of  heathenism.  The  well-known  tendency 
of  tlif  Malay  is  to  revert— to  return  to  his  former  state. 

BRITISH  REGENERATION  OF  SARAWAK. 

The  Malay  states,  before  the  advent  of  the  British,  were  split  up  into  innu- 
merable tribe*,  many  at  war  with  each  other,  and  there  was  neither  peace  nor 

'i'v  i"  ~'e. land-  Tyranny  and  corruption  were  rife.  Practically  the  same 
state  of  affairs  existed  in  the  Philippines  when  the  Spaniards  landed,  and  has? 


THE   PHILIPPINE   SITUATION.  75 

continued  in  the  Moro  islands  until  the  present  day.  The  chief  Malay  states 
of  Borneo  (Brunei  and  Sarawak!  afford  an  interesting  illustration  of  what 
happened  in  a  native-governed  state,  even  when  aided  by  foreign  advice,  and 
in  a  state  with  a  white  ruler,  absolute  and  beneficent. 

The  former,  originally  the  seat  of  all  power  in  Borneo,  to  which  it  gave  its 
name,  is  now  effete,  corrupt,  with  no  influence:  to  quote  the  forcible  words 
of  one  who  knows  it  well  (Hugh  Clifford!,  it  "smells  of  decay."  Siiruinik.un 
the  contrnri/.  since  the  time  when  the  noble  and  courageous  James  Brooke 
first  took  it  in  hand:  with  no  particular  liking  for  the  job.  but  simply  because 
he  felt  that  he— perhaps  he  alone— could  rescue  the  people  from  their  condition 
of  warfare,  feuds,  and  barbarism,  Ims  in  rmni-  u  model  xtntr.  Modern  educa- 
tion, agricultural  improvements,  and  all  the  blessings  of  peace  and  prosper- 
ity have  been  assured  to  its  people,  and  the  country  is  financially  as  well  as 
politically  flourishing. 

WE  HAVE  "ACCOMPLISHED   MUCH    ALREADY." 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  United  States  are  only  on  the  threshold  of  the 
difficulties  that  await  them  in  their  new  phase  of  oriental  expansion.  There 
seems  to  be  a  somewhat  general  impression  in  Great  Britain, and  in  English- 
speaking  communities  abroad,  that  Americans  have  hitherto  met  with  little 
success  in  dealing  with  the  Philippines.  With  this  view  the  writer  cannot 
agree.  There  have  been  plenty  of  mistakes,  but  when  we  consider  the  cir- 
cumstances under  which  the  United  States  have  embarked  on  the  under- 
taking— the  novelty,  the  absence  of  any  special  machinery,  and  the  peculiar 
local  conditions— it'  must  !*•  allowed  V>y  an  impartial  critic  that  much  has 
already  been  accomplished.  The  man  on  the  spot,  particularly,  has  acquitted 
himself  on  the  whole  verv  well,  and  whatever  there  lias  been  of  failure  has 
been  chiefly  due  to  the  politicians  and  sentimentalists  at  home.  The  revival 
of  the  insurrection  which  took  place  in  the  autumn  of  19(11  was  largely  due 
to  the  demand  that  troops  should  be  sent  home  and  the  Philippines  made 
over  (theoretically  t  to  peaceful  self-government. 

ORIENTAL  STUDENTS   "HAVE  MISGIVINGS." 

Those  who  know  the  Filipinos  best,  those  who.  like  the  writer,  have  had 
experience  of  Orientals  and  how  to  deal  with  them,  have  considerable  mis- 
givings as  to  the  result  of  this  great  experiment  of  self-government  unless 
kept  under  due  guidance  and  check.  If  we  were  to  judge  the  Filipinos 
merely  by  professions,  by  phrases,  by  words,  much  might  be  expected  from 
than,  trai  our  anticipations  of  the  future  must  t>e  based  on  their  essential 
character  and  the  performances  of  the  past.  Jealousies,  intrigues,  corrup- 
tion, the  ingrained  conviction  that  every  officeholder  is  justified  in  squeez- 
ing all  he  can — the  man  who  did  not  would,  in  their  opinion,  have  something 
uncanny  about  him— these  are  not  promising  features  of  the  experiment. 
It  trill  Cake  tin-in  xniin-  tinif  tn  lii-lit-i-i-  tlmt  tin-  Aiiifi-ii-tinx.  in-  iini/oiii-.  can  b? 
lui/ii  at.  fur  tin  >/  lunl  .-•(  i-ii  notliiit'i  i-lxi-  ill  tin  if  N//I//I/.X/I  ofiriulx  hut  xi/in  •  •;//<;/  ti> 
the  ntinoxt  limit. 

"THE    NEEDFUL  THING.'' 

The  needful  thing  is  a  firm,  consistent  policy  to  be  framed  and  carried 
through  bv  the  men  on  the  spot,  who  are.  at  all  events,  aware  of  the  diffi- 
culties in  the  path.  It  would  have  been  far  better  to  have  from  the  outset  a 
definite  system  of  control.  When  the  civil  government  was  being  discussed 

and  explained  in  the  various  islands,  tin  n  n-nx  n  /i  mli-in-i/  to  </<•/>/•  tn.,  nun-l, 
i  in/tiriirtlli/)  to  tin  iniiiiioit  i >f  I'iriil  t-'ili/iiiins.  It  iroukl  /KMY-  ln-i-n  hi-ttrr  to  say 
frankly.  o/t<v  for  (lit:  \\'<-  hurt-  i-nini-  t'  <;///•<•  I/,,H  tin  iini-i-m  nn-iit  in-  think  In  xt 
for  you.  a  i/on-rit  mi-lit  tlifit  n-ill  he  jitxt  tmd  liberal,  but  n  yiivernment  that  must 
be  ooei/iil. 

"  KEEP  A  TIGHT  HOLD." 

Let  America  make  up  her  mind  broadly  as  to  her  future  relations  to  the 
archipelago,  and  then  let  her  put  her  faith  in  the  men  who  have  already  de- 
voted so  much  of  their  time  to  the  problem.  To  send  another  commission 
would  be  merely  to  increase  the  number  of  smatterers.  The  best  authority 
on  the  Philippines  at  present  can  be  little  more,  but  he  knows  something, 
and  he  is  improving  every  day  he  spends  in  the  islands. 

In  Judge  Taft  America"  has  a  man  thoroughly  capable  of  facing  the  situa- 
tion if  supported  from  home.  He  can  not  perform  miracles,  and  fie  is  bound 
to  make  mistakes,  but  he  is  open  to  conviction,  and  that  is  an  important  thing. 
If  (lii-en  itiii/tliituj  like  «  free  tHiiiil.  and  itnt  tHitln  r>il  anil  li(ir<iwd  by  Congrfss- 
iiii  n  iir  /•«  finrtx  front  jioliticirinx  irltn  hare  tnki-it  "  run  out  to  Manila  and  found 

manf  m-xtx.  („•  u-ni  <i<,  nn/   n-(-n.    The    IDEAL  THKATMEXT.  OXE   WHICH 

WOULD  HAVK  SAVED  TROUBLE.  EXPEXSE.  AND  FAILURE.  WOULD  HAVE  BEEN 
A  TEMPORARY  MILITARY  GoVERXMEXT  GRADUALLY  M ERGIXG  IXTO  PURELY 

CIVIL  ADMINISTRATION  This  is  apparently  judged  out  of  the  question, 
owing  to  the  sentimental  objections  of  the  electorate  in  the  States,  which  is 
so  anxious  not  to  hurt  the  feelings  of  the  "little  brown  brother."  This  being 


76  THE    PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

the  case,  and  a  system  having  been  inaugurated  of  quasi  independence,  the  ad- 
vice of  an  onlooker  who  has  seen  a  good  deal  of  government  in  oriental 
countries  is  to  interfere  as  litle  as  possible  with  the  customs,  prejudices,  and 
religion  of  the  Filipinos.  .VXD  TO  KEEP  A  TIGHT  HOLD. 

"AVOID   AXY   SIGN  OF  CHANG K.'" 

The  selection  of  the  first  governor -general  has  been  a  fortunate  one. 
.Tiidu'c  Taft.  who  has  won  golden  opinions  from  every  side,  is  peculiarly  the 
stamp  of  man  to  deal  successfully  with  the  Philippines.  To  recall  such  a 
man.  even  for  the  purpose  of  consulting  him,  seems  to  be  a  most  unwise 
step,  for  the  chief  thing  to  impress  the  Filipino,  and— what  is  more  impor- 
tant>— the  chief  means  of  evolving  order  out  of  chaos,  of  making  the  Philip- 
pines a  prosperous  country,  is  TO  AVOID  AXY  SIGN*  OF  CHANGE,  and  es- 
pecially <i/  int<-rffi\-nce  ii-ith'the  i»<in  ut  the  helm:  swapping  horses  while  you 
are  crossing  the  stream  is  always  false  policy. 


VI.-SUMMARY. 

Tims.  Mr.  President,  we  see  as  to  the  lines  of  debate  upon 
which  the  opposition  to  the  bill  have  conducted  their  attacks: 

First,  as  to  the  misconduct  of  the  Army",  it  is  false: 

Second,  that  the  contention  that  the  situation  in  the  provinces 
is  serously  disturbed  is  false: 

Third,  that  the  assertion  that  the  people  are  a  consolidated 
people  capable  of  self-government  is  not  true; 

And,  finally,  I  have  submitted  the  testimony  of  two  impartial 
foreign  observers,  one  made  at  the  beginning  and  the  other  at  the 
close  of  our  connection  with  the  Philippine  Islands,  up  to  the 
present  time,  upon  what  really  are  the  characteristics  of  those 
people  and  their  capacity  for  self-government,  and  as  to  what 
would  be  the  effect  of  our  withdrawal, 

ENGLAND  IN  INDIA. 

Mr.  President,  I  wish  to  conclude  this  testimony  by  inserting  an 
extract  from  an  article  by  Bishop  Hurst,  of  the  Methodist  Episco- 
pal Church  of  this  country,  upon  the  work  of  England  in  India.  I 
do  this  because  during  the  course  of  the  discussion  there  has  been 
considerable  reference  to  the  work  of  England  in  India,  and  it 
has  been  asserted  here  upon  the  floor  of  the  Senate  that  that  work 
has  been  ruinous  to  the  people  of  that  country,  instead  of  being, 
as  it  has  been,  beneficial,  helpful,  and  uplifting. 

[Bishop  John  F.  Hurst,  LL.D.,  in  the  Chautauquan,  January,  1890,  on  "  What 

England  Has  Done  for  India."! 

English  rule  over  India  is  not  a  case  of  hard  conquest  and  commercial  ad- 
vantage. We  think  of  Olive's  terrible  deeds  and:  Burke's  -pictures  of  the 
crimes  of  Warren  Hastings.  We  go  still  further  back  and  reflect  on  the 
vicious  parts  of  the  policy  of  the  East  India  Company  during  its  long  his- 
tory. But  there  is  a  broader  view,  which  we  are  compelled  to  take,  if  we 
would  justly  compare  the  India  of  to-day  with  what  it  was  two  centuries 
and  a  half  ago. 

BRITISH  KULE  HAS  PRODUCED  "INCALCULABLE  ADVANTAGES." 

Even  after  discounting  the  wrongdoing  of  every  English  officer  and 
administrator  in  India,  and  the  connivance  of  the  Government  at  idolatrous 
practices,  there  still  remain  incalculable  advantages  to  the  country,  which 
must  be  placed  to  the  credit  and  honor  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  in  India".  These 
advantages  can  not  be  attributed  to  the  natural  development  of  the  natives, 
to  the  pressure  of  European  ideas,  and  to  the  general  force  of  our  modern 
civilization.  They  are  the  direct  result  of  the  conquest  of  the  country  by  Eng- 
lama  and.of  her  tubteguent  mle  over  it.  *  *  *  The  old  causes  of  internal 
separation  are  constantly  disappearing.  The  Indian  is  beginning  to  feel,  for 
the  first  time,  that  he  is  not  the  member  of  a  tribe  but  of  a  race;  that  he  is 
not  a  soldier  in  sept,  but  a  rightful  man  of  the  broad  soil;  that  he  is  not  the 
slave  of  a  rajah,  but  the  citizen  of  a  nation. 

CRIME  RAPIDLY   DECREASING. 

Crime  is  now  rapidly  decreasing.  *  *  *  All  India  is  now  aneighborhood 
The  arrival  of  the  Peninsular  and  Oriental  steamer  is  anticipated  almost  to 
an  hour.  The  Europeans  all  over  the  country  know  about  when  to  expect 
tneir  mail  from  friends  at  home.  Quick  transportation  is  now  the  rule  *  *  * 


THK    1'HII.iri'INK    SITUATION.  .  i 

NATIVE    Kl/I.KUS    HAI>    NO   THOT(JHT    FOK    THK   M  I  I.I.  1 1  >.N  v 

Sanitary  measures  have  been  adopted.  Before  the  Enirlish  supremacy 
there  was  no  attention  paid  to  the  laws  of  health.  The  rulers  and  nobles 
had  vast  wealth,  and  could  live  with  all  the  comforts  whirl)  they  might 
choose.  For  the  life  of  the  milliont  there  seenvi  to  have  >>efn  no  thought.  *  *  * 

When  the  English  entered  upon  rln-  rale  of  the  country  tin- if  liiukfd  n/t>-r  tin- 

Killliittril  '-'HI  lliiin.i   lift/If  lillllllil<:tt.   II, III   tll>-     //irivil.s-c.-/    li,,l</,  ri  1 1/  ,'x  tin-  i 
tin-  XI//VC.V.S-  ill'   tii'-i,'  i-lfi'rtx. 

The  sanitary  department  is  one  of  the  distinct  parts  of  the  administration 
of  the  government.  A  sanitary  commissioner  is  attached  t"  each  1  ><-al  irov- 
ernment.  and  under  him  are  several  grades  of  medical  officers.  Above  all 
there  is  a  general  eanitary  oommiaeioner  connected  with  the  general 
government,  and  to  him  sanitary  report  must  com'- from  all  parts  of  the 
empire.  *  *  * 

The  English,  when  they  found  themselves  permanent  occupants  and  rulers 
of  the  country,  had  to  deal  with  a  great  ma>-  of  people  whose  clii.-f  occupa- 
tion had  been  to  find  rice  enough  to  keep  themselves  alive.  The  national 
life  being  one  of  warfare  and  perpetual  alarm,  and  but  scanty  t-ffoi"  - 
made  even  during  the  splendid  reign  of  the  Moguls  toward  popular  educa- 
tion, it  could  not  be  expected  that  any  intelligent  care  could  be  l>estowed  on 
the  treatment  of  disease.  M'/n-n.  c,  /•  n  t,i<ii/n,  inrmh-tl  tin-  coi/ /<//•//  /'/  liml  tn 
rm i  its  race.  The  people  were  at  its  mercy.  Many  thousands  \\ere  swept 
away  by  it.  *  *  * 

HEVEI.OPMKNT   OK    INDUSTRY. 

In  order  to  mitigate  the  nivag.— ot'  I. -vi-r  the  Government  has  taken  special 
pains  to  introduce  quinine  throughout  the  country.  *  *  *  Many  of  the 
early  industries  which  existed  when  England  t •  >ok  possession  of  the  country 
have  been  developed  within  the  last  few  decades  to  remarkable  proportion*. 
The  cotton  of  India  being  found  inferior  to  that  of  the  United  States,  the 
Government  has  introduced  American  cotton  plants  and  American  laborers. 
and  already  India  is  becoming  one  of  the  great  cotton-producing  countries 
of  the  world.  She  is  rapidly  learning  the  art  of  converting  the  fiber  into 
woven  fabric.  *  *  * 

The  development  of  the  natural  resources  of  India  bv  the  English  has  been, 
remarkable.  -U/V//«/i*  »f  urniii,  n<-, •.</</.  /,«<••  /«. .  n  initial  to  ike  productive. 
iiuiri-r  i,j  tin-  anil.  *  *  *  The  earth  itself  has  been  penetrated  and  been 
made  to  yield  its  hidden  wealth  for  the  enrichment  of  the  masses. 

IMl'OSSI  lil.K   TO    KXTMKK  \TK.    A  I  >V  A  .NT  AGES. 

But  it  is  impi^Mlile  to  enumerate  all  the  direct  and  much  more  the  indi- 
rect advautages  which  have  accrued  to  India  from  English  rule  and  admin- 
istration, compared  with  her  distinguished  and  helpless  condition  at  the  be- 
ginning of  the  last  century. 

England  has  never  achieved  grander  vict1  >ries  at  ^yaterloo  or  Quebec  than 
th.  ise  which  lielong  to  her  quiet  and  peaceful  administration  of  India. 

Mr.  President.  I  have  nothing  more  to  say.  I  have  witnessed 
this  debate  with  profound  interest.  I  do  not  think  the  broader 
considerations  involved  in  this  policy  of  American  advance  have 
been  comprehensively  discussed.  This  is  no  new  movement 
in  which  we  are  engaged.  It  is  as  old  as  our  steady  progress 
toward  national  power — yes,  as  old  as  the  varying  movements  of 
civilization  itself.  You  gentlemen  can  not  stop  it:  we  can  not 
stop  it:  the  Administration  can  not  stop  it:  all  of  us  could  not 
stop  it.  It  is  a  movement  of  a  people.  We  are  placed  where  we 
are  by  elemental  considerations  and  conditions.  The  Pacific  is 
on  our  west. 

The  Republic  has  the  greatest  Pacific  coast  line  of  any  power, 
and  only  four  or  five  thousand  miles  away  is  Asia,  the  cradle  of  the 
race.  Every  student  in  this  or  in  any  other  country,  of  present  con- 
ditii  >ns  ( >r  appr<  Kichin.y;  c«  >nditions.  knows  that  the  next  great  world 
drama  will  be  upon  the  waters  of  the  Pacific  and  upon  Asia's 
ancient  shores.  It  is  a  play  of  human  forces  which  springs  from 
the  elements  of  an  inevitable  situation. 

Mr.  President,  the  mastery  of  that  great  ocean  in  the  future  is 
to  be  ours.  This  is  not  the  dream  of  this  day  only.  It  has  been 
the  vision  of  every  great  statesman,  of  every  great  scientist  who' 
has  ever  given  any  attention  to  the  subject.  It  was  the  dream  of 


78  THE   PHILIPPINE    SITUATION. 

William  H.  Seward.  of  Lewis  Cass.  of  the  far-seeing  Humboldt. 
That  dream  will  coine  true.  The  mastery  of  that  great  ocean,  with 
the  advancement  of  civilization  which  it  involves,  will  be  ours. 
To  oppose  this  movement  is  as  if  a  babe  were  to  paddle  against 
the  pouring  currents  of  the  Gulf  Stream:  and  in  the  eyes  of 
history  it  will  be  just  as  ridiculous. 

In  the  long  sweep  and  historical  survey  of  this  large  business, 
considerations  appear  of  almost  infinite  consequence.  Even  the 
prat-tical  and  immediate  questions  are  of  serious  moment.  One 
question  is  whether  in  the  near  future  the  door  of  China  shall  be 
opened  or  closed — whether  that  Empire  shall  be  partitioned  or 
whether  it  shall  not  be  partitioned.  Whichever  policy  prevails, 
the  United  States  must  dominate  that  vast  circumstance.  But 
how?  Certainly  not  by  retreat  from  the  very  position  of  control 
and  command.  Everybody  knows  that  if  we  had  not  had  our 
troops  in  the  Philippines  when  we  did,  and  so  had  not  been  able 
to  throw  our  forces  into  Pekin  when  we  did,  the  actiial  partition 
of  that  great  Empire  would  have  been  an  accomplished  fact,  not 
only  in  substance,  but  in  name. 

As  the  owner  of  the  Philippines  we  can  keep  the  Orient's  door 
open  to  our  merchants  and  producers,  even  if  those  doors  should 
be  closed  to  others,  and  this,  too,  by  negotiation  instead  of  war. 
If  it  is  decided  that  our  interests  require  the  open  door  for  all 
nations  equally,  again  the  possession  of  this  archipelago  is  a  fac- 
tor of  determining  power  to  that  end. 

If  it  is  to  proceed,  then  we  should  control  it.  If  it  is  not  to 
proceed,  we  also  must  control  it.  Our  prestige  is  involved.  It  is 
a  national,  an  ethnical,  a  world  movement  in  which  we  are  swept 
along.  No  party  and  no  administration  can  or  should  prevent  it. 
Senators  in  opposition  may  debate  against  this  policy,  but  the 
master  debater  who  will  continuously  answer  them  is  Events. 

o 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  LOS  ANGELES 

THE  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped 


ccri5  fs4i 

MAY  1  2  1947 

MAY  12  'buD 
JUN  5-19B7. 


AVI 
7-4          4-9 


u 


R6  9  1987 


RL 

MAY  20  1965 


PM 


-10 


4(162471 

1  u  1971 


OI5CHARGE-UR1 


Form  L-9 
»,-:>« -2, '43(3203) 


